US20170045981A1 - Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities - Google Patents

Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20170045981A1
US20170045981A1 US14/866,992 US201514866992A US2017045981A1 US 20170045981 A1 US20170045981 A1 US 20170045981A1 US 201514866992 A US201514866992 A US 201514866992A US 2017045981 A1 US2017045981 A1 US 2017045981A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
input
touch
intensity
sensitive surface
user interface
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US14/866,992
Inventor
Chanaka G. Karunamuni
Marcos Alonso Ruiz
Gregory M. Apodaca
Jonathan R. DASCOLA
Christopher P. FOSS
Olivier D.R. Gutknecht
Peter J. Hajas
Michael T. Jurewitz
Kenneth L. Kocienda
James T. Montgomerie
Kevin E. Ridsdale
Sophia Teutschler
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Apple Inc
Original Assignee
Apple Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US14/866,992 priority Critical patent/US20170045981A1/en
Application filed by Apple Inc filed Critical Apple Inc
Priority to US14/867,823 priority patent/US10162452B2/en
Priority to US14/867,892 priority patent/US11182017B2/en
Priority to US14/869,855 priority patent/US10067653B2/en
Priority to US14/869,873 priority patent/US10152208B2/en
Priority to US14/869,361 priority patent/US20170046038A1/en
Priority to DKPA201500594A priority patent/DK201500594A1/en
Priority to DKPA201500598A priority patent/DK179296B1/en
Priority to DKPA201500593A priority patent/DK201500593A1/en
Assigned to APPLE INC. reassignment APPLE INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RIDSDALE, Kevin E., GUTKNECHT, OLIVIER D.R., APODACA, GREGORY M., DASCOLA, JONATHAN R., FOSS, CHRISTOPHER P., JUREWITZ, MICHAEL T., KARUNAMUNI, CHANAKA G., KOCIENDA, KENNETH L., ALONSO RUIZ, MARCOS, HAJAS, PETER L., MONTGOMERIE, JAMES T., TEUTSCHLER, SOPHIA
Priority to AU2016101418A priority patent/AU2016101418B4/en
Priority to CN201610658251.8A priority patent/CN106843711B/en
Priority to EP16758008.3A priority patent/EP3286629A1/en
Priority to PCT/US2016/046419 priority patent/WO2017027632A1/en
Priority to KR1020187003890A priority patent/KR102033863B1/en
Priority to JP2018506425A priority patent/JP6559881B2/en
Priority to AU2016304890A priority patent/AU2016304890B2/en
Priority to CN201680041559.6A priority patent/CN107850976B/en
Assigned to APPLE INC. reassignment APPLE INC. CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE NAME OF ASSIGNOR PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL: 038716 FRAME: 0149. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT . Assignors: MONTGOMERIE, James R., RIDSDALE, Kevin E., GUTKNECHT, OLIVIER D.R., APODACA, GREGORY M., DASCOLA, JONATHAN R., FOSS, CHRISTOPHER P., JUREWITZ, MICHAEL T., KARUNAMUNI, CHANAKA G., KOCIENDA, KENNETH L., ALONSO RUIZ, MARCOS, HAJAS, PETER L., TEUTSCHLER, SOPHIA
Publication of US20170045981A1 publication Critical patent/US20170045981A1/en
Priority to AU2017261478A priority patent/AU2017261478B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0416Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers
    • G06F3/04166Details of scanning methods, e.g. sampling time, grouping of sub areas or time sharing with display driving
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0416Control or interface arrangements specially adapted for digitisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/26Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
    • G06F1/32Means for saving power
    • G06F1/3203Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
    • G06F1/3234Power saving characterised by the action undertaken
    • G06F1/325Power saving in peripheral device
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • G06F3/0414Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means using force sensing means to determine a position
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04842Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/041Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/041 - G06F3/045
    • G06F2203/04105Pressure sensors for measuring the pressure or force exerted on the touch surface without providing the touch position

Definitions

  • touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years.
  • exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touchpads and touch-screen displays. Such surfaces are widely used to manipulate user interface objects on a display.
  • Exemplary manipulations include adjusting the position and/or size of one or more user interface objects or activating buttons or opening files/applications represented by user interface objects, as well as associating metadata with one or more user interface objects or otherwise manipulating user interfaces.
  • Exemplary user interface objects include digital images, video, text, icons, control elements such as buttons and other graphics.
  • a user will, in some circumstances, need to perform such manipulations on user interface objects in a file management program (e.g., Finder from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), an image management application (e.g., Aperture, iPhoto, Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a digital content (e.g., videos and music) management application (e.g., iTunes from Apple Inc.
  • a file management program e.g., Finder from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • an image management application e.g., Aperture, iPhoto, Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • a drawing application e.g., a drawing application, a presentation application (e.g., Keynote from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a word processing application (e.g., Pages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a website creation application (e.g., iWeb from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a disk authoring application (e.g., iDVD from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), or a spreadsheet application (e.g., Numbers from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.).
  • the present disclosure provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods for processing touch inputs.
  • Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace conventional methods for processing touch inputs.
  • Such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface by allowing customized processing of touch inputs. Further, such methods reduce the processing power consumed to process touch inputs, conserve power, reduce unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, and potentially reduce memory usage. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • the device is a desktop computer.
  • the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, tablet computer, or handheld device).
  • the device is a personal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device, such as a watch).
  • the device has a touchpad.
  • the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen” or “touch-screen display”).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • the user interacts with the GUI primarily through stylus and/or finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the functions optionally include image editing, drawing, presenting, word processing, spreadsheet making, game playing, telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workout support, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, note taking, and/or digital video playing.
  • Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes displaying a first user interface, and detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface.
  • the method further includes, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, performing a first operation; and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes displaying a first user interface, and detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface.
  • the method further includes, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, performing a first operation; and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes displaying a first user interface, and detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface.
  • the method further includes, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period, performing a first operation; and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies tap criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes: displaying a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detecting a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations, including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions.
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface; and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface.
  • the preview area includes the preview content.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes: displaying a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detecting a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations.
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface; after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface of a software application; while displaying the user interface of the software application on the display, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application; and, in response to detecting the input, sending from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information that corresponds to the input.
  • the intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors; and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected intensity of the input.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes: displaying, on the display, a first user interface of a software application; while displaying the first user interface of the software application, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, providing from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator that represents the changes to the intensity of the input; and updating the first user interface in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the first progress indicator.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes displaying, on the display, a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system. Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system.
  • the operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device.
  • a first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met.
  • the first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation.
  • the first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation.
  • the method also includes, while displaying the user interface of the first third-party application on the display, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application.
  • the method further includes, in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, performing the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application; and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoing performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes displaying, on the display, a user interface.
  • the method also includes: while displaying the user interface, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, performing a first operation.
  • the first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a first time period elapses.
  • the first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period.
  • a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the method includes displaying, on the display, a user interface.
  • the method also includes: while displaying the user interface, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, performing a first operation.
  • the activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component that decreases from a first intensity value over time.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to distinguish between a long press gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the long press gesture and the deep press input.
  • the processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while enabling display of the first user interface, and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to distinguish between a pan gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the pan gesture and the deep press input.
  • the processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface, to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while enabling display of the first user interface, and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, and perform a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to distinguish between a tap gesture input and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the tap gesture and the deep press input.
  • the processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while enabling display of the first user interface, and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display one or more user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detect a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display unit; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations, including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions.
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface; and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface.
  • the preview area includes the preview content.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display one or more user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detect a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display unit; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations.
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface; after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a user interface of a software application; while enabling display of the user interface of the software application on the display unit, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application; and, in response to detecting the input, send from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information that corresponds to the input.
  • the intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors; and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected intensity of the input.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a first user interface of a software application; while enabling display of the first user interface of the software application, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, provide from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator that represents the changes to the intensity of the input; and update the first user interface in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the first progress indicator.
  • a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive contacts; one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to enable display, on the display unit, of a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system. Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system.
  • the operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device.
  • a first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met.
  • the first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation.
  • the first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation.
  • the processing unit is also configured to: while enabling display of the user interface of the first third-party application on the display unit, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application; and, in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, perform the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application; and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgo performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, a user interface; while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, perform a first operation.
  • the first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface unit while a first time period elapses.
  • the first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period.
  • an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units.
  • the processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a user interface; while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, perform a first operation.
  • the activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component that decreases from a first intensity value over time.
  • an electronic device includes a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs; the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors and the one or more programs include instructions for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.
  • the electronic device includes one or more sensors to detect signals from a stylus associated with the electronic device.
  • a computer readable storage medium e.g., a non-transitory computer readable storage medium, or alternatively, a transitory computer readable storage medium
  • a computer readable storage medium has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to perform or cause performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.
  • a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes one or more of the elements displayed in any of the methods described above, which are updated in response to inputs, as described in any of the methods described herein.
  • an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.
  • an information processing apparatus for use in an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.
  • electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for processing of touch inputs, thereby increasing the effectiveness and efficiency of such devices, and user satisfaction with such devices.
  • such methods and interfaces reduce processing power, reduce memory usage, reduce battery usage, and/or reduce unnecessary or extraneous or repetitive inputs.
  • such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for processing of touch inputs.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram illustrating transfer of an event object in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an exemplary electronic stylus in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate a positional state of a stylus relative to a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 7A - 7 BBB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for processing touch inputs and associated information in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a long press input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a pan gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a tap gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 11A is a high level flow diagram illustrating a method of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11B-11D are flow diagrams illustrating methods of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a predefined data structure in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 13A-13B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a force gesture progress indicator in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on intensity criteria specified by third-party applications in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 16A-16B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 17-23 are functional block diagrams of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, and 3 provide a description of exemplary devices.
  • FIG. 4 provides a description of an exemplary electronic stylus.
  • FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate a positional state of a stylus relative to a touch-sensitive surface.
  • FIGS. 6A-6B and 7A - 7 BBB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page.
  • FIGS. 8A-8E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a long press input and a deep press input.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a pan gesture input and a deep press input.
  • FIGS. 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a tap gesture input and a deep press input.
  • FIGS. 11A-11D are flow diagrams illustrating methods of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a predefined data structure.
  • FIGS. 13A-13B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a force gesture progress indicator.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on intensity criteria specified by third-party applications.
  • FIGS. 15A-15B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds.
  • 16A-16B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds.
  • the user interfaces in FIGS. 7A - 7 BBB are used to illustrate the processes in FIGS. 8A-8E, 9A-9D, 10A-10D, 11A-11D, 12A-12B, 13A-13B, 14A-14C, 15A-15B and FIGS. 16A-16B .
  • first, second, etc. are, in some instances, used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another.
  • a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments.
  • the first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are not the same contact, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
  • the term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context.
  • the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions.
  • portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Other portable electronic devices such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch-screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used.
  • the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-screen display and/or a touchpad).
  • an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.
  • the device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a note taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • applications such as one or more of the following: a note taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application
  • the various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface.
  • One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application.
  • a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and is sometimes simply called a touch-sensitive display.
  • Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more non-transitory computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 122 , one or more processing units (CPUs) 120 , peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , input/output (I/O) subsystem 106 , other input or control devices 116 , and external port 124 .
  • memory 102 which optionally includes one or more non-transitory computer readable storage mediums
  • memory controller 122 includes one or more processing units (CPUs) 120 , peripherals interface 118 , RF circuitry 108 , audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , microphone 113 , input/output (I
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164 .
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 ).
  • Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 163 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300 ). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103 .
  • the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch.
  • a component e.g., a touch-sensitive surface
  • another component e.g., housing
  • the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device.
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad
  • the user is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button.
  • a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements.
  • movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users.
  • a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”)
  • the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 1 A are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100 , such as CPU(s) 120 and the peripherals interface 118 , is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 122 .
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU(s) 120 and memory 102 .
  • the one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 118 , CPU(s) 120 , and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • an antenna system an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • MAN metropolitan area network
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g.
  • Audio circuitry 110 , speaker 111 , and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100 .
  • Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118 , converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111 .
  • Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves.
  • Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118 .
  • audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 , FIG.
  • the headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • removable audio input/output peripherals such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100 , such as touch-sensitive display system 112 and other input or control devices 116 , with peripherals interface 118 .
  • I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156 , optical sensor controller 158 , intensity sensor controller 159 , haptic feedback controller 161 , and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116 .
  • the other input or control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, stylus, and/or a pointer device such as a mouse.
  • the one or more buttons optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113 .
  • the one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206 , FIG. 2 ).
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user.
  • Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch-sensitive display system 112 .
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 displays visual output to the user.
  • the visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user-interface objects.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic/tactile contact.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102 ) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch-sensitive display system 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112 .
  • user-interface objects e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images
  • a point of contact between touch-sensitive display system 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user or a stylus.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive display system 112 .
  • projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen video resolution is in excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater).
  • the user optionally makes contact with touch-sensitive display system 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth.
  • the user interface is designed to work with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen.
  • the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • device 100 in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions.
  • the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output.
  • the touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch-sensitive display system 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Power system 162 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system e.g., a recharging system
  • a power failure detection circuit e.g., a power failure detection circuit
  • a power converter or inverter e.g., a power converter or inverter
  • a power status indicator e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)
  • FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Optical sensor(s) 164 optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • Optical sensor(s) 164 receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • imaging module 143 also called a camera module
  • optical sensor(s) 164 optionally capture still images and/or video.
  • an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch-sensitive display system 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition.
  • another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is obtained (e.g., for selfies, for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen, etc.).
  • FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Contact intensity sensor(s) 165 optionally include one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface).
  • Contact intensity sensor(s) 165 receive contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.
  • At least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 ). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch-screen display system 112 which is located on the front of device 100 .
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166 .
  • FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled with peripherals interface 118 .
  • proximity sensor 166 is coupled with input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch-sensitive display system 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 163 .
  • FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • Tactile output generator(s) 163 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device).
  • tactile output generator(s) 163 receive tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100 .
  • At least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 ) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100 ) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100 ).
  • at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100 , opposite touch-sensitive display system 112 , which is located on the front of device 100 .
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 167 , gyroscopes 168 , and/or magnetometers 169 (e.g., as part of an inertial measurement unit (IMU)) for obtaining information concerning the position (e.g., attitude) of the device.
  • FIG. 1A shows sensors 167 , 168 , and 169 coupled with peripherals interface 118 .
  • sensors 167 , 168 , and 169 are, optionally, coupled with an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106 .
  • information is displayed on the touch-screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers.
  • Device 100 optionally includes a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location of device 100 .
  • the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126 , communication module (or set of instructions) 128 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130 , position module (or set of instructions) 131 , graphics module (or set of instructions) 132 , haptic feedback module (or set of instructions) 133 , text input module (or set of instructions) 134 , Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135 , and applications (or sets of instructions) 136 .
  • memory 102 stores device/global internal state 157 , as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3 .
  • Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitive display system 112 ; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and other input or control devices 116 ; and location and/or positional information concerning the device's location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 126 e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks
  • Operating system 126 includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124 .
  • External port 124 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch-sensitive display system 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156 ) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel).
  • Contact/motion module 130 includes software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact).
  • Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts or stylus contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts and/or stylus contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user.
  • Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts).
  • a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern.
  • detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event.
  • tap, swipe, drag, and other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus by detecting a particular contact pattern for the stylus.
  • Position module 131 in conjunction with accelerometers 167 , gyroscopes 168 , and/or magnetometers 169 , optionally detects positional information concerning the device, such as the device's attitude (roll, pitch, and/or yaw) in a particular frame of reference.
  • Position module 130 includes software components for performing various operations related to detecting the position of the device and detecting changes to the position of the device.
  • position module 131 uses information received from a stylus being used with the device to detect positional information concerning the stylus, such as detecting the positional state of the stylus relative to the device and detecting changes to the positional state of the stylus.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch-sensitive display system 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed.
  • graphics includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.
  • graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156 .
  • Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions (e.g., instructions used by haptic feedback controller 161 ) to produce tactile outputs using tactile output generator(s) 163 at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100 .
  • instructions e.g., instructions used by haptic feedback controller 161
  • tactile output generator(s) 163 at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100 .
  • Text input module 134 which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132 , provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input).
  • applications e.g., contacts 137 , e-mail 140 , IM 141 , browser 147 , and any other application that needs text input.
  • GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • applications e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
  • Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • contacts module 137 includes executable instructions to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 ), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers and/or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138 , video conference 139 , e-mail 140 , or IM 141 ; and so forth.
  • an address book or contact list e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370 , including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name;
  • telephone module 138 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in address book 137 , modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed.
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies.
  • videoconferencing module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions.
  • e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143 .
  • the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple Push Notification Service (APNs) or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages.
  • SMS Short Message Service
  • MMS Multimedia Message Service
  • APIs Apple Push Notification Service
  • IMPS Internet Messaging Protocol
  • transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS).
  • EMS Enhanced Messaging Service
  • instant messaging refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS).
  • workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (in sports devices and smart watches); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store and transmit workout data.
  • camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102 , modify characteristics of a still image or video, and/or delete a still image or video from memory 102 .
  • image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • modify e.g., edit
  • present e.g., in a digital slide show or album
  • browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149 - 1 , stocks widget 149 - 2 , calculator widget 149 - 3 , alarm clock widget 149 - 4 , and dictionary widget 149 - 5 ) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149 - 6 ).
  • a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file.
  • a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • the widget creator module 150 includes executable instructions to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • search criteria e.g., one or more user-specified search terms
  • video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch-sensitive display system 112 , or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124 ).
  • device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • map module 154 includes executable instructions to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • maps e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data
  • online video module 155 includes executable instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on touch screen 112 , or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124 ), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264.
  • instant messaging module 141 rather than e-mail client module 140 , is used to send a link to a particular online video.
  • modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • modules i.e., sets of instructions
  • memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad.
  • a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100 , the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
  • the predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces.
  • the touchpad when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100 .
  • a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad.
  • the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • memory 102 in FIG. 1A ) or 370 ( FIG. 3 ) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126 ) and a respective application 136 - 1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 136 , 137 - 155 , 380 - 390 ).
  • event sorter 170 e.g., in operating system 126
  • application 136 - 1 e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 136 , 137 - 155 , 380 - 390 .
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136 - 1 and application view 191 of application 136 - 1 to which to deliver the event information.
  • Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes application internal state 192 , which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112 when the application is active or executing.
  • device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136 - 1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136 - 1 , a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136 - 1 , and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118 .
  • Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display system 112 , as part of a multi-touch gesture).
  • Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166 , accelerometer(s) 167 , gyroscope(s) 168 , magnetometer(s) 169 , and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110 ).
  • Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display system 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripheral interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173 .
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when touch-sensitive display system 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • the application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture.
  • hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event).
  • the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180 ). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173 , event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173 . In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver module 182 .
  • operating system 126 includes event sorter 170 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes event sorter 170 .
  • event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102 , such as contact/motion module 130 .
  • application 136 - 1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191 , each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface.
  • Each application view 191 of the application 136 - 1 includes one or more event recognizers 180 .
  • a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180 .
  • one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136 - 1 inherits methods and other properties.
  • a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176 , object updater 177 , GUI updater 178 , and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170 .
  • Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176 , object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192 .
  • one or more of the application views 191 includes one or more respective event handlers 190 .
  • one or more of data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191 .
  • a force event refers to a device-generated signal or device-generated data (e.g., a signal or a data object generated or updated by device 100 ) to indicate status or a change in status of a touch input, such as beginning (e.g., satisfying a minimum force intensity threshold), changing intensity (e.g., increasing or decreasing intensity of the touch input), or changing intensity status (e.g., hard press to exceed an intensity threshold or release the touch input so that the intensity falls below the intensity threshold) of the touch input.
  • a force event are associated with physical touches (e.g., touches with a finger and/or a stylus) on the touch-sensitive surface, the force events, as described herein, are distinct from the physical touches.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179 ) from event sorter 170 , and identifies an event from the event information.
  • Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184 .
  • event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183 , and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170 .
  • the event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event.
  • event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186 .
  • Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 ( 187 - 1 ), event 2 ( 187 - 2 ), and others.
  • sub-events in an event 187 include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching.
  • the definition for event 1 ( 187 - 1 ) is a double tap on a displayed object.
  • the double tap for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase.
  • the definition for event 2 ( 187 - 2 ) is a dragging on a displayed object.
  • the dragging for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display system 112 , and lift-off of the touch (touch end).
  • the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190 .
  • event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object.
  • event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112 , when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display system 112 , event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190 , the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • the definition for a respective event 187 also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186 , the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another.
  • metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized.
  • a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190 .
  • Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view.
  • event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136 - 1 .
  • data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137 , or stores a video file used in video player module 145 .
  • object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136 - 1 .
  • object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object.
  • GUI updater 178 updates the GUI.
  • GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
  • event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 .
  • data updater 176 , object updater 177 , and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136 - 1 or application view 191 . In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens.
  • mouse movement and mouse button presses optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touch-pads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram illustrating transfer of event object 194 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • contact/motion module 130 determines status and/or a change in the status of a touch input.
  • the device generates signal or data (e.g., in the form of a data object) to transfer the determined status and/or the determined change in the status of a touch input to one or more software components.
  • the data object is called an event object (e.g., event object 194 ).
  • An event object includes data that represents the status of a corresponding touch input.
  • event object 194 is a mouse event object (because the touch input is equivalent to an input by a mouse).
  • a touch input moving across a touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a mouse movement (e.g., a mouse moved event).
  • event object 194 is a touch event object that is distinct from a mouse event object.
  • the touch event object includes data that represents touch-specific properties of a corresponding touch input (e.g., a number of concurrent touches, an orientation of a finger contact or a stylus, etc.).
  • event object 194 is a force event object that is distinct from a mouse event object (or a touch event object).
  • the force event object includes data that represents force event specific properties of a corresponding touch input (e.g., an intensity applied by the touch input, a stage/phase of the touch input, etc.).
  • the event object includes any combination of such properties (e.g., mouse event specific properties, touch event specific properties, and force event specific properties).
  • contact/motion module 130 generates (or updates) an event object and sends an event object to one or more applications (e.g., application 136 - 1 , such as e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A , and/or application 136 - 2 , such as browser module 147 ).
  • application 136 - 1 such as e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A
  • application 136 - 2 such as browser module 147
  • contact/information module 130 sends information regarding contacts (e.g., raw coordinates of contacts) to one or more applications (e.g., application 1 ( 136 - 1 ) and/or application 2 ( 136 - 2 )), and an application that receives the information generates (or updates) one or more event objects.
  • an application includes touch-processing module 220 that generates (or updates) one or more event objects and sends the one or more event objects to a portion of the application other than touch-processing module 220 .
  • touch-processing module 220 is application-independent (e.g., the same touch-processing module is included in each of multiple distinct applications, such as e-mail client application, browser application, etc.). As used herein, that touch-processing module 220 is application-independent means that touch-processing module 220 is not designed specifically for a particular software application. That touch-processing module 220 is application-independent does not mean that touch-processing module 220 is located separate from its associated application.
  • touch-processing module 220 is distinct and separate from its associated application, as shown in FIG. 1C , touch-processing module 220 is included in its associated application in some embodiments.
  • the application also includes an application core that is specific to the application.
  • each of application 1 ( 136 - 1 , such as a e-mail client application) and application 2 ( 136 - 2 , such as a browser application) includes touch processing module 220 .
  • application 1 ( 136 - 1 ) includes application core 1 ( 230 - 1 ) that is specific to application 1 ( 136 - 1 ) and/or application 2 ( 136 - 2 ) includes application core 2 ( 230 - 2 ) that is specific to application 2 ( 136 - 2 ).
  • application core 1 includes instructions for performing operations specific to application 1 ( 136 - 1 ) (e.g., retrieving e-mails from one or more e-mail servers) and application core 2 ( 230 - 2 ) includes instructions for performing operations specific to application 2 ( 136 - 2 ) (e.g., bookmarking a web page).
  • event object 194 is sent directly to the destination (e.g., a software component, such as application core 1 ( 230 - 1 )).
  • event object 194 is sent through application programming interface 222 .
  • event object 194 is sent by posting event object 194 (e.g., in queue 218 - 1 ) for retrieval by application core 1 ( 230 - 1 ).
  • event object 194 includes force information.
  • a mouse event object includes force information (e.g., raw or normalized force applied by the touch input).
  • a touch event object includes force information.
  • a force event object includes force information.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 , FIG. 1A ) in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200 .
  • UI user interface
  • a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure).
  • selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics.
  • the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100 .
  • inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic.
  • a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204 .
  • menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally executed on device 100 .
  • the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch-screen display.
  • device 100 includes the touch-screen display, menu button 204 , push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208 , Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210 , head set jack 212 , and docking/charging external port 124 .
  • Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process.
  • device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113 .
  • Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive display system 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 163 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100 .
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Device 300 need not be portable.
  • device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller).
  • Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPU's) 310 , one or more network or other communications interfaces 360 , memory 370 , and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components.
  • CPU's processing units
  • Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components.
  • Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340 , which is typically a touch-screen display.
  • I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355 , tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 163 described above with reference to FIG.
  • Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310 .
  • memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1A ), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 .
  • memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380 , presentation module 382 , word processing module 384 , website creation module 386 , disk authoring module 388 , and/or spreadsheet module 390 , while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1A ) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices.
  • Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above.
  • the above identified modules or programs i.e., sets of instructions
  • memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an exemplary electronic stylus 203 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Electronic stylus 203 is sometimes simply called a stylus.
  • Stylus 203 includes memory 402 (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 422 , one or more processing units (CPUs) 420 , peripherals interface 418 , RF circuitry 408 , input/output (I/O) subsystem 406 , and other input or control devices 416 .
  • Stylus 203 optionally includes external port 424 and one or more optical sensors 464 .
  • Stylus 203 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 465 for detecting intensity of contacts of stylus 203 on device 100 (e.g., when stylus 203 is used with a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 ) or on other surfaces (e.g., a desk surface).
  • Stylus 203 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 463 for generating tactile outputs on stylus 203 . These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 403 .
  • the term “tactile output,” discussed above, refers to physical displacement of an accessory (e.g., stylus 203 ) of a device (e.g., device 100 ) relative to a previous position of the accessory, physical displacement of a component of an accessory relative to another component of the accessory, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the accessory that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch.
  • the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the accessory or the component of the accessory.
  • movement of a component e.g., the housing of stylus 203
  • a click of a physical actuator button.
  • a user will feel a tactile sensation such as a “click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the stylus that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., a “click,”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • stylus 203 is only one example of an electronic stylus, and that stylus 203 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components.
  • the various components shown in FIG. 4 are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 402 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 402 by other components of stylus 203 , such as CPU(s) 420 and the peripherals interface 418 , is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 422 .
  • Peripherals interface 418 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the stylus to CPU(s) 420 and memory 402 .
  • the one or more processors 420 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 402 to perform various functions for stylus 203 and to process data.
  • peripherals interface 418 , CPU(s) 420 , and memory controller 422 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 404 . In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 408 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 408 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with device 100 or 300 , communications networks, and/or other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals.
  • RF circuitry 408 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth.
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • RF circuitry 408 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • networks such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • MAN metropolitan area network
  • the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g.
  • I/O subsystem 406 couples input/output peripherals on stylus 203 , such as other input or control devices 416 , with peripherals interface 418 .
  • I/O subsystem 406 optionally includes optical sensor controller 458 , intensity sensor controller 459 , haptic feedback controller 461 , and one or more input controllers 460 for other input or control devices.
  • the one or more input controllers 460 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 416 .
  • the other input or control devices 416 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, click wheels, and so forth.
  • input controller(s) 460 are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: an infrared port and/or a USB port.
  • Stylus 203 also includes power system 462 for powering the various components.
  • Power system 462 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices and/or portable accessories.
  • power sources e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)
  • AC alternating current
  • a recharging system e.g., a recharging system
  • a power failure detection circuit e.g., a power failure detection circuit
  • a power converter or inverter e.g., a power converter or inverter
  • a power status indicator e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 464 .
  • FIG. 4 shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 458 in I/O subsystem 406 .
  • Optical sensor(s) 464 optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors.
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide semiconductor
  • Optical sensor(s) 464 receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 465 .
  • FIG. 4 shows a contact intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller 459 in I/O subsystem 406 .
  • Contact intensity sensor(s) 465 optionally include one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a surface).
  • Contact intensity sensor(s) 465 receive contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment.
  • at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a tip of stylus 203 .
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 466 .
  • FIG. 4 shows proximity sensor 466 coupled with peripherals interface 418 .
  • proximity sensor 466 is coupled with input controller 460 in I/O subsystem 406 .
  • the proximity sensor determines proximity of stylus 203 to an electronic device (e.g., device 100 ).
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 463 .
  • FIG. 4 shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller 461 in I/O subsystem 406 .
  • Tactile output generator(s) 463 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device).
  • Tactile output generator(s) 463 receive tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 433 and generates tactile outputs on stylus 203 that are capable of being sensed by a user of stylus 203 .
  • at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a length (e.g., a body or a housing) of stylus 203 and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving stylus 203 vertically (e.g., in a direction parallel to the length of stylus 203 ) or laterally (e.g., in a direction normal to the length of stylus 203 ).
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 467 , gyroscopes 468 , and/or magnetometers 470 (e.g., as part of an inertial measurement unit (IMU)) for obtaining information concerning the location and positional state of stylus 203 .
  • FIG. 4 shows sensors 467 , 469 , and 470 coupled with peripherals interface 418 .
  • sensors 467 , 469 , and 470 are, optionally, coupled with an input controller 460 in I/O subsystem 406 .
  • Stylus 203 optionally includes a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location of stylus 203 .
  • the software components stored in memory 402 include operating system 426 , communication module (or set of instructions) 428 , contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 430 , position module (or set of instructions) 431 , and Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 435 .
  • memory 402 stores device/global internal state 457 , as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • Device/global internal state 457 includes one or more of: sensor state, including information obtained from the stylus's various sensors and other input or control devices 416 ; positional state, including information regarding the stylus's position (e.g., position, orientation, tilt, roll and/or distance, as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B ) relative to a device (e.g., device 100 ); and location information concerning the stylus's location (e.g., determined by GPS module 435 ).
  • Operating system 426 (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • general system tasks e.g., memory management, power management, etc.
  • Communication module 428 optionally facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 424 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 408 and/or external port 424 .
  • External port 424 e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.
  • USB Universal Serial Bus
  • FIREWIRE FireWire
  • the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Contact/motion module 430 optionally detects contact with stylus 203 and other touch-sensitive devices of stylus 203 (e.g., buttons or other touch-sensitive components of stylus 203 ).
  • Contact/motion module 430 includes software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., detection of a tip of the stylus with a touch-sensitive display, such as touch screen 112 of device 100 , or with another surface, such as a desk surface), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a touch-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement (e.g., across touch screen 112 of device 100 ), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a lift-off event or a break in contact).
  • detection of contact e.g., detection of a tip of the stylus with a
  • contact/motion module 430 receives contact data from I/O subsystem 406 . Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. As noted above, in some embodiments, one or more of these operations related to detection of contact are performed by the device using contact/motion module 130 (in addition to or in place of the stylus using contact/motion module 430 ).
  • Contact/motion module 430 optionally detects a gesture input by stylus 203 .
  • Different gestures with stylus 203 have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts).
  • a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern.
  • detecting a single tap gesture includes detecting a touch-down event followed by detecting a lift-off event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the touch-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon).
  • detecting a swipe gesture includes detecting a touch-down event followed by detecting one or more stylus-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a lift-off event.
  • gesture detection is performed by the device using contact/motion module 130 (in addition to or in place of the stylus using contact/motion module 430 ).
  • Position module 431 in conjunction with accelerometers 467 , gyroscopes 468 , and/or magnetometers 469 , optionally detects positional information concerning the stylus, such as the stylus's attitude (roll, pitch, and/or yaw) in a particular frame of reference.
  • Position module 431 in conjunction with accelerometers 467 , gyroscopes 468 , and/or magnetometers 469 , optionally detects stylus movement gestures, such as flicks, taps, and rolls of the stylus.
  • Position module 431 includes software components for performing various operations related to detecting the position of the stylus and detecting changes to the position of the stylus in a particular frame of reference.
  • position module 431 detects the positional state of the stylus relative to the device and detects changes to the positional state of the stylus relative to the device.
  • device 100 or 300 determines the positional state of the stylus relative to the device and changes to the positional state of the stylus using position module 131 (in addition to or in place of the stylus using position module 431 ).
  • Haptic feedback module 433 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 463 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on stylus 203 in response to user interactions with stylus 203 .
  • GPS module 435 determines the location of the stylus and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to applications that provide location-based services such as an application to find missing devices and/or accessories).
  • modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein).
  • modules i.e., sets of instructions
  • memory 402 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above.
  • memory 402 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate a positional state of stylus 203 relative to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100 ) in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the positional state of stylus 203 corresponds to (or indicates): a position of a projection of a tip (or other representative portion) of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., (x,y) position 504 , FIG. 5A ), an orientation of the stylus relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., orientation 506 , FIG. 5A ), a tilt of the stylus relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., tilt 512 , FIG.
  • a position of a projection of a tip (or other representative portion) of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., (x,y) position 504 , FIG. 5A
  • an orientation of the stylus relative to the touch-sensitive surface e.g., orientation 506 , FIG. 5A
  • the positional state of stylus 203 corresponds to (or indicates) a pitch, yaw, and/or roll of the stylus (e.g., an attitude of the stylus relative to a particular frame of reference, such as a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 ) or the ground).
  • the positional state includes a set of positional parameters (e.g., one or more positional parameters).
  • the positional state is detected in accordance with one or more measurements from stylus 203 that are sent to an electronic device (e.g., device 100 ).
  • the stylus measures the tilt (e.g., tilt 512 , FIG. 5B ) and/or the orientation (e.g., orientation 506 , FIG. 5A ) of the stylus and sends the measurement to device 100 .
  • the positional state is detected in accordance with raw output, from one or more electrodes in the stylus, that is sensed by a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100 ) instead of, or in combination with positional state detected in accordance with one or more measurements from stylus 203 .
  • the touch-sensitive surface receives raw output from one or more electrodes in the stylus and calculates the tilt and/or the orientation of the stylus based on the raw output (optionally, in conjunction with positional state information provided by the stylus based on sensor measurements generated by the stylus).
  • FIG. 5A illustrates stylus 203 relative to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100 ) from a viewpoint directly above the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • z axis 594 points out of the page (i.e., in a direction normal to a plane of touch screen 112 )
  • x axis 590 is parallel to a first edge (e.g., a length) of touch screen 112
  • y axis 592 is parallel to a second edge (e.g., a width) of touch screen 112
  • y axis 592 is perpendicular to x axis 590 .
  • FIG. 5A illustrates the tip of stylus 203 at (x,y) position 504 .
  • the tip of stylus 203 is a terminus of the stylus configured for determining proximity of the stylus to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 ).
  • the projection of the tip of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface is an orthogonal projection.
  • the projection of the tip of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface is a point at the end of a line from the stylus tip to the touch-sensitive surface that is normal to a surface of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., (x,y) position 504 at which the tip of the stylus would touch the touch-sensitive surface if the stylus were moved directly along a path normal to the touch-sensitive surface).
  • the (x,y) position at the lower left corner of touch screen 112 is position (0,0) (e.g., (0,0) position 502 ) and other (x,y) positions on touch screen 112 are relative to the lower left corner of touch screen 112 .
  • the (0,0) position is located at another position of touch screen 112 (e.g., in the center of touch screen 112 ) and other (x,y) positions are relative to the (0,0) position of touch screen 112 .
  • FIG. 5A illustrates stylus 203 with orientation 506 .
  • orientation 506 is an orientation of a projection of stylus 203 onto touch screen 112 (e.g., an orthogonal projection of a length of stylus 203 or a line corresponding to the line between the projection of two different points of stylus 203 onto touch screen 112 ).
  • orientation 506 is relative to at least one axis in a plane parallel to touch screen 112 .
  • orientation 506 is relative to a single axis in a plane parallel to touch screen 112 (e.g., axis 508 , with a clockwise rotation angle from axis 508 ranging from 0 degrees to 360 degrees, as shown in FIG. 5A ).
  • orientation 506 is relative to a pair of axes in a plane parallel to touch screen 112 (e.g., x axis 590 and y axis 592 , as shown in FIG. 5A , or a pair of axes associated with an application displayed on touch screen 112 ).
  • an indication (e.g., indication 516 ) is displayed on a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100 ).
  • indication 516 shows where the stylus will touch (or mark) the touch-sensitive display before the stylus touches the touch-sensitive display.
  • indication 516 is a portion of a mark that is being drawn on the touch-sensitive display.
  • indication 516 is separate from a mark that is being drawn on the touch-sensitive display and corresponds to a virtual “pen tip” or other element that indicates where a mark will be drawn on the touch-sensitive display.
  • indication 516 is displayed in accordance with the positional state of stylus 203 .
  • indication 516 is displaced from (x,y) position 504 (as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B ), and in other circumstances, indication 516 is not displaced from (x,y) position 504 (e.g., indication 516 is displayed at or near (x,y) position 504 when tilt 512 is zero degrees).
  • indication 516 is displayed, in accordance with the positional state of the stylus, with varying color, size (or radius or area), opacity, and/or other characteristics.
  • the displayed indication accounts for thickness of a glass layer on the touch-sensitive display, so as to carry through the indication “onto the pixels” of the touch-sensitive display, rather than displaying the indication “on the glass” that covers the pixels.
  • FIG. 5B illustrates stylus 203 relative to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100 ) from a side viewpoint of the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments.
  • z axis 594 points in a direction normal to the plane of touch screen 112
  • x axis 590 is parallel to a first edge (e.g., a length) of touch screen 112
  • y axis 592 is parallel to a second edge (e.g., a width) of touch screen 112
  • y axis 592 is perpendicular to x axis 590 .
  • FIG. 5B illustrates stylus 203 with tilt 512 .
  • tilt 512 is an angle relative to a normal (e.g., normal 510 ) to a surface of the touch-sensitive surface (also called simply the normal to the touch-sensitive surface). As shown in FIG. 5B , tilt 512 is zero when the stylus is perpendicular/normal to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., when stylus 203 is parallel to normal 510 ) and the tilt increases as the stylus is tilted closer to being parallel to the touch-sensitive surface.
  • a normal e.g., normal 510
  • FIG. 5B illustrates distance 514 of stylus 203 relative to the touch-sensitive surface.
  • distance 514 is the distance from the tip of stylus 203 to the touch-sensitive surface, in a direction normal to the touch-sensitive surface.
  • distance 514 is the distance from the tip of stylus 203 to (x,y) position 504 .
  • x axis x axis
  • y axis y axis
  • z axis a axis that is distinct from the x axis.
  • the x axis is perpendicular to the y axis.
  • a “z axis” is distinct from the “x axis” and the “y axis,” and is typically perpendicular to both the “x axis” and the “y axis.”
  • FIG. 5B illustrates roll 518 , a rotation about the length (long axis) of stylus 203 .
  • UI user interfaces
  • FIG. 6A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300 .
  • user interface 600 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
  • icon 622 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.”
  • Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons.
  • a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon.
  • a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface 651 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3 ) that is separate from display 650 .
  • Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359 ) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 651 and/or one or more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300 .
  • one or more contact intensity sensors e.g., one or more of sensors 359
  • tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300 .
  • FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 ) with a touch-sensitive surface 651 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3 ) that is separate from display 650 .
  • a touch-sensitive surface 651 e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355 , FIG. 3
  • the touch-sensitive surface has a primary axis (e.g., 652 in FIG. 6B ) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 653 in FIG.
  • the device detects contacts (e.g., 660 and 662 in FIG. 6B ) with touch-sensitive surface 651 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 6B, 660 corresponds to 668 and 662 corresponds to 670 ).
  • contacts e.g., 660 and 662 in FIG. 6B
  • touch-sensitive surface 651 e.g., 668 and 662 corresponds to 670 .
  • user inputs e.g., contacts 660 and 662 , and movements thereof
  • the device on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., 651 in FIG. 6B
  • manipulate the user interface on the display e.g., 650 in FIG. 6B
  • similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
  • finger inputs e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures, etc.
  • one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a stylus input).
  • the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting.
  • the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 651 in FIG. 6B ) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • a touch-screen display e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG.
  • a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input.
  • an input e.g., a press input by the contact
  • a particular user interface element e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element
  • focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface.
  • the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact).
  • a focus selector e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box
  • a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors.
  • one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average or a sum) to determine an estimated force of a contact.
  • a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements).
  • the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure).
  • the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure.
  • contact/motion module 130 and/or 430 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon).
  • at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100 ). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trackpad or touch-screen display hardware.
  • a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).
  • the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact).
  • a predefined time period e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds
  • a characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like.
  • the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time).
  • the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user.
  • the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold.
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first intensity threshold results in a first operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation
  • a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation.
  • a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective option or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location (e.g., a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the contact increases.
  • the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location).
  • a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact.
  • the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm.
  • these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • the user interface figures optionally include various intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds (e.g., a first intensity threshold I L , a second intensity threshold I M , a third intensity threshold I H , and/or one or more other intensity thresholds).
  • This intensity diagram is typically not part of the displayed user interface, but is provided to aid in the interpretation of the figures.
  • the first intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the second and third intensity thresholds correspond to intensities at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad.
  • the device when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the first intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold.
  • these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
  • the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during the input. For example, for some inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both the contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for some inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a second intensity threshold during the input, greater than the first intensity threshold (e.g., for a light press), triggers a second response only if a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensity threshold and meeting the second intensity threshold.
  • This delay time is typically less than 200 ms in duration (e.g., 40, 100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with the delay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases). This delay time helps to avoid accidental triggering of the second response.
  • there is a reduced-sensitivity time period that occurs after the time at which the first intensity threshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental triggering of the second response. For other inputs, the second response does not depend on time-based criteria.
  • one or more of the input intensity thresholds and/or the corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running, rate at which the intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs, user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise), focus selector position, and the like. Exemplary factors are described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the intensity threshold I L to an intensity between the intensity threshold I L and the intensity threshold I M is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the intensity threshold I M to an intensity above the intensity threshold I M is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input.
  • an increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the intensity threshold I H to an intensity above the intensity threshold I H is also called a “deep press” input.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below a contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the intensity threshold I L is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface.
  • a decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface.
  • the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero.
  • a shaded circle or oval is used to represent intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some illustrations, a circle or oval without shading is used represent a respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the respective contact.
  • one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold.
  • the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on a “down stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold).
  • the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
  • the description of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold.
  • the triggering of these responses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g., a delay time has elapsed between a low intensity threshold being met and a high intensity threshold being met).
  • UI user interfaces
  • portable multifunction device 100 or device 300 with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • FIGS. 7A - 7 BBB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 8A-8C and FIG. 9 .
  • the device detects inputs on a touch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), as shown in FIG. 6A .
  • FIG. 7A illustrates that user interface 706 on display 650 includes a user interface of a mail application (e.g., e-mail client module 140 , FIG. 1A ).
  • a mail application e.g., e-mail client module 140 , FIG. 1A .
  • FIG. 7A also illustrates state machines 704 for gesture recognizers.
  • State machines 704 for gesture recognizers as well as event handling operations (including handling of gesture events) are described in detail in Appendix A, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • state machines 704 for four gesture recognizers are shown, each represented in FIG. 7A by a single letter: a reveal gesture recognizer (R), a preview gesture recognizer (P), a tap gesture recognizer (T) and a commit gesture recognizer (C).
  • R reveal gesture recognizer
  • P preview gesture recognizer
  • T tap gesture recognizer
  • C commit gesture recognizer
  • distinct intensity thresholds are associated with three of these gesture recognizers: a first intensity threshold I L is associated with the reveal gesture recognizer, a second intensity threshold I M is associated with the preview gesture recognizer, and a third intensity threshold I H is associated with the commit gesture recognizer.
  • the third intensity threshold I H is greater than (i.e., higher than) the second intensity threshold I M
  • the second intensity threshold I M is greater than (i.e., higher than) the first intensity threshold I L .
  • FIG. 7A shows the position of a focus selector 705 positioned over a user interface object 708 or feature in user interface 706 .
  • the position of the focus selector 705 corresponds to the position of a corresponding user input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch sensitive surface 651 or a touch-sensitive surface of a touch-screen display 650 , FIG. 6B ).
  • a touch-sensitive surface e.g., touch sensitive surface 651 or a touch-sensitive surface of a touch-screen display 650 , FIG. 6B .
  • the intensity (also called contract intensity) of the user input is initially below the first intensity threshold I L .
  • FIG. 7B shows a new user interface 710 that results when the user input corresponding to focus selector 705 is a tap gesture.
  • Intensity profiles 7102 , 7104 , 7106 and 7108 all correspond to tap gestures than end prior to completion of a first predefined time period, represented by the time period ending at time 7002 . All four of these intensity profiles correspond to tap gestures, even when the peak intensity of the gesture is greater than one or more of the three intensity thresholds, because the user input does not remain on the touch sensitive surface for a first predefined time period.
  • intensity profile 7110 also corresponds to a tap gesture, even though the user input remains on the touch sensitive surface for the first predefined time period, because the user input never exceeds the first intensity threshold I L .
  • a user input having intensity profile 7110 is construed as a non-event that does not cause performance of any operation.
  • FIG. 7B also shows that the state machine for the tap gesture recognizer (T) transitions from the Possible state, as shown in FIG. 7A , to the Recognized state. Furthermore, FIG. 7B shows that the state machines for the reveal gesture recognizer (R), preview gesture recognizer (P), and commit gesture recognizer (C) have all transitioned from the Possible state to the Failed state. This is because, for every one of intensity profiles 7102 , 7104 , 7106 , 7108 and 7110 , the input has failed to satisfy either an intensity input criteria or a duration criteria required for gesture recognition by those gesture recognizers. Alternatively, or in addition, each of the gesture recognizers that transition to the Failed state do so because recognition of a tap gesture by the tap gesture recognizer (T) causes all the other gesture recognizers to transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7C shows a transition of user interface 706 from the state of that user interface in FIG. 7A .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state.
  • the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R) when the intensity of the user input reaches the first intensity threshold I L .
  • the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R) when the intensity of the user input exceeds the first intensity threshold I L .
  • focus selector 705 is displayed, or provided for display, with a different appearance than when the reveal gesture recognizer is in the Possible state.
  • an internal event 7004 is generated, indicating that the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R). That event is provided to the reveal gesture recognizer (R), which transitions to the Began state in response to the event.
  • Event 7004 optionally includes a progress indicator, graphically represented in FIG. 7C by progress indicator 750 , which indicates an amount of progress of the intensity of the user input between first intensity threshold I L and a second intensity threshold I M .
  • the progress indicator 750 is a normalized value, for example having a value between 0 and 1, and initially have a value of 0, or a value close to zero, when the intensity of the user input equals or has reached the first intensity threshold I L .
  • the intensity of the user input has changed from an intensity equal or approximately equal to the first intensity threshold I L , as shown in FIG. 7C , to an intensity above the first intensity threshold I L and below the second intensity threshold I M .
  • the value of progress indicator 750 increases to a value indicating where in the range between the first intensity threshold I L and the second intensity threshold I M the current user input intensity falls.
  • the state of the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions to the Changed state, and user interface 706 is blurred, or transitions to a blur state, excluding the user interface object 708 , corresponding to the position of the user input, which is not blurred. In this way, the user is notified that an action or operation with respect to user interface object 708 will occur if the user continues to increase the intensity of the user input.
  • the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7D .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state.
  • a small version of a preview area 712 is displayed in or over user interface 706 , which remains blurred except for object 708 .
  • the size of the preview area 712 corresponds to a value of progress indicator 750 .
  • preview area 712 is initially displayed only when the progress indicator 750 reaches a predefined value, such as 0.4 or 0.5.
  • the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7E .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, and user interface 706 remains blurred except for object 708 .
  • the size of preview area 712 has increased in accordance with the increased intensity of the user input, or in accordance with the increased value of progress indicator 750 .
  • the preview area 712 has increase in size sufficiently to enable a user to read the contents of the preview area 712 .
  • preview area 712 includes a preview of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • the previewed information is a list of connections associated with the person corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7E to an intensity equal or approximately equal to the second intensity threshold I M .
  • Progress indicator 750 now has its maximum value, for example 1, indicating that the intensity of the user input has reached to maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator.
  • a second progress indicator 752 is generated, indicating a status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold I M and the third intensity threshold I H .
  • second progress indicator 752 has its minimum value, indicating that the intensity of the user input is at the low end of the intensity range between the second intensity threshold I M and the third intensity threshold I H .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, or alternatively transitions to the Canceled state, the tap gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state, and preview area 712 is displayed at either its maximum size (sometimes herein called full size), or at a size close to its maximum size.
  • Preview area 712 continues to include a preview of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7G to an intensity above the second intensity threshold I M and below the third intensity threshold I H .
  • Progress indicator 750 remains its maximum value, for example 1, since the intensity of the user input is above the maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator.
  • Second progress indicator 752 now has an intermediate value, between the minimum and maximum values for that progress indicator 752 , indicating the current status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold I M and the third intensity threshold I H .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, or alternatively transitions to the Canceled state, the tap gesture recognizer remains in the Failed state, the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Changed state, and preview area 712 is displayed at its maximum size (sometimes herein called full size).
  • Preview area 712 continues to include a preview of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7H to an intensity at or above the third intensity threshold I H .
  • Progress indicator 750 remains its maximum value, for example 1, since the intensity of the user input is above the maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator.
  • Second progress indicator 752 now has its maximum value, indicating the current status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold I M and the third intensity threshold I H .
  • an event 7008 is generated indicating the intensity of the user input and optionally including one or both progress indicators 750 , 752 .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions to the Canceled state
  • the tap gesture recognizer remains in the Failed state
  • the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state
  • the commit gesture recognizer transitions to the Recognized state.
  • preview area 712 is no longer displayed, and instead a new user interface 710 corresponding to selection of user interface object 708 is displayed.
  • selection of user interface object 708 has caused connection information for person or entity corresponding to user interface object 708 be displayed, or provided for display.
  • the intensity of the user input has decreased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7H to an intensity below the second intensity threshold I M .
  • the intensity of the user input has not reached the third intensity threshold I H and therefore the commit gesture recognizer remains in the Possible state.
  • progress indicator 750 transitions to a value below its maximum value, since the intensity of the user input is now below the maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator.
  • Second progress indicator 752 now has its minimum value, indicating the current status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold I M and the third intensity threshold I H . In other words, since the intensity of the user input is below the second intensity threshold I M , second progress indicator 752 has its minimum value.
  • the change in intensity of the user input causes an event (not shown) to be generated, where the event includes information indicating the intensity of the user input and optionally including one or both progress indicators 750 , 752 .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state
  • the tap gesture recognizer remains in the Failed state
  • the preview gesture recognizer remains in the Changed state
  • the commit gesture recognizer remains in the Possible state.
  • the size of preview area 712 decreases from the size at which it was displayed when the intensity of the user input was higher (see FIG. 7H ).
  • the user input ceases, as indicated by a zero intensity of the user input, after previously reaching or exceeding the first intensity threshold I L (corresponding to intensity profile 7112 ) or the second intensity threshold I M (corresponding to intensity profile 7114 ), without exceeding the third intensity threshold I H .
  • the duration of the gesture exceeds the first predefined period corresponding to time 7002 , indicating that the gesture does not meet tap criteria, which includes that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period.
  • the tap gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, and the commit gesture recognizer also transitions to the Failed State.
  • the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Recognized state during the gesture in response to the intensity of the input satisfying intensity input criteria, including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold I M , and the input remaining on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period, and subsequently transitions to the Failed state in response to the input ceasing to remain on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the preview gesture recognizer transitions from the Possible state to the Failed state, without first transitioning to the Recognized state, since the intensity input criteria for preview gesture recognizer are not satisfied, even temporarily, by an input with intensity profile 7112 .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Recognized state in response to an input with either intensity profile 7112 or intensity profile 7114 , since the intensity of the input exceeds the first intensity threshold I L and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period.
  • the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state in response to the input ceasing to remain on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the set of active gesture recognizers includes a reveal gesture recognizer (R), a preview gesture recognizer (P), a pan or scroll gesture recognizer (S) and a commit gesture recognizer (C).
  • R reveal gesture recognizer
  • P preview gesture recognizer
  • S pan or scroll gesture recognizer
  • C commit gesture recognizer
  • distinct intensity thresholds are associated with three of these gesture recognizers: a first intensity threshold I L is associated with the reveal gesture recognizer, a second intensity threshold I M is associated with the preview gesture recognizer, and a third intensity threshold I H is associated with the commit gesture recognizer.
  • FIG. 7L shows the position of a focus selector 707 positioned over a user interface object 708 or feature in user interface 706 .
  • the position of the focus selector 705 corresponds to the position of a corresponding user input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive surface 651 or a touch-sensitive surface of a touch-screen display 650 , FIG. 6B ).
  • FIG. 7L also shows an input movement limit zone or input movement limit perimeter 714 , shown as a dashed line circle or other shape surrounding the focus selector 707 .
  • input movement limit perimeter 714 is not actually displayed, and instead input movement limit perimeter 714 represents an input movement limit utilized by one or more of the gesture recognizers.
  • the intensity of the user input does not satisfy any of the three intensity thresholds I L , I M and I H .
  • the input corresponding to focus selector 707 moves from the position shown in FIG. 7L to the position shown in FIG. 7M , the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance, as reflected by focus selector 707 having moved at least partially past input movement limit perimeter 714 .
  • the graphical user interface 706 pans or scrolls by an amount corresponding to the distance moved by the input on the touch-sensitive surface. More generally, in response to the input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance, a second operation is performed. In some embodiments, the second operation includes scrolling at least a portion of the user interface.
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R), preview gesture recognizer (P), and commit gesture recognizer (C) all transition to the Failed state
  • the pan gesture recognizer (S) transitions to the Began state.
  • the input continues to move across the touch-sensitive surface, as represented by further movement of focus selector 707 , which is not completely outside input movement limit perimeter 714 .
  • the pan gesture recognizer (S) transitions to the Changed state and user interface 706 is further scrolled upwards compared with its position in FIG. 7M .
  • FIG. 7O after the input, as represented by focus selector 707 , has already moved beyond the input movement limit perimeter 714 with an intensity that does not satisfy the first intensity threshold I L , the intensity of the input increases so as to satisfy the first intensity threshold I L , as shown in user input intensity graph 70 . Satisfaction of the first intensity threshold I L is indicated by a changed appearance of focus selector 707 . However, despite the user input now satisfying the first intensity threshold I L , the reveal gesture recognizer (R), preview gesture recognizer (P), and commit gesture recognizer (C) all remain in the Failed state, and the pan gesture recognizer (S) remains in the Changed state.
  • R reveal gesture recognizer
  • P preview gesture recognizer
  • C commit gesture recognizer
  • a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • user interface 706 transitions from the state shown in FIG. 7L to the state shown in FIG. 7P , in response to the intensity of the input satisfying the first intensity threshold I L prior to the user input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance. For example, in FIG. 7P , the input has not moved or has remained at substantially the same location, since the initial contact with the touch-sensitive surface represented by FIG. 7L .
  • a first operation is performed.
  • the first operation includes blurring user interface 706 , or transitioning user interface 706 to a blur state, excluding the user interface object 708 corresponding to the position of the user input, which is not blurred.
  • the preview gesture recognizer (P) in response to the input satisfying intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the first intensity threshold, transitions from the Possible state to the Began state, and performance of the first operation, discussed above, occurs in response to the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitioning to the Began state.
  • the preview gesture recognizer (P), commit gesture recognizer (C), and the pan gesture recognizer (S) all remain in the Possible state.
  • the input on the touch-sensitive surface represented by focus selector 707 in FIG. 7P is sometimes called a first portion of the input, and the subsequent portion of the same input shown in FIG. 7Q is sometimes called a second portion of the input.
  • the first portion of the input is processed with a first gesture recognizer, for example, the reveal gesture recognizer
  • the second portion of the input is processed with a second gesture recognizer, for example, the pan gesture recognizer.
  • the input moves by an amount sufficient to satisfy pan criteria, including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance.
  • user interface 706 is scrolled by an amount corresponding to the amount of movement of the input across the touch-sensitive surface, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions to the Canceled state, the preview gesture recognizer (P) and commit gesture recognizer (C) transition to the Failed state, and the pan gesture recognizer (S) transitions to the Changed state.
  • the transition of the pan gesture recognizer (S) to the Changed state is what causes, or enables, the scrolling of user interface 706 , or at least a portion of user interface 706 .
  • FIG. 7R corresponds to the FIG. 7H , but with a pan gesture recognizer (S) in place of a tap gesture recognizer (T).
  • the pan gesture recognizer (S) is in the Failed state due to a lack of movement of the input since its initial contact with the touch-sensitive surface and the transitioning of preview gesture recognizer (P) to the Began state (see FIG. 7G ) or Changed state (see FIGS. 7H and 7R ).
  • An arrow above focus selector 707 indicates that the input has begun to move, in this example in the upward direction indicated by the arrow.
  • the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold I M , and as a result the preview gesture recognizer (P) has transitioned to the Began state (see FIG. 7G ) or Changed state (see FIGS. 7H and 7R ).
  • FIG. 7S which shows movement of the input and its corresponding focus selector 707 from the position shown in FIG. 7R to the position shown in FIG. 7S .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) and the preview gesture recognizer (P) remain in the Changed state
  • the commit gesture recognizer (C) remains in the Possible state
  • the pan gesture recognizer (S) remains in the Failed state.
  • the reason that the pan gesture recognizer (S) remains in the Failed state is that once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • a (new) second pan gesture recognizer is initiated for preview area 712 .
  • preview area 712 responds to a pan gesture (e.g., preview area 712 is moved across display 650 in accordance with the pan gesture, using the second pan gesture recognizer, independent of mail application user interface 706 such that mail application user interface 706 remains stationary while preview area 712 is moved across display 650 , which is different from the scroll operation associated with the pan gesture recognizer (S) as shown in FIGS. 7O-7P ).
  • FIG. 7T is similar to FIG. 7A , except that the tap gesture recognizer (T) has been replaced by a long press gesture recognizer (L), and focus selector 709 has replaced focus selector 705 .
  • the intensity of the input corresponding to focus selector 709 does not satisfy (e.g., is below) the first intensity threshold I L , and the amount of time that has elapsed since the initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface is less than a first predefined time period corresponding to time 7116 .
  • FIG. 7U shows that the input has remained in contact with the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period, corresponding to time 7116 , and has remained at an intensity that does not satisfy (e.g., is below) the first intensity threshold I L .
  • the long press gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state, and the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P) and the commit gesture recognizer (C) transition to the Failed state.
  • a second operation in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, a second operation is performed.
  • the second operation includes displaying a menu 716 of items related to the object 708 corresponding to a current position of the focus selector 709 .
  • FIG. 7V shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7T , in response to an input that satisfies intensity input criteria, including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold (e.g., I L ) during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ).
  • a first intensity threshold e.g., I L
  • I L intensity threshold
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions from the Possible state, as shown in FIG. 7T , to the Began state, as shown in FIG. 7V .
  • a first operation in response to the input satisfying intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the first intensity threshold, a first operation is performed.
  • the first operation includes blurring user interface 706 , or transitioning user interface 706 to a blur state, excluding the user interface object 708 corresponding to the position of the user input, which is not blurred.
  • FIG. 7W shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7V , in response to an input that satisfies intensity input criteria, including that the input remains below a second intensity threshold (e.g., I M ) during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ).
  • a second operation is performed in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the second intensity threshold during the first predefined time period.
  • the second operation includes displaying a menu 716 of items related to the object 708 corresponding to a current position of the focus selector 709 .
  • FIG. 7X shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7V , in response to an input that satisfies intensity input criteria, including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., I M ) during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ).
  • a third operation is performed in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold during the first predefined time period.
  • the third operation is displaying a preview 712 of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 709 is positioned.
  • the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions to the Began state and the long press gesture recognizer (L) transitions to the Failed state.
  • the transition of the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions to the Began state causes the long press gesture recognizer (L) to transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7Y shows user interface 706 after the long press gesture recognizer has already transitioned to the Failed state, and the input has continued to satisfy a first (or second) intensity threshold during the first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ).
  • a first (or second) intensity threshold during the first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ).
  • the long press gesture recognizer (L) remains in the failed state. Further, in this example, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions to the Changed state, and the commit gesture recognizer (C) remains in the Possible state.
  • the reason that the long press gesture recognizer (L) remains in the Failed state is that once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • FIG. 7Z shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7T , in response to an input that fails to satisfy a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ), and ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period.
  • a first intensity threshold e.g., the time period ending at time 7116
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C), and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7AA shows a view of user interface 706 similar to the view shown in FIG. 7L , except that the pan gesture recognizer (S) has been replaced by the long press gesture recognizer (L), and focus selector 707 has been replaced by focus selector 709 .
  • FIG. 7AA like FIG. 7L , shows an input movement limit zone or input movement limit perimeter 714 , shown as a dashed line circle or other shape surrounding focus selector 709 .
  • input movement limit perimeter 714 is not actually displayed, and instead input movement limit perimeter 714 represents an input movement limit utilized by one or more of the gesture recognizers.
  • FIG. 7BB shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7AA .
  • the input corresponding to focus selector 709 moves from the position shown in FIG. 7AA to the position shown in FIG. 7BB .
  • the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance, as reflected by focus selector 709 having moved at least partially past input movement limit perimeter 714 .
  • the graphical user interface 706 pans or scrolls by an amount corresponding to the distance moved by the input on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • a second operation is performed in response to the input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance.
  • the second operation includes scrolling at least a portion of the user interface.
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7CC shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7BB .
  • the intensity of the input either increases so as to satisfy the first predefined threshold I L or even the first predefined threshold I M , as indicated by intensity profile 7118 , or the input remains in contact with the touch sensitive screen, but below the first intensity threshold, during the first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 ), as indicated by intensity profile 7120 .
  • the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all remain in the Failed state.
  • the reason that reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all remain in the Failed state is that once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • FIG. 7DD shows a view of user interface 706 similar to the view shown in FIG. 7T , except that the pan gesture recognizer (S) has been replaced by the tap gesture recognizer (T), and focus selector 711 is located on email address 718 .
  • the long press gesture recognizer (L) is used without a pan gesture recognizer (S) (e.g., the long press gesture recognizer (L) is the only gesture recognizer associated with the email address, or the long press gesture recognizer (L) and one or more other gesture recognizers, other than the pan gesture recognizer (S), are associated with the email address)
  • a time period ending at time 7122 is used instead of a time period ending at time 7116 , in determining whether the long press gesture recognizer (L) should transition to another state, such as the Began state.
  • a predefined operation of displaying menu 716 of items related to object 718 is performed regardless of whether the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the entire duration of the time period ending at time 7116 .
  • FIG. 7FF shows that intensity 7204 of the input corresponding to focus selector 713 is detected and sent to application-independent module 220 .
  • application-independent module 7220 sends one or more event objects 194 to application-specific module 230 .
  • Event object 194 includes characteristic intensity 7206 that is based on detected intensity 7204 .
  • event object 1904 also includes reference intensity 7208 .
  • characteristic intensity 7206 is a normalized intensity value that corresponds to detected intensity 7204 divided by reference intensity 7208 .
  • reference intensity 7208 corresponds to a maximum intensity that can be detected by the one or more intensity sensors.
  • reference intensity 7208 is a predefined intensity level for normalizing detected intensity 7204 .
  • Characteristic intensity 7206 typically has a range between 0 and 1. Because application-specific module 230 receives characteristic intensity 7206 instead of detected intensity 7204 , application-specific module 230 is configured to receive and respond to intensity information that is independent from variations among intensity sensors. Thus, application-specific module 230 does not need to include instructions for handling variations among intensity sensors, and therefore, the size of the application-specific module 230 is reduced, and the performance of the application-specific module 230 is improved.
  • characteristic intensity 7206 is multiplied by sensitivity value 7210 .
  • sensitivity 7210 has a default value of 1. However, for example, when sensitivity 7210 has a value of 2, characteristic intensity 7206 is doubled.
  • FIG. 7GG an exemplary settings user interface is shown on display 650 .
  • the settings user interface shown in FIG. 7GG includes area 720 with multiple intensity settings (e.g., low, medium, and high intensity settings).
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7GG shows that characteristic intensity 7304 , which follows detected intensity 7302 , is used when the low sensitivity setting is selected.
  • a reference intensity of 1 is used for user input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7GG .
  • characteristic intensity 7306 which has a higher intensity value than characteristic intensity 7304 (e.g., characteristic intensity 7306 is two times characteristic intensity 7304 ) is used; and, when the high setting is selected, characteristic intensity 7308 , which has a higher intensity value than characteristic intensity 7306 (e.g., characteristic intensity 7308 is three times characteristic intensity 7304 ), is used.
  • FIG. 7HH is similar to FIG. 7GG , except that the settings user interface includes area 722 with a plurality of intensity setting options (e.g., more than three levels of intensity setting options). Although there are more than three levels of intensity setting options, user input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7HH shows three levels of characteristic intensity lines (e.g., 7304 , 7306 , and 7308 ) so as not to obscure the understanding of user input intensity graph 702 .
  • intensity setting options e.g., more than three levels of intensity setting options
  • FIG. 7II shows that multiple focus selectors (e.g., 715 and 717 ) are concurrently detected, and intensities of respective focus selectors are separately determined.
  • Application-independent module 220 receives intensity 7204 of focus selector 715 and intensity 7212 of focus selector 717 , and sends respective event objects 194 and 7194 to application-specific module 230 .
  • Event object 194 corresponds to focus selector 715 and includes characteristic intensity 7206 of focus selector 715 as well as reference intensity 7208 .
  • the same reference intensity 7208 is used to normalize intensities of multiple touches.
  • event object 7194 corresponding to focus selector 717 , also includes the same reference intensity 7208 as well as characteristic intensity 7214 of focus selector 717 in event object 194 .
  • FIG. 7JJ shows a depinch gesture by focus selectors 715 and 717 on mail application user interface 706 .
  • state machines 704 for gesture recognizers show that mail application user interface 706 is associated with two pinch gesture recognizers: a first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) for which a first intensity threshold (e.g., I 1 ) is specified (e.g., by e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A ) and a second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ) for which an intensity threshold is not specified (e.g., by e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A ).
  • a first pinch gesture recognizer N 1
  • a second pinch gesture recognizer N 2
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7KK shows that the pinch or depinch gesture by focus selectors 715 and 717 satisfies the intensity threshold I 1 .
  • the first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) transitions to the Recognized state and a corresponding operation (e.g., displaying mail application user interface 724 , showing an inbox view) is performed.
  • the second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ) transitions to the Failed state (e.g., because the first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) has transitioned to the Recognized state).
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7LL shows a case in which the pinch or depinch gesture by focus selectors 715 and 717 does not satisfy the intensity threshold I 1 .
  • the second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ) transitions to the Recognized state and a corresponding operation (e.g., displaying a zoomed-in view) is performed.
  • the first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) transitions to the Failed state (e.g., because the second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ) has transitioned to the Recognized state).
  • state machines 704 show that mail application user interface 706 is associated with the two pinch gesture recognizers (N 1 ) and (N 2 ), and a two-finger pan gesture recognizer ( 2 S) for which a second intensity threshold (e.g., I 2 ) is specified (e.g., by e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A ).
  • FIG. 7MM also shows a two-finger pan gesture by focus selectors 719 and 721 on mail application user interface 706 .
  • User input intensity diagram 702 in FIG. 7NN shows that the two-finger pan gesture satisfies the second intensity threshold.
  • the two-finger pan gesture recognizer ( 2 S) transitions to the Began state, and a corresponding operation (e.g., overlaying review window 726 showing a review of the linked website on mail application user interface 706 ) is performed.
  • the first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) and the second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ) transition to the Failed state (e.g., because the two-finger pan gesture recognizer ( 2 S) has transitioned to the Recognized state).
  • FIG. 7OO shows browser application user interface 710 and a depinch gesture by focus selectors 723 and 725 on an address window of browser application user interface 710 .
  • State machines 704 for gesture recognizers in FIG. 7OO show that the address window of browser application user interface 710 is associated with a third pinch gesture recognizer (N 3 ) for which a third intensity threshold (e.g., I 3 ) is specified (e.g., by browser module 147 in FIG. 1A ).
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7OO shows that the intensity of focus selectors 723 and 725 satisfy the third intensity threshold I 3 , and the third pinch gesture recognizer (N 3 ) has transitioned to the Began state.
  • the first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) and the second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ) remain in the Possible state, because the third pinch gesture recognizer (N 3 ) is not associated with the view, which corresponds to the first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) and the second pinch gesture recognizer (N 2 ).
  • FIG. 7PP shows that focus selectors 723 and 725 cease to be detected. However, because focus selectors 723 and 725 have satisfied the third intensity threshold I 3 , the third pinch gesture recognizer (N 3 ) has transitioned to the Recognized state, and a corresponding operation (e.g., displaying tabs management view 728 ) is performed.
  • a corresponding operation e.g., displaying tabs management view 728
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7QQ shows a case in which the intensity of focus selectors 723 and 725 does not satisfy the third intensity threshold (e.g., I 3 ).
  • the third pinch gesture recognizer (N 3 ) transitions to the Failed state, and no action associated with the third pinch gesture recognizer is performed (e.g., tabs management view 728 shown in FIG. 7PP is not displayed).
  • FIG. 7RR shows focus selector 727 over user interface object 708 of mail application user interface 706 .
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7RR shows first timing criteria (e.g., an input needs to remain on the touch-sensitive surface for a period ending at time 7124 ) and first intensity input criteria (e.g., an input needs to satisfy an intensity threshold I L at time 7124 or thereafter), both of which need to be satisfied for performing a first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window, or alternatively, displaying a preview window).
  • a first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window, or alternatively, displaying a preview window.
  • an input that follows intensity pattern 7126 satisfies both the first timing criteria (because the input remains on at least for a time period ending at time 7124 ) and the first intensity input criteria (because the input satisfies the intensity threshold I L at time 7124 ).
  • the first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window
  • the first predefined operation is performed at time 7124 .
  • intensity pattern 7128 satisfies both the first timing criteria (because the input remains on at least for a time period ending at time 7124 ) and the first intensity input criteria (because intensity of the input increases and satisfies the intensity threshold I L after time 7124 ).
  • the first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window
  • intensity threshold I L is performed when intensity of the input satisfies the intensity threshold I L .
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7130 does not satisfy the first intensity input criteria, because intensity of the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold I L at any time.
  • the first timing criteria are satisfied (because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a period ending at time 7124 )
  • the first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window.
  • the input does not satisfy the first intensity input criteria, because intensity of the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold I L at or subsequent to time 7124 .
  • the first timing criteria are not satisfied, because the input does not remain on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a period ending at time 7124 .
  • the first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window.
  • a different operation e.g., a tap gesture operation
  • the tap gesture operation is not performed in response to the input following intensity pattern 7131 .
  • time 7134 corresponds to time 7002 shown in FIG. 7B .
  • FIG. 7SS shows mail application user interface 706 , which is at least partially dimmed or blurred.
  • the partial dimming or blurring provides a visual cue indicating that a further increase in intensity of the input will initiate display of a preview window.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7TT shows second timing criteria (e.g., an input needs to remain on the touch-sensitive surface for a period ending at time 7136 ) and second intensity input criteria (e.g., an input needs to satisfy an intensity threshold I M at time 7136 or thereafter), both of which need to be satisfied for performing a second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window).
  • time 7136 is distinct from time 7124 , as shown in FIG. 7TT .
  • time 7136 and time 7124 are identical.
  • intensity pattern 7128 satisfies both the second timing criteria (because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a time period ending at time 7136 ) and the second intensity input criteria (because intensity of the input increases and satisfies the intensity threshold I M after time 7136 ).
  • the second predefined operation e.g., displaying preview window 712 ) is performed when intensity of the input satisfies the intensity threshold I M .
  • intensity pattern 7138 satisfies both the second timing criteria (because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a time period ending at time 7136 ) and the second intensity input criteria (because the input satisfies the intensity threshold I M at time 7136 ).
  • the second predefined operation e.g., displaying a preview window 712 .
  • an input that follows intensity pattern 7140 does not satisfy the second intensity input criteria, because the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold I M at any time.
  • the input satisfies the second timing criteria (e.g., the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7136 ), because the second intensity input criteria are not satisfied, the second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window 712 ) is not performed.
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7142 does not satisfy the second intensity input criteria. Although intensity of the input temporarily satisfies the intensity threshold I M , the intensity of the input decreases below the intensity threshold I M before time 7136 . Because the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold I M at time 7136 or thereafter, the second intensity input criteria are not satisfied. Although the input satisfies the second timing criteria (e.g., the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7136 ), because the second intensity input criteria are not satisfied, the second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window 712 ) is not performed.
  • the second timing criteria e.g., the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7136
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7UU shows that, in some embodiments, when intensity of the input decreases below a reference intensity I R , the timing criteria are reset (e.g., instead of starting the time period from when the initial contact is detected, the time period restarts from when the intensity of the input decreases below the reference intensity).
  • the timing criteria are reset (e.g., instead of starting the time period from when the initial contact is detected, the time period restarts from when the intensity of the input decreases below the reference intensity).
  • the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7124 and the intensity of the input at time 7124 satisfies the intensity threshold I L .
  • the first predefined operation is not performed at time 7124 , because the first timing criteria are reset when the intensity of the input falls below the reference intensity I R at time 7146 .
  • the first timing criteria are satisfied after the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for time period p 1 ending at time 7148 , and the first intensity input criteria are satisfied at time 7148 , because the input satisfies the intensity threshold I L at time 7148 .
  • the first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window
  • the reference intensity I R is determined by using a representative intensity (e.g., a peak intensity) of the input and an intensity margin I margin .
  • a representative intensity e.g., a peak intensity
  • an intensity margin I margin e.g., the reference intensity corresponds to the intensity margin I margin below the representative intensity (e.g., the peak intensity) of the input.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7VV shows that when intensity of the input decreases below a first reference intensity I R1 , which corresponds to the intensity margin I margin below the representative intensity (e.g., the peak intensity) of the input.
  • a first reference intensity I R1 which corresponds to the intensity margin I margin below the representative intensity (e.g., the peak intensity) of the input.
  • the first timing criteria are reset and a new (second) reference intensity I R2 is determined so that the second reference intensity I R2 corresponds to the intensity margin I margin below the first reference intensity I R1 .
  • the first timing criteria are again reset, and the first time period p 1 ends at time 7152 .
  • the first timing criteria are satisfied, because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface through the end of first time period p 1 at time 7152 , and the first intensity input criteria are satisfied, because the input satisfies the intensity threshold I L at the end of the first time period p 1 at time 7152 .
  • the first predefined operation e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window
  • FIGS. 7UU and 7VV illustrate resetting the first timing criteria
  • the second timing criteria are reset in an analogous manner. For brevity, such details are omitted herein.
  • FIG. 7WW shows focus selector 729 over user interface object 708 of mail application user interface 706 .
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7WW shows first intensity threshold component 7154 for a predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 ).
  • First intensity threshold component 7154 has initially high value I H and decays over time, which reduces the chance of immediately performing the predefined operation with an unintentionally strong input during an initial time period. However, this does not prevent the predefined operation completely. If the input has a sufficient intensity, it can still satisfy first intensity threshold component 7154 and initiate the predefined operation. By decaying (e.g., reducing) first intensity threshold component 7154 overtime, it becomes easier to perform the predefined operation after the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a while.
  • an input following intensity pattern 7156 satisfies first intensity threshold component 7154 , and initiates performance of the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 ).
  • An input following intensity pattern 7158 (e.g., a short strong tap gesture) does not satisfy first intensity threshold component 7154 , because the intensity of the input quickly drops and the input is released before first intensity threshold component 7154 begins to decay.
  • first intensity threshold component 7154 begins to decay immediately from an initial detection of the input. In some embodiments, first intensity threshold component 7154 begins to decay after a predefined time interval p 3 from the initial detection of the input, as shown in FIG. 7WW .
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7XX shows that when the intensity of the input falls below the reference intensity I R at time 7162 , first intensity threshold component 7164 begins the decay at time 7162 , even before the predefined time interval p 3 has elapsed.
  • first intensity threshold component 7164 begins the decay at time 7162 , even before the predefined time interval p 3 has elapsed.
  • an input following intensity pattern 7160 satisfies first intensity threshold component 7164 , and the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 ) is performed.
  • FIG. 7YY illustrates activation intensity threshold 7170 , which is a sum of first intensity threshold component 7154 (described above with respect to FIG. 7WW ) and second intensity threshold component 7168 .
  • second intensity threshold component 7168 follows intensity of input 7166 with a delay.
  • Second intensity threshold component 7168 reduces unintentional triggering of the predefined operation due to minor fluctuations in the intensity of input 7166 over time. For example, gradual changes in the intensity of input 7166 are less likely to trigger the predefined operation.
  • input 7166 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7170 at time 7167 , and the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 ) is performed at time 7167 .
  • FIG. 7ZZ illustrates activation intensity threshold 7174 , which is similar to activation intensity threshold 7170 (in FIG. 7YY ) except that a first intensity threshold component of activation intensity threshold 7174 begins to decay at time 7176 , which corresponds to a predefined time interval p 3 after time 7124 when the first and second predefined operations are performed.
  • input 7172 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7174 at time 7173
  • the predefined operation e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 .
  • FIG. 7 AAA illustrates activation intensity threshold 7180 , which decays over time, while input 7178 satisfies the intensity threshold I M (and the second predefined operation is performed).
  • the intensity of input 7178 decreases below the intensity threshold I M and I L , which in some embodiments does not undo the second predefined operation. Because activation intensity threshold 7180 has decayed significantly over time, an increase in the intensity of input 7178 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7180 at time 7179 , even though activation intensity threshold 7180 is below the intensity threshold I M .
  • FIG. 7 BBB shows the same activation intensity threshold 7180 and input 7178 shown in FIG. 7 AAA.
  • FIG. 7 BBB also shows that activation intensity threshold 7180 does not fall below baseline threshold 7182 , which reduces unintentional triggering of the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 ).
  • FIGS. 8A-8E are flow diagrams illustrating method 800 of disambiguating a long press input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 800 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the touch-sensitive surface is a trackpad).
  • method 800 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with instructions.
  • Method 800 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • the device displays ( 802 ) a first user interface. While displaying the first user interface, the device detects ( 804 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface. Examples of the first user interface and responses to the input on the touch-sensitive surface are described above with reference to FIGS. 7T through 7CC .
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector (e.g., focus selector 709 , FIG. 7T ) is over a first user interface object (e.g., object 708 , FIG.
  • the first user interface object is associated with at least a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a long press gesture recognizer).
  • a first gesture recognizer e.g., a preview gesture recognizer
  • a second gesture recognizer e.g., a long press gesture recognizer
  • the device In response to detecting the input ( 808 ) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs ( 810 ) a first operation (e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIGS. 7D and 7V ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period.
  • a first operation e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIGS. 7D and 7V
  • the device performs ( 812 ) a second operation (e.g., displaying a menu or menu view 716 , FIG.
  • the second operation includes displaying ( 830 ) a menu or menu view (e.g., menu view 716 , FIG. 7U ).
  • the intensity input criteria include ( 840 ) that the input (while remaining in contact with the touch-sensitive surface) does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by more than a predefined distance (e.g., as discussed above with reference to input movement limit perimeter 714 in FIGS. 7L-7Q, and 7AA-7CC ), and the long press criteria include ( 842 ) that the contact in the input does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by more than the predefined distance.
  • a predefined distance e.g., as discussed above with reference to input movement limit perimeter 714 in FIGS. 7L-7Q, and 7AA-7CC
  • method 800 includes, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the intensity input criteria and does not satisfy the long press criteria, forgoing ( 814 ) the first operation and the second operation.
  • detecting ( 804 ) the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting ( 806 , 850 ) a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input. Furthermore, in some such embodiments, method 800 includes, in response ( 852 ) to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting an initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface), identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a long press gesture recognizer).
  • a first gesture recognizer e.g., a preview gesture recognizer
  • second gesture recognizer e.g., a long press gesture recognizer
  • the device in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, performs ( 854 ) the first operation, including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria.
  • the first intensity threshold e.g., I M in FIG. 7T
  • I L input detection intensity threshold
  • processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer does not recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input.
  • processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (i.e., that the second gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state, as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 7X and 7Y ).
  • the device in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, performs ( 854 ) the second operation, including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer (e.g., with the long press gesture recognizer (L), FIGS. 7T-7U ) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the long press criteria.
  • processing of the input with the second gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the first gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (e.g., the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold during the predefined time period).
  • the first gesture recognizer e.g., the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold during the predefined time period.
  • the preview gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state in accordance with a determination by the device that the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold (e.g., I M , FIG. 7U ) during the predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 , FIG. 7U ).
  • the first intensity threshold e.g., I M , FIG. 7U
  • the predefined time period e.g., the time period ending at time 7116 , FIG. 7U .
  • the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a long press gesture recognizer ( 860 ).
  • the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the long press gesture recognizer) recognizes a particular type or set of gestures independent of intensity of the input.
  • the input includes ( 862 ) a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and method 800 includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer.
  • the device in accordance with a determination that the input ceases to satisfy the first intensity threshold, displays the preview area at a reduced scale (e.g., reduces the size of the preview area), an example of which is shown in the transition from the user interface of FIG. 7H to the user interface of FIG. 7J (i.e., without transitioning through the user interface of FIG. 7I ).
  • a reduced scale e.g., reduces the size of the preview area
  • the first set of gesture recognizers includes ( 864 ) a third gesture recognizer, such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • a third gesture recognizer such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • the method in response to determining that the input satisfies ( 866 ) a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold I H that is higher than the first intensity threshold I M ), the method includes, subsequent to performing the first operation, processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706 , FIG. 7H ) with a second user interface (e.g., user interface 710 , FIG. 7I ), and ceasing to display the preview area (e.g., preview area 712 , FIG. 7H ).
  • the second user interface includes content that was displayed in the preview area.
  • the first set of gesture recognizers includes ( 868 ) a fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., a commit gesture recognizer (C), as shown in FIGS. 7A-7CC ), and method 800 includes, in response to determining ( 870 ) that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold I H that is higher than the first intensity threshold I M ), processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., the commit gesture recognizer).
  • processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer includes replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface (and ceasing to display the preview area), for example replacing display of user interface 706 , FIG. 7H , with user interface 710 , FIG. 7I , and ceasing to display preview area 712 , FIG. 7H .
  • method 800 includes detecting ( 872 ) a second input on the touch-sensitive surface, including detecting a first portion of the second input and a second portion of the second input that is subsequent to the first portion of the second input. For example, this may occur while the device is displaying the first user interface or a third user interface that is distinct from the first user interface and the second user interface.
  • the method includes identifying ( 874 ) a second set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the second input, the second set of gesture recognizers including the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the long press gesture recognizer) without the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer).
  • the second input may be positioned over an object for which the first gesture recognizer is not relevant.
  • method 800 includes, in response to detecting ( 876 ) the second portion of the second input on the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with a determination that the second input satisfies second long press criteria including that the second input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a second predefined time period that has a different duration from the first predefined time period (e.g., a longer duration or a shorter duration than the first predefined time period), processing the second input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • a second predefined time period that has a different duration from the first predefined time period (e.g., a longer duration or a shorter duration than the first predefined time period)
  • the intensity-based gesture recognizer is given more time to recognize an intensity-based gesture by increasing the delay before the long press gesture recognizer recognizes a long press gesture.
  • the tap/select gesture recognizer does not need as much time to recognize a tap/select gesture and thus the delay (i.e., the second predefined time period) before the long press gesture recognizer in third user interface recognizes a long press gesture can be shorter than the delay (i.e., the first predefined time period) required by the long press gesture recognizer for the first user interface before recognizing a long press gesture.
  • the device in response to detecting the first portion of the input, performs ( 880 ) a third operation.
  • performing the third operation includes visually distinguishing ( 882 ) at least a portion of the first user interface from other portions of the first user interface.
  • the third operation may be blurring the user interface other than an object corresponding to a focus selector, by using a third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer), as shown in FIG. 7V .
  • the long press gesture recognizer succeeds after the third operation is performed by the third gesture recognizer, then the third gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state and the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reversed or undone).
  • the deep press gesture recognizer e.g., the preview gesture recognizer
  • the third operation the blurring
  • the first operation e.g., displaying preview area 712 , as shown in FIG. 7X
  • the reveal operation is not automatically cancelled after the first predefined time period.
  • the reveal operation is cancelled when the long press gesture recognizer succeeds.
  • method 800 includes performing ( 884 ) the first operation (e.g., displaying the preview area) subsequent to performing ( 880 ) the third operation (e.g., the blurring) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., by reaching or exceeding I M ), and performing ( 886 ) the second operation (e.g., displaying a menu or menu view, 716 , FIG. 7U ) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the long press criteria.
  • the first operation e.g., displaying the preview area
  • the third operation e.g., the blurring
  • the second operation e.g., displaying a menu or menu view, 716 , FIG. 7U
  • the third gesture recognizer e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer
  • the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer are evaluating the second portion of the input to determine whether the input matches gesture recognition criteria for those gesture recognizers. In such embodiments, processing the input with the third gesture recognizer does not block processing the input with the first gesture recognizer and processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • performing the first operation includes ( 820 ) displaying a preview area (e.g., preview area 712 , FIG. 7H ).
  • performing the second operation includes ( 830 ) displaying a menu view (e.g., menu view, 716 , FIG. 7U ).
  • the first intensity threshold is satisfied ( 822 ) in response to multiple contacts in the input satisfying the first intensity threshold. For example, in some such embodiments, an intensity of each contact is compared with the first intensity threshold. However, in some other embodiments, the first intensity threshold is satisfied ( 824 ) in response to a combination of the intensity applied by a plurality of contacts in the input satisfying the first intensity threshold (e.g., the intensity of multiple contacts is summed or otherwise combined and the resulting combined intensity is compared with the first intensity threshold).
  • the first intensity threshold is adjustable ( 826 ).
  • method 800 includes updating ( 828 ) the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the intensity of the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold.
  • the first intensity threshold is selected from a group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds (e.g., a reveal intensity threshold I L , a preview intensity threshold I M , and a commit intensity threshold I H ).
  • the third intensity threshold is selected from the group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds.
  • the first intensity threshold is selected independent of any predefined intensity thresholds.
  • the first user interface is a user interface of a particular software application, and the first intensity threshold is selected or specified by the particular software application.
  • the first intensity threshold is a fixed intensity threshold that does not change while the contact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the first intensity threshold is a dynamic intensity threshold that changes over time based on predefined threshold-adjustment policies based on the activity of the user, and/or the condition of the device, and/or other environmental parameters. Adjustable intensity thresholds are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this document.
  • a method performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface includes, while displaying a user interface that corresponds to at least a portion of a web page on the display, detecting a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a first location that corresponds to the displayed portion of the web page on the display.
  • the method also includes, while detecting the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting an intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., with the one or more sensors); determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a first intensity threshold (e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold) to above the first intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, generating a mouse down event (and optionally, processing instructions in the web page that correspond to a mouse down event).
  • a first intensity threshold e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold
  • the method further includes, subsequent to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, detecting the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface; determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold) that is distinct from the first intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the second intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold, generating a force down event that is distinct from the mouse down event.
  • a second intensity threshold e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold
  • FIGS. 9A-9D are flow diagrams illustrating method 900 of disambiguating a pan gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • the device displays ( 902 ) a first user interface. While displaying the first user interface, the device detects ( 904 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface. Examples of the first user interface and responses to the input on the touch-sensitive surface are described above with reference to FIGS. 7L through 7S .
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector (e.g., focus selector 707 , FIG. 7L ) is over a first user interface object (e.g., object 708 , FIG.
  • the first user interface object is associated with at least a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a pan gesture recognizer (S)).
  • a first gesture recognizer e.g., a preview gesture recognizer
  • a second gesture recognizer e.g., a pan gesture recognizer (S)
  • the device In response to detecting the input ( 908 ) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs ( 910 ) a first operation (e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIGS. 7D and 7P ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold.
  • a first operation e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIGS. 7D and 7P
  • the device performs ( 912 ) a second operation (e.g., panning or scrolling at least a portion of the first user interface, FIG.
  • the second operation includes scrolling ( 930 ) at least a portion of the first user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7M ).
  • performing the first operation includes ( 920 ) displaying a preview area (e.g., preview area 712 , FIGS. 7H, 7R, 7S ).
  • a preview area e.g., preview area 712 , FIGS. 7H, 7R, 7S .
  • the intensity input criteria include ( 922 ) that the input (while remaining in contact with the touch-sensitive surface) does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance (e.g., as discussed above with reference to input movement limit perimeter 714 in FIGS. 7L-7Q, and 7AA-7CC ).
  • the first intensity threshold is adjustable ( 924 ).
  • method 900 includes updating ( 926 ) the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the intensity of the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold.
  • the first intensity threshold is selected from a group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds (e.g., a reveal intensity threshold I L , a preview intensity threshold I M , and a commit intensity threshold I H ).
  • the third intensity threshold is selected from the group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds.
  • the first intensity threshold is selected independent of any predefined intensity thresholds.
  • the first user interface is a user interface of a particular software application, and the first intensity threshold is selected or specified by the particular software application.
  • the first intensity threshold is a fixed intensity threshold that does not change while the contact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the first intensity threshold is a dynamic intensity threshold that changes over time based on predefined threshold-adjustment policies based on the activity of the user, and/or the condition of the device, and/or other environmental parameters. Adjustable intensity thresholds are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this document.
  • method 900 includes, subsequent to performance of the first operation, forgoing ( 914 ) performance of the second operation. Similarly, in some embodiments, method 900 includes, subsequent to performance of the second operation, forgoing ( 916 ) performance of the first operation.
  • detecting ( 904 ) the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting ( 906 , 950 ) a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input.
  • method 900 includes, in response ( 952 ) to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting an initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface), identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a pan gesture recognizer).
  • a first gesture recognizer e.g., a preview gesture recognizer
  • second gesture recognizer e.g., a pan gesture recognizer
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects
  • the input is detected while a focus selector is over a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects
  • the first user interface object is associated with at least the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer.
  • processing the input with the first gesture recognizer includes placing the second gesture recognizer in a failed state.
  • the device in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, performs ( 954 ) the first operation, including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria.
  • the first intensity threshold e.g., I M in FIG. 7L
  • I L input detection intensity threshold
  • processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer does not recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input.
  • processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (i.e., that the second gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state, as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 7S and 7T ).
  • the device in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, performs ( 954 ) the second operation, including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer (e.g., with the pan gesture recognizer (S), FIGS. 7L-7S ) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the pan criteria.
  • processing of the input with the second gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the first gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (e.g., the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold during the predefined time period).
  • the first gesture recognizer e.g., the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold during the predefined time period.
  • the preview gesture recognizer (P) has transitioned to the Failed state in accordance with a determination by the device that the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold (e.g., I M , FIG. 7Q ) and that the input satisfies the pan criteria.
  • the first intensity threshold e.g., I M , FIG. 7Q
  • the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a pan gesture recognizer ( 960 ).
  • the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the pan gesture recognizer) recognizes a particular type or set of gestures independent of intensity of the input.
  • the input includes ( 962 ) a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and method 900 includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer.
  • the device in accordance with a determination that the input ceases to satisfy the first intensity threshold, displays the preview area at a reduced scale (e.g., reduces the size of the preview area), an example of which is shown in the transition from the user interface of FIG. 7H to the user interface of FIG. 7J (i.e., without transitioning through the user interface of FIG. 7I ).
  • a reduced scale e.g., reduces the size of the preview area
  • the first set of gesture recognizers includes ( 964 ) a third gesture recognizer, such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • a third gesture recognizer such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • method 900 in response to determining that the input satisfies ( 966 ) a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold I H that is higher than the first intensity threshold I M ), includes (e.g., subsequent to performing the first operation) processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706 , FIG. 7H ) with a second user interface (e.g., user interface 710 , FIG. 7I ).
  • performing the second operation includes ceasing to display the preview area (e.g., preview area 712 , FIG. 7H ).
  • the second user interface includes content that was displayed in the preview area.
  • the first set of gesture recognizers includes ( 968 ) a fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., a commit gesture recognizer (C), as shown in FIGS. 7A-7CC ), and method 900 includes, in response to determining ( 970 ) that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold I H that is higher than the first intensity threshold I M ), processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., the commit gesture recognizer).
  • processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer includes replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface (and ceasing to display the preview area), for example replacing display of user interface 706 , FIG. 7H , with user interface 710 , FIG. 7I , and ceasing to display preview area 712 , FIG. 7H .
  • method 900 includes performing ( 972 ) a third operation in response to detecting the first portion of the input.
  • performing the third operation includes visually distinguishing ( 974 ) at least a portion of the first user interface from other portions of the first user interface.
  • the third operation may be blurring the user interface other than an object corresponding to a focus selector, by using a third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer), as shown in FIG. 7V .
  • the pan gesture recognizer succeeds after the third operation is performed by the third gesture recognizer, then the third gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state and the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reversed or undone).
  • the deep press gesture recognizer e.g., the preview gesture recognizer
  • the third operation the blurring
  • the first operation e.g., displaying preview area 712 , as shown in FIG. 7R
  • the deep press gesture recognizer e.g., the preview gesture recognizer
  • method 900 includes performing ( 976 ) the first operation (e.g., displaying the preview area) subsequent to performing ( 972 ) the third operation (e.g., the blurring) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., by reaching or exceeding I M ), and performing ( 978 ) the second operation (e.g., panning or scrolling at least a portion of the first user interface, FIGS. 7M-7N , FIG. 7Q , etc.) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the pan criteria.
  • these determinations and operations are performed while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the third gesture recognizer e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer
  • the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer are evaluating the second portion of the input to determine whether the input matches gesture recognition criteria for those gesture recognizers. In such embodiments, processing the input with the third gesture recognizer does not block processing the input with the first gesture recognizer and processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • performing the second operation subsequent to performing the third operation includes ( 980 ) reversing the third operation.
  • an animation is displayed as the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reduced to zero over a short period of time as the user interface begins to scroll).
  • performing the second operation subsequent to performing the third operation includes placing the third gesture recognizer in a cancelled state.
  • a method performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface includes, while displaying a user interface that corresponds to at least a portion of a web page on the display, detecting a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a first location that corresponds to the displayed portion of the web page on the display.
  • the method also includes, while detecting the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting an intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., with the one or more sensors); determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a first intensity threshold (e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold) to above the first intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, generating a mouse down event (and optionally, processing instructions in the web page that correspond to a mouse down event).
  • a first intensity threshold e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold
  • the method further includes, subsequent to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, detecting the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface; determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold) that is distinct from the first intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the second intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold, generating a force down event that is distinct from the mouse down event.
  • a second intensity threshold e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold
  • FIGS. 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating method 1000 of disambiguating a tap gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the touch-sensitive surface is a trackpad).
  • method 1000 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with instructions.
  • Method 1000 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • the device displays ( 1002 ) a first user interface. While displaying the first user interface, the device detects ( 1004 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface. Examples of the first user interface and responses to the input on the touch-sensitive surface are described above with reference to FIGS. 7A through 7K .
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector (e.g., focus selector 705 , FIG. 7A ) is over a first user interface object (e.g., object 708 , FIG.
  • the first user interface object is associated with at least a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a long press gesture recognizer).
  • a first gesture recognizer e.g., a preview gesture recognizer
  • a second gesture recognizer e.g., a long press gesture recognizer
  • the device In response to detecting the input ( 1008 ) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs ( 1010 ) a first operation (e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIG. 7D ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period.
  • a first operation e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIG. 7D
  • the device performs ( 1012 ) a second operation (e.g., selecting an object, or launching an application, corresponding to a current position of the focus selector 705 and displaying the application user interface, FIG.
  • the second operation is performed ( 1014 ) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the tap criteria, regardless of whether the input satisfies the intensity input criteria.
  • performing the first operation includes ( 1020 ) displaying a preview area (e.g., preview area 712 , FIG. 7G ).
  • performing the second operation includes ( 1220 ) replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706 , FIG. 7A ) with a third user interface (e.g., user interface 710 , FIG. 7B ) of a software application that corresponds to a location of the input on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • a tap gesture on an object causes the display of the user interface of a software application corresponding to the object.
  • the first intensity threshold is adjustable ( 1024 ).
  • method 1000 includes updating ( 1026 ) the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the intensity of the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold.
  • the first intensity threshold is selected from a group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds (e.g., a reveal intensity threshold I L , a preview intensity threshold I M , and a commit intensity threshold I H ).
  • the third intensity threshold is selected from the group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds.
  • the first intensity threshold is selected independent of any predefined intensity thresholds.
  • the first user interface is a user interface of a particular software application, and the first intensity threshold is selected or specified by the particular software application.
  • the first intensity threshold is a fixed intensity threshold that does not change while the contact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the first intensity threshold is a dynamic intensity threshold that changes over time based on predefined threshold-adjustment policies based on the activity of the user, and/or the condition of the device, and/or other environmental parameters. Adjustable intensity thresholds are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this document.
  • method 1000 includes ( 1028 ), in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, performing the second operation in accordance with a determination that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period followed by the input subsequently ceasing to be detected on the touch-sensitive surface and the input does not satisfy the intensity input criteria. For example, for example, an input having intensity profile 7110 in FIG. 7B satisfies these criteria, and thus satisfies the tap criteria, despite the fact that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface longer than the first predefined time period.
  • method 1000 includes ( 1028 ), in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, forgoing performance of the second operation in accordance with a determination that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period followed by the input subsequently ceasing to be detected on the touch-sensitive surface and the input satisfies the intensity input criteria.
  • an input having intensity profile 7112 or 7114 in FIG. 7K does not satisfy the tap criteria, because the input both extends past the first predefined time period and satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., the input has an intensity that exceeds intensity threshold I L or I M ).
  • detecting ( 1004 ) the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting ( 1006 , 1050 ) a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input. Furthermore, in some such embodiments, method 1000 includes, in response ( 1052 ) to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting an initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface), identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a tap gesture recognizer).
  • a first gesture recognizer e.g., a preview gesture recognizer
  • second gesture recognizer e.g., a tap gesture recognizer
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects
  • the input is detected while a focus selector is over a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects
  • the first user interface object is associated with at least the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer.
  • processing the input with the first gesture recognizer includes placing the second gesture recognizer in a failed state.
  • the device in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, performs ( 1054 ) the first operation, including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria.
  • the first intensity threshold e.g., I M in FIG. 7A
  • I L an input detection intensity threshold
  • processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer does not recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input.
  • processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (i.e., that the second gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state, as shown in the transition from the user interface in FIG. 7F to the user interface in FIG. 7G ).
  • the device in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, performs ( 1054 ) the second operation, including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer (e.g., with the tap gesture recognizer (T), FIGS. 7A-7K ) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the tap criteria.
  • processing of the input with the second gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the first gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (e.g., because the input has ceased to remain on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period). In the example discussed above with respect to FIG.
  • the preview gesture recognizer (P) has transitioned to the Failed state in accordance with a determination by the device that the input has ceased to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during (i.e., for the entirety of) the first predefined time period.
  • the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a tap gesture recognizer ( 1060 ).
  • the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the tap gesture recognizer) recognizes tap gestures independent of intensity of the input.
  • the input includes ( 1062 ) a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and method 1000 includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer.
  • the device in accordance with a determination that the input ceases to satisfy the first intensity threshold, displays the preview area at a reduced scale (e.g., reduces the size of the preview area), an example of which is shown in the transition from the user interface of FIG. 7H to the user interface of FIG. 7J (i.e., without transitioning through the user interface of FIG. 7I ).
  • a reduced scale e.g., reduces the size of the preview area
  • the first set of gesture recognizers includes ( 1064 ) a third gesture recognizer, such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • a third gesture recognizer such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • method 1000 in response to determining that the input satisfies ( 1066 ) a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold I H that is higher than the first intensity threshold I M ), includes (e.g., subsequent to performing the first operation) processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706 , FIG. 7H ) with a second user interface (e.g., user interface 710 , FIG. 7I ).
  • performing the second operation includes ceasing to display the preview area (e.g., preview area 712 , FIG. 7H ).
  • the second user interface includes content that was displayed in the preview area.
  • the first set of gesture recognizers includes ( 1068 ) a fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., a commit gesture recognizer (C), as shown in FIGS. 7A-7CC ), and method 1000 includes, in response to determining ( 1070 ) that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold I H that is higher than the first intensity threshold I M ), processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., the commit gesture recognizer).
  • processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer includes replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface (and ceasing to display the preview area), for example replacing display of user interface 706 , FIG. 7H , with user interface 710 , FIG. 7I , and ceasing to display preview area 712 , FIG. 7H .
  • method 1000 includes performing ( 1072 ) a third operation in response to detecting the first portion of the input.
  • performing the third operation includes visually distinguishing ( 1074 ) at least a portion of the first user interface from other portions of the first user interface.
  • the third operation may be blurring the user interface other than an object corresponding to a focus selector, by using a third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer), as shown in FIG. 7D .
  • the tap gesture recognizer succeeds after the third operation is performed by the third gesture recognizer, then the third gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state and the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reversed or undone).
  • the deep press gesture recognizer e.g., the preview gesture recognizer
  • the third operation the blurring
  • the third gesture recognizer e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer
  • the first operation e.g., displaying preview area 712 , as shown in FIGS. 7E-7H
  • the deep press gesture recognizer e.g., the preview gesture recognizer
  • method 1000 includes performing ( 1076 ) the first operation (e.g., displaying the preview area) subsequent to performing ( 1072 ) the third operation (e.g., the blurring) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., by reaching or exceeding I M ), and performing ( 1078 ) the second operation (e.g., selecting an object and displaying the user interface of an application associated with the selected object, FIG. 7I ) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the tap criteria.
  • the first operation e.g., displaying the preview area
  • the third operation e.g., the blurring
  • the second operation e.g., selecting an object and displaying the user interface of an application associated with the selected object, FIG. 7I
  • the third gesture recognizer e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer
  • the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer are evaluating the second portion of the input to determine whether the input matches gesture recognition criteria for those gesture recognizers. In such embodiments, processing the input with the third gesture recognizer does not block processing the input with the first gesture recognizer and processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • performing the third operation is initiated ( 1080 ) during the first predefined time period.
  • the hint/reveal animation e.g., progressive blurring of the first user interface in accordance with the intensity of the input on the touch-sensitive surface
  • the input detection intensity threshold e.g., I L , FIG. 7D
  • a method performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface includes, while displaying a user interface that corresponds to at least a portion of a web page on the display, detecting a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a first location that corresponds to the displayed portion of the web page on the display.
  • the method also includes, while detecting the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting an intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., with the one or more sensors); determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a first intensity threshold (e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold) to above the first intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, generating a mouse down event (and optionally, processing instructions in the web page that correspond to a mouse down event).
  • a first intensity threshold e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold
  • the method further includes, subsequent to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, detecting the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface; determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold) that is distinct from the first intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the second intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold, generating a force down event that is distinct from the mouse down event.
  • a second intensity threshold e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold
  • FIG. 11A is a high level flow diagram illustrating a method of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions (e.g., application-independent module 220 ) in accordance with some embodiments.
  • application-independent set of predefined instructions e.g., application-independent module 220
  • Application-specific module 230 displays ( 1102 ) a user interface (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C ).
  • a user interface e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C .
  • application-independent module 220 detects ( 1104 ) a first portion of an input (e.g., contact 705 in FIG. 7C ), and executes ( 1105 ) application-independent set of predefined instructions for providing preview operations.
  • the control of application-specific module 230 is given to application-independent module 220 .
  • application-independent module 220 for the preview operations, the computational burdens and the size of application-specific module 230 are reduced.
  • the same application-independent module 220 can be used by multiple software applications for providing the preview operations, thereby reducing the memory usage.
  • application-independent module 220 is provided in an operating system or a standard library of the device, which also reduces the development time by software developers.
  • application-independent module 220 provides standardized methods for interaction, which facilitate users to learn the methods quickly and reduce the cognitive burden on users.
  • Application-independent module 220 performs ( 1106 ) the preview operations.
  • application-independent module 220 sends ( 1107 ) to application-specific module 230 operation information (e.g., information indicating that the preview operations have started).
  • application-specific module 230 receives ( 1108 ) the operation information, generates ( 1109 ) preview content, and sends ( 1110 ) the preview content to application-independent module 220 .
  • Application-independent module 220 receives ( 1111 ) the preview content.
  • Application-independent module 220 visually distinguishes ( 1112 ) a user interface object (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7D ).
  • a user interface object e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7D .
  • Application-independent module 220 receives ( 1113 ) a second portion of the input (e.g., an increased intensity of the input is detected as shown in FIG. 7E ).
  • Application-independent module 220 displays ( 1114 ) a preview area (e.g., preview area 712 in FIG. 7G ).
  • application-independent module 220 updates ( 1115 ) the preview area (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7H , a further increase in the intensity of the input is detected and the size of preview area 712 is increased).
  • application-independent module 220 ceases ( 1116 ) to display the preview area (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 7J-7K , preview area 712 ceases to be displayed when the intensity of the input falls below the intensity threshold I L ).
  • application-independent module 220 detects ( 1117 ) a third portion of the input and display a second user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7I , browser application user interface 710 is displayed in response to the intensity of the input reaching the intensity threshold I H ).
  • a second user interface e.g., as shown in FIG. 7I , browser application user interface 710 is displayed in response to the intensity of the input reaching the intensity threshold I H .
  • the control of application-specific module 230 is given back to application-specific module 230 , and application-specific module 230 processes ( 1118 ) subsequent inputs.
  • FIGS. 11B-11C are flow diagrams illustrating method 1100 of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1100 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • method 1100 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with application-independent set of instructions.
  • Method 1100 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • Such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • such methods reduce the burden on application developers and facilitate development of software applications that can more efficiently process touch inputs.
  • such methods and user interfaces provide standardized ways in interacting with the user interfaces, thereby reducing the cognitive burden on the users and further improving the operational time and user experience.
  • the device displays ( 1130 ) a first user interface of a first software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C ), the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects (e.g., user interface object 708 , buttons such as “Integrate Us” and “Subtract,” an email address, and other controls), a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., user interface object 708 is configured, for example by preregistering user interface object 708 with application-independent module 220 for the preview operations before receiving an input by a contact, to operate with the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations).
  • a first software application e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C
  • the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects (e.g., user interface object 708 , buttons such as “Integrate Us” and “Subtract,” an email address,
  • the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is distinct from a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application.
  • the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is part of an application development framework that is provided to the application developer either as a drop-in module (e.g., touch processing module 220 in FIG. 1C ) that is integrated with the first software application (e.g., application 1 ( 136 - 1 )) and enables the first software application to interact with touch input information provided by the operating system on which the first application is running, or the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is part of the operating system that updates the first user interface for the first software application according to an API that provides consistent user interfaces for the first software application.
  • a drop-in module e.g., touch processing module 220 in FIG. 1C
  • the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is part of the operating system that updates the first user interface for the first software application according to an API that provides consistent user interfaces for the
  • multiple different third-party applications running on the device include independent access to the application-independent set of predefined instructions. In some embodiments, multiple different third-party applications running on the device include independent instances of the application-independent set of predefined instructions. In some embodiments, multiple different applications on the device include code for interfacing with the application-independent set of predefined instructions that support with all of the third-party applications. In some embodiments, the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is separate from the first software application. In some embodiments, the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is included in the first software application.
  • the device detects ( 1132 ) a first portion of an input (e.g., a press input, such as input 705 in FIG. 7C ) by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display.
  • an input e.g., a press input, such as input 705 in FIG. 7C
  • the input is made by a single contact on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the input is a stationary input.
  • the contact in the input moves across the touch-sensitive surface during the input.
  • the device in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold (e.g., a “reveal” intensity threshold at which the device starts to blur the first user interface, such as I L in FIG. 7C ), executes ( 1134 ) the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations, including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions (e.g., operation 1110 in FIG. 11A ).
  • a first intensity threshold e.g., a “reveal” intensity threshold at which the device starts to blur the first user interface, such as I L in FIG. 7C
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface (e.g., blurring the first user interface other than the first user interface object as shown in FIG. 7D ) (e.g., prior to displaying the preview area as shown in FIGS. 7D-7G ); and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input (e.g., an increased intensity of focus selector 705 in FIG.
  • the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a “preview” intensity threshold, that is higher than the first intensity threshold, at which the device starts to display a preview of another user interface that can be reached by pressing harder on the first user interface object, such as I M in FIG. 7G ), displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface (e.g., preview area 712 in FIG. 7G ).
  • the preview area includes the preview content.
  • the preview content is a reduced-size view of a user interface that is presented when the first user interface object is activated (e.g., the preview content in preview area 712 is a reduced-size view of browser application user interface 710 that is displayed in response to a tap gesture while the focus selector is on user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7B ).
  • the preview operations are ( 1136 ) performed independent of the first software application (e.g., independent of the portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application).
  • the preview operations subsequent to receiving the preview content, are performed by application-independent module 220 independently of application-specific module 230 .
  • the preview operations include ( 1138 ) updating the preview area in accordance with intensity of the contact (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7H , a further increase in the intensity of the input is detected and the size of preview area 712 is increased).
  • the preview operations include ( 1140 ), in response to detecting the second portion of the input, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets preview-area-disappearance criteria (e.g., the input ends, such as liftoff of the contact), ceasing to display the preview area and maintaining display of the first user interface (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 7J-7K , preview area 712 ceases to be displayed when the intensity of the input falls below the intensity threshold I L ).
  • the device processes a subsequent input using at least a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application.
  • the preview operations include ( 1142 ): after detecting the second portion of the input, detecting a third portion of the input by the contact; and, in response to detecting the third portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the third portion of the input satisfies user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface (and an overlay of the preview area) with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7I , browser application user interface 710 is displayed in response to the intensity of the input reaching the intensity threshold I H ).
  • the preview operations include ( 1144 ): sending from the application-independent set of predefined instructions information indicating operation for the first user interface object (e.g., selection or activation of the first user interface object) (e.g., to a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application, such as application core 1 ( 230 - 1 ) in FIG. 1C ) for generating a second user interface; and receiving at the application-independent set of predefined instructions the second user interface (e.g., using operations 1107 and 1111 in FIG. 11A , application-independent module 220 receives preview content, such as browser application user interface 710 in FIG. 7B , for presenting the preview content in the preview area as shown in FIG.
  • the application-independent set of predefined instructions information indicating operation for the first user interface object (e.g., selection or activation of the first user interface object) (e.g., to a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application, such as application core 1 ( 230 -
  • the preview content includes at least a portion of the second user interface. In some embodiments, the preview content includes the entirety of the second user interface.
  • the preview operations include ( 1146 ): at the first software application (e.g. a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application): receiving the information indicating operation for the first user interface object; generating the second user interface; and sending the second user interface to the application-independent set of predefined instructions (e.g., operations 1108 , 1109 , and 1110 performed by application-specific module 230 as shown in FIG. 11A ).
  • application-specific module 230 is not used for performing the preview operations.
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1100 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1150 , 1200 , 1300 , 1400 , 1500 , and 1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 11D is a flow diagram illustrating method 1150 of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1150 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • method 1150 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with application-independent set of instructions.
  • Method 1150 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • Such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • such methods reduce the burden on application developers and facilitate development of software applications that can more efficiently process touch inputs.
  • such methods and user interfaces provide standardized ways in interacting with the user interfaces, thereby reducing the cognitive burden on the users and further improving the operational time and user experience.
  • the device displays ( 1152 ) a first user interface of a first software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C ), the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects (e.g., user interface object 708 , buttons such as “Integrate Us” and “Subtract,” an email address, and other controls), a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., user interface object 708 is configured to operate with the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations).
  • a first software application e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C
  • the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects (e.g., user interface object 708 , buttons such as “Integrate Us” and “Subtract,” an email address, and other controls), a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for
  • the device detects ( 1154 ) a first portion of an input (e.g., a press input, such as input 705 in FIG. 7G ) by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display.
  • a first portion of an input e.g., a press input, such as input 705 in FIG. 7G
  • the device in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, executes ( 1156 ) the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., operation 1105 in FIG. 11A ).
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface (e.g., preview area 712 overlaid on mail application user interface 706 as shown in FIG.
  • the preview operations are ( 1158 ) performed independent of the first software application (e.g., as shown in FIG. 11A , subsequent to receiving the preview content from application-specific module 230 , preview operations 1106 are performed independent of application-specific module 230 ).
  • preview content is obtained prior to initiation of the preview operations (e.g., the preview content is obtained before operation 1112 in FIG. 11A ).
  • inputs on the touch-sensitive surface detected subsequent to replacing the display of the first user interface with the second user interface are ( 1160 ) processed with the first software application.
  • the control is given back to the first software application (e.g., browser module 147 ) and the first software application processes subsequent inputs on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., by using application core 1 ( 230 - 1 ) alone, or optionally using application core 1 ( 230 - 1 ) in conjunction with touch processing module 220 ).
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1150 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1100 , 1200 , 1300 , 1400 , 1500 , and 1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating method 1200 of processing a touch input using a predefined data structure in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1200 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • method 1200 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with a predefined data structure.
  • Method 1200 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • Such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays ( 1202 ), on the display, a user interface of a software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7FF ).
  • a software application e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7FF .
  • the device while displaying the user interface of the software application on the display, detects ( 1204 ) an input (e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 713 in FIG. 7FF ) on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application.
  • an input e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 713 in FIG. 7FF
  • the device in response to detecting the input, sends ( 1206 ) from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information that corresponds to the input (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7FF , application-independent module 220 sends event object 194 to application-specific module 230 ).
  • the intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors (e.g., reference intensity 7208 ); and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected (e.g., measured) intensity of the input (e.g., characteristic intensity 7206 ).
  • an application-independent set of instructions is an application-independent software entity (e.g., touch processing module 220 in FIG. 1C ).
  • the intensity state information is ( 1214 ) provided based on an indication from the device as to whether or not a current intensity state matches an intensity state requirement for a gesture recognizer (e.g., intensity criteria specified by a third-party application for a first gesture in a first class of gestures as described below with reference to method 1400 ).
  • a gesture recognizer e.g., intensity criteria specified by a third-party application for a first gesture in a first class of gestures as described below with reference to method 1400 .
  • the intensity information includes ( 1216 ) intensity state information that has a plurality of different available state values (e.g., no-force state, hint/reveal state, peek/preview state, pop/commit state) and transitions between intensity states are used throughout the operating system to trigger operating-system driven user interactions (e.g., peek and pop, quick action menus, etc.).
  • a plurality of different available state values e.g., no-force state, hint/reveal state, peek/preview state, pop/commit state
  • transitions between intensity states are used throughout the operating system to trigger operating-system driven user interactions (e.g., peek and pop, quick action menus, etc.).
  • the characteristic intensity of the input is ( 1218 ) provided via one or more touch events that each include a characteristic intensity of a contact corresponding to the touch event (e.g., in FIG. 7II , two event objects 194 and 7194 are provided).
  • touch events are delivered to a view after a gesture recognizer associated with the view has recognized a gesture.
  • touch events that are delivered after a gesture recognizer recognizes a gesture include intensity information.
  • touch events are delivered to a view that is not associated with a gesture recognizer and the operations are performed by an application corresponding to the view based on the touch events (e.g., drawing a line with a thickness that is determined based on an intensity of one or more of the contacts in the gesture).
  • the device displays ( 1220 ), on the display, a sensitivity control for selecting a respective intensity sensitivity setting between a plurality of intensity sensitivity settings (e.g., area 720 in FIG. 7GG or area 722 in FIG. 7HH with a plurality of intensity sensitivity settings); while displaying the sensitivity control, receives a user input corresponding to selection of the respective intensity sensitivity setting of the plurality of intensity sensitivity settings; and, in response to receiving the user input corresponding to selection of the respective intensity sensitivity setting, adjusts characteristic intensity values for a plurality of subsequent inputs by a respective sensitivity value that corresponds to the respective intensity sensitivity setting selected by the user.
  • the intensity sensitivity setting for all inputs is adjustable by the user without changing the applications that are interpreting the inputs, because the input values are adjusted before they are delivered to the applications (e.g., by same application-independent module 220 ).
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1200 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1100 , 1150 , 1300 , 1400 , 1500 , and 1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • the device while displaying the first user interface of the software application, detects ( 1304 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., focus selector 705 in FIG. 7A ).
  • an input on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., focus selector 705 in FIG. 7A .
  • the method includes monitoring the value of the first progress indicator and updating the first user interface based on the value of the first progress indicator in response to changes to the first progress indicator.
  • the set of instructions in the software application are application-specific instructions.
  • the value of the first progress indicator is ( 1308 ) a normalized value that indicates a status of the input between a first initial state (e.g., a hint/reveal intensity state) and a first terminal state (e.g., a peek/preview intensity state).
  • a first initial state e.g., a hint/reveal intensity state
  • a first terminal state e.g., a peek/preview intensity state
  • the first progress indicator has a value between 0 and 1, where 0 represents an initial state (e.g., an initial intensity, such as a beginning of the hint/reveal intensity state as shown in FIG. 7C ) and 1 represents a terminal state (e.g., a terminal or target intensity, such as the peek/preview intensity state as shown in FIG. 7G ).
  • the first initial state and the first terminal state are ( 1310 ) specified by the software application (e.g., application 1 ( 136 - 1 ) in FIG. 1C ).
  • application core 1 ( 230 - 1 ) of application 1 ( 136 - 1 ) specifies the first initial state and the first terminal state (e.g., the software application specifies whether the first terminal state is to correspond to a peek/preview intensity state or a pop/commit intensity state.
  • progress between different states is ( 1312 ) determined by one or more heuristics based on a combination of intensity-based criteria (e.g., measured contact intensity) and non-intensity-based criteria (e.g., movement of contact, duration of contact, location of contact, etc.).
  • intensity-based criteria e.g., measured contact intensity
  • non-intensity-based criteria e.g., movement of contact, duration of contact, location of contact, etc.
  • one or more of the intensity states is a dynamically determined intensity state (e.g., as described in greater detail below with reference to methods 1500 and 1600 ).
  • the states are ( 1314 ) selected from a set of state values provided by an operating system of the device (e.g., no-force state, hint/reveal state, peek/preview state, pop/commit state) and transitions between these states are used throughout the operating system to trigger operating-system driven user interactions (e.g., peek and pop, quick action menus, etc.).
  • an operating system of the device e.g., no-force state, hint/reveal state, peek/preview state, pop/commit state
  • transitions between these states are used throughout the operating system to trigger operating-system driven user interactions (e.g., peek and pop, quick action menus, etc.).
  • the device while detecting the input: in response to detecting that the input satisfies first intensity criteria (e.g., the first initial state), initiates ( 1322 ) the first progress indicator so that the value of the first progress indicator represents the changes to the intensity of the input (between the first initial state and the first terminal state). For example, in FIGS. 7B-7C , first progress indicator 750 is initiated only when the input reaches the intensity threshold I L . This avoids updating and tracking the first progress indicator when the first progress indicator is not needed (e.g., when the intensity of the input is below an intensity range represented by the first progress indicator).
  • first intensity criteria e.g., the first initial state
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1300 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1100 , 1150 , 1200 , 1400 , 1500 , and 1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on intensity criteria specified by third-party applications in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1400 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • method 1400 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with dynamic thresholds.
  • Method 1400 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays ( 1402 ), on the display, a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7JJ ). Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system (e.g., a Touch Event API within UI Kit). For example, information about available gesture classes is provided to the first third-party application.
  • the operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device.
  • a first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met.
  • the first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation (e.g., an operation performed when first pinch gesture recognizer (N 1 ) transitions to the Recognized state).
  • the first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation.
  • the first operation is performed when both the first gesture recognition criteria and the first intensity criteria are satisfied.
  • the first intensity criteria include ( 1404 ) an intensity threshold (e.g., the intensity threshold I 1 in FIG. 7JJ ).
  • the first intensity criteria are (at least partly) satisfied when the intensity of the input reaches the intensity threshold.
  • the intensity threshold is selected ( 1406 ) from a set of predefined thresholds (e.g., the intensity threshold is selected from a set of predefined thresholds, such as the hint/reveal threshold, the peek/preview threshold, and the pop/commit threshold, or their corresponding intensity values, such as 100 g, 200 g, and 300 g).
  • a set of predefined thresholds such as the hint/reveal threshold, the peek/preview threshold, and the pop/commit threshold, or their corresponding intensity values, such as 100 g, 200 g, and 300 g.
  • the intensity threshold is selected ( 1408 ) from a range of values detectable by the device (e.g., in some embodiments, the intensity threshold can be any value between 1 g and 500 g, such as 1 g, 10 g, 100 g, 450 g, etc.).
  • the first intensity criteria include a rate of change of intensity over time, intensity of multiple contacts, a time duration of the input, a distance traveled by the input across the touch-sensitive surface, a number of contacts in the input, a direction of movement of the input, a relative timing of touchdown of contacts in the input, a motion of contacts in the input, etc.
  • the first intensity criteria includes a dynamic intensity threshold (e.g., as described in greater detail below with reference to methods 1500 and 1600 ).
  • the device While displaying the user interface of the first third-party application on the display, the device detects ( 1410 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., a depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 in FIG. 7JJ ).
  • an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., a depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 in FIG. 7JJ ).
  • the device In response to detecting the input: the device, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, perform ( 1412 ) the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG.
  • mail application user interface 706 is replaced with mail application user interface 724 when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 satisfies the intensity threshold I 1 ); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoes ( 1414 ) performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG.
  • mail application user interface 706 is not replaced with mail application user interface 724 when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 does not satisfy the intensity threshold I 1 , but optionally, a zoom-in operation associated with a non-intensity based depinch gesture is performed in response to the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 ).
  • the first third-party application has associated ( 1416 , FIG. 14B ) the first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a second operation (e.g., a non-intensity based pinch gesture recognizer is associated with zoom-in/zoom-out operations).
  • the first third-party application has not specified the first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the second operation.
  • the first third-party application has not specified any intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the second operation.
  • the device In response to detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, performs the second operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG. 7LL , when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 does not satisfy the intensity threshold I 1 , mail application user interface 706 is zoomed in); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoes performance of the second operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG. 7KK , when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 satisfies the intensity threshold I 1 , mail application user interface 724 is not zoomed in).
  • FIG. 7LL when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 7
  • a second gesture class is associated ( 1418 ) with second gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a second gesture when the second gesture recognition criteria are met.
  • the first third-party application has associated the first portion of the user interface with the second gesture from the second gesture class for a third operation (e.g., in FIG. 7MM , the two-finger pan gesture recognizer ( 2 S) is associated with the first portion of mail application user interface 706 ).
  • the first third-party application has specified second intensity criteria (e.g., intensity threshold I 2 in FIG. 7MM ) for the second gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the third operation.
  • the device In response to detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the second gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the second intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, performs the third operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., displaying review window 726 showing a review of the linked website on mail application user interface 706 as shown in FIG. 7NN ); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the second gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the second intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoes performance of the third operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., when the input does not meet the intensity threshold I 2 , review window 726 is not displayed).
  • the third operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., displaying review window 726 showing a review of the linked website on mail application user interface 706 as shown in FIG. 7NN ); and, in accordance with
  • the device displays ( 1420 , FIG. 14C ), on the display, a user interface of a second third-party application that runs within the operating system and is different from the first third-party application (e.g., browser module 147 in FIG. 1A ).
  • the second third-party application has associated a second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation (e.g., the address window of browser application user interface 710 is associated with the third pinch gesture recognizer (N 3 ) for replacing browser application user interface 710 with tabs management view 728 shown in FIG. 7PP ).
  • the second third-party application has specified third intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity threshold I 3 in FIG.
  • the device While displaying the user interface of the second third-party application on the display, the device detects an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application (e.g., a depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 723 and 725 is detected on the address window of browser application user interface 710 in FIG. 7OO ).
  • a depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 723 and 725 is detected on the address window of browser application user interface 710 in FIG. 7OO .
  • the device In response to detecting the input a location that corresponds to the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input at the location that corresponds to the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the third intensity criteria specified by the second third-party application, performs the first operation associated with the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application (e.g., browser application user interface 710 is replaced with tabs management view 728 as shown in FIG.
  • the first operation associated with the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application e.g., browser application user interface 710 is replaced with tabs management view 728 as shown in FIG.
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1400 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1100 , 1150 , 1200 , 1300 , 1500 , and 1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 15A-15B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1500 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • method 1500 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with dynamic thresholds.
  • Method 1500 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays ( 1502 ), on the display, a user interface (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7RR ).
  • a user interface e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7RR .
  • the device While displaying the user interface, the device detects ( 1504 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 727 in FIG. 7RR ).
  • an input on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 727 in FIG. 7RR .
  • the device In response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, performs ( 1506 ) a first operation (e.g., visually distinguishing user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7SS ).
  • the first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a first time period elapses (e.g., through a time period p 1 ending at time 7124 , as shown in FIG. 7SS ).
  • the first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold (e.g., the intensity threshold I L shown in FIG. 7SS ) at an end of or subsequent to the first time period (e.g., at a time subsequent to or at an end of the first time period).
  • the first time period starts ( 1508 ) in response to detecting the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., in FIG. 7SS , the time period p 1 starts from the initial detection of focus selector 727 ).
  • the device while detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that intensity of the input has decreased below a reference intensity threshold, restarts ( 1510 ) the first time period (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7UU , when the intensity of the input decreases below the reference intensity threshold I R , the first time period restarts from time 7146 when the intensity of the input has fallen below the reference intensity threshold I R ).
  • the first time period e.g., as shown in FIG. 7UU , when the intensity of the input decreases below the reference intensity threshold I R , the first time period restarts from time 7146 when the intensity of the input has fallen below the reference intensity threshold I R ).
  • the reference intensity threshold is determined based on a maximum intensity detected during a predefined detection time period and an intensity reduction margin (e.g., a fixed margin such as 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, or 40 g, or a dynamic margin such as 5%, 10%, 20%, or 30% of the maximum intensity of the contact), such as I margin in FIG. 7UU .
  • an intensity reduction margin e.g., a fixed margin such as 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, or 40 g, or a dynamic margin such as 5%, 10%, 20%, or 30% of the maximum intensity of the contact
  • reference intensity threshold is determined based on the maximum intensity detected since the time period started (e.g., since moment the input was detected or since the last time the time period restarted) and the intensity reduction margin.
  • the reference intensity threshold corresponds to the maximum detected intensity minus the intensity reduction margin (e.g., I margin in FIG. 7UU ).
  • the reference intensity threshold continues to be updated while the input is detected (e.g.
  • the device while detecting the input, resets ( 1512 ) the reference intensity threshold (e.g., in FIG. 7VV , when the intensity of the input decreases below a first reference intensity I R1 , the reference intensity is reset to a second reference intensity I R2 ).
  • the reference intensity threshold is changed based on the intensity of the input detected when the reference intensity threshold is reset (e.g., the second reference intensity I R2 is determined based on the intensity of the input when the reference intensity threshold is reset, which is I R1 ).
  • the reference intensity threshold is reset to the intensity of the input, detected when (or immediately before) the reference intensity threshold is reset, minus the intensity reduction margin (e.g., in FIG. 7VV , the second reference intensity I R2 is the first reference intensity I R1 minus the intensity margin I margin ).
  • the device in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the first timing criteria and/or the first intensity input criteria, the device forgoes ( 1514 ) the first operation (e.g., when the input follows intensity pattern 7130 or intensity pattern 7132 in FIG. 7RR , the first operation, such as visually distinguishing user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7SS , is not performed).
  • the first operation e.g., when the input follows intensity pattern 7130 or intensity pattern 7132 in FIG. 7RR , the first operation, such as visually distinguishing user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7SS , is not performed.
  • the device in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, performs ( 1516 , FIG. 15B ) a second operation that is distinct from the first operation (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7TT , when the input satisfies the second timing criteria based on the time period p 2 ending at time 7136 and the second intensity input criteria based on the intensity threshold I M , preview area 712 is displayed).
  • the second timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a second time period elapses.
  • the second time period is identical to the first time period.
  • the second time period is distinct from the first time period.
  • the second intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a second intensity threshold, that is distinct from the first intensity threshold (e.g., the second intensity threshold is higher than the first intensity threshold), at an end of or subsequent to the second time period (e.g., at a time subsequent to or at an end of the second time period).
  • the device in response to detecting the input and in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the first timing criteria and the first input criteria, performs ( 1518 ) the first operation including processing the input with a first gesture recognizer (e.g., the reveal gesture recognizer (R) described above with respect to FIGS. 7A-7CC ); and, in response to detecting the input and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies the second timing criteria and the second intensity input criteria, performs the second operation including processing the input with a second gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer (P) described above with respect to FIGS. 7A-7CC ).
  • processing the input with the second gesture recognizer includes placing the first gesture recognizer in a failed state.
  • processing the input with the first gesture recognizer initiates placing a tap gesture recognizer in a cancelled state. In some embodiments, processing the input with a tap gesture recognizer initiates placing the first gesture recognizer in a cancelled state. In some embodiments, processing the input with a long press gesture recognizer initiates placing the first gesture recognizer in a cancelled state.
  • the device detects ( 1520 ) an end of the input (e.g., detecting liftoff of a contact that corresponds to the input from the touch-sensitive surface); and, in response to detecting the end of the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies third timing criteria distinct from the first timing criteria (and from the second timing criteria), performs a third operation that is distinct from the first operation (and from the second operation). For example, if the device detects a quick tap input (e.g., an input following input pattern 7132 in FIG.
  • the device performs an operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the tap input (e.g., displaying browser application user interface 710 shown in FIG. 7B ) rather than performing an operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the first intensity threshold.
  • the device in response to detecting the end of the input, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the third timing criteria or the first timing criteria, the device forgoes ( 1522 ) performance of any operation. For example, if the device detects a long contact that is longer than the third timing criteria and satisfies the first intensity threshold but does not satisfy the first timing criteria (e.g., an input following input pattern 7131 in FIG. 7RR ), the device does not perform either the operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the tap input or the operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the first intensity threshold.
  • the device in response to detecting the end of the input, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the third timing criteria or the first timing criteria, the device forgoes ( 1522 ) performance of any operation. For example, if the device detects a long contact that is longer than the third timing criteria and satisfies the first intensity threshold but does not satisfy the
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1500 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1100 , 1150 , 1200 , 1300 , 1400 , and 1600 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 16A-16B are flow diagrams illustrating method 1600 of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Method 1600 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300 , FIG. 3 , or portable multifunction device 100 , FIG. 1A ) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display.
  • the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface.
  • method 1600 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with dynamic thresholds.
  • Method 1600 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • the device displays ( 1602 ), on the display, a user interface (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7WW ).
  • a user interface e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7WW .
  • the device While displaying the user interface, the device detects ( 1604 ) an input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 729 in FIG. 7WW ).
  • an input on the touch-sensitive surface e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 729 in FIG. 7WW .
  • the device In response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, the device performs ( 1606 ) a first operation (e.g., when the intensity of input 7156 exceeds first intensity threshold component 7154 , mail application user interface 706 is replaced with browser application user interface 710 ).
  • the activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component (e.g., first intensity threshold component 7154 in FIG. 7WW ) that decreases from a first intensity value (e.g., the initial intensity threshold I H ) over time.
  • the activation intensity threshold includes ( 1608 ) a second intensity threshold component (e.g., second intensity threshold component 7168 in FIG. 7YY ) that follows intensity of the input with a delay.
  • the second intensity threshold component is obtained by applying a low pass filter on the intensity of the input.
  • the activation intensity threshold is ( 1610 ) a sum of the first intensity threshold component and the second intensity threshold component (e.g., in FIG. 7YY , activation intensity threshold 7170 is a sum of first intensity threshold component 7154 and second intensity threshold component 7168 ).
  • the activation intensity threshold is set in a way such that it is no less than a minimum activation intensity threshold (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7 BBB, activation intensity threshold 7180 is no less than baseline threshold 7182 ).
  • the first intensity threshold component decreases ( 1612 ) after a predefined time interval from a moment the input is detected (e.g., in FIG. 7WW , first intensity threshold component 7154 decreases after the predefined time interval p 3 , which begins when the input is initially detected).
  • the first intensity threshold component follows ( 1614 ) a decay curve that decreases after a predefined time interval (e.g., from a moment the input is detected as shown in FIG. 7WW or from a moment the peak operation has been performed), and, in accordance with a determination that the first intensity threshold component is below the reference intensity threshold, the first intensity threshold component follows a decay curve that decreases starting at a time determined without reference to the predefined time interval (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7XX , first intensity threshold component 7164 starts to decay when the intensity of the input falls below the reference intensity threshold I R ).
  • a predefined time interval e.g., from a moment the input is detected as shown in FIG. 7WW or from a moment the peak operation has been performed
  • the reference intensity threshold is determined based on a maximum intensity detected during a predefined detection time period and an intensity reduction margin. In some embodiments, reference intensity threshold is determined based on the maximum intensity detected since the moment the input is detected and the intensity reduction margin. For example, the reference intensity threshold corresponds to the maximum detected intensity minus the intensity reduction margin. In some embodiments, the reference intensity threshold continues to be updated while the input is detected.
  • the device in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, performs ( 1616 , FIG. 16B ) a second operation (e.g., a peek/preview operation).
  • a second operation e.g., a peek/preview operation
  • the second operation e.g., displaying preview area 712 as shown in FIG. 7G
  • the first operation e.g., replacing mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 as shown in FIGS. 7G-7I ).
  • the first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a first time period elapses.
  • the first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period (e.g., at a time subsequent to or at an end of the first time period).
  • the first intensity threshold component follows ( 1618 ) a decay curve that decreases after a predefined time interval from a moment the input satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria. For example, as shown in FIG. 7ZZ , the decay of the first intensity threshold component in activation intensity threshold 7174 starts at time 7176 , which corresponds to the predefined time interval p 3 after time 7124 when the input satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria.
  • the input is ( 1620 ) a continuous gesture that includes a first increase in intensity and a second increase in intensity that is subsequent to the first increase in intensity and a decrease in intensity between the first increase in intensity and the second increase in intensity (e.g., in FIG. 7 AAA, input 7178 includes a first increase in intensity from below I L to above I M , followed by a decrease in intensity from above I M to below I L , followed by a second increase in intensity from below I L to above I L (and above I M ) without releasing input 7178 ), while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive surface between the first increase in intensity and the second increase in intensity.
  • the device in response to detecting the first increase in intensity of the input, performs the second operation (e.g., input 7178 satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria at time 7124 , and initiates the second operation, such as displaying preview area 712 as shown in FIG. 7G ); and, in response to detecting the second increase in intensity of the input, performs the first operation (e.g., input 7178 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7180 at time 7179 , and initiates the first operation, such as replacing mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 as shown in FIGS. 7G-7I ).
  • the second operation e.g., input 7178 satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria at time 7124 , and initiates the second operation, such as displaying preview area 712 as shown in FIG. 7G
  • performs the first operation e.g., input 7178 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7180 at time 7179 , and initiates the first operation,
  • the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1600 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800 , 900 , 1000 , 1100 , 1150 , 1200 , 1300 , 1400 , and 1500 ). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 17 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 1700 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 1700 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 17 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 1700 includes display unit 1702 configured to display one or more user interfaces; touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 1706 configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 ; and processing unit 1708 coupled to display unit 1702 , touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 and one or more sensor units 1706 .
  • processing unit 1708 includes display enabling unit 1710 , input evaluation unit 1712 , gesture recognizer unit 1714 , and operations performing unit 1716 .
  • electronic device 1700 is configured to distinguish between a long press gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the long press gesture and the deep press input.
  • processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and processing unit 1708 is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with input evaluation unit 1712 ) while enabling display of the first user interface (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 ), and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716 ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716 ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period.
  • a first operation
  • the first user interface is the user interface of a first software application
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 and/or operation performing unit 1716 ).
  • electronic device 1700 is configured to perform any of the methods described above with reference to FIGS. 8A-8E .
  • electronic device 1700 is configured to distinguish between a pan gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the pan gesture and the deep press input.
  • processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and processing unit 1708 is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with input evaluation unit 1712 ) while enabling display of the first user interface (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 ), in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716 ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, and perform a second operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716 ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance.
  • a first operation e.g., with operation performing unit
  • the first user interface is the user interface of a first software application
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 and/or operation performing unit 1716 ).
  • electronic device 1700 is configured to perform any of the methods described above with reference to FIGS. 9A-9D .
  • electronic device 1700 is configured to distinguish between a tap gesture input and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the tap gesture and the deep press input.
  • processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and processing unit 1708 is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with input evaluation unit 1712 ) while enabling display of the first user interface (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 ), and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716 ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716 ) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input ceases to remain on
  • a first operation
  • the first user interface is the user interface of a first software application
  • the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 and/or operation performing unit 1716 ).
  • electronic device 1700 is configured to perform any of the methods described above with reference to FIGS. 10A-10D .
  • FIG. 18 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 1800 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 1800 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 18 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 1800 includes display unit 1802 configured to display one or more user interfaces; touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 1806 configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 ; and processing unit 1808 coupled to display unit 1802 , touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 and one or more sensor units 1806 .
  • processing unit 1808 includes display enabling unit 1810 , detecting unit 1812 , and preview operations unit 1814 .
  • processing unit 1808 is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1810 ); detect a first portion of an input by a contact (e.g., with detecting unit 1812 ) while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on display unit 1802 ; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with preview operations unit 1814 ), including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions.
  • a contact e.g., with detecting unit 1812
  • focus selector is
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface; and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface.
  • the preview area includes the preview content.
  • processing unit 1808 is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1810 ); detect a first portion of an input by a contact (e.g., with detecting unit 1812 ) while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on display unit 1802 ; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with preview operations unit 1814 ).
  • the preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface; after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface.
  • FIG. 19 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 1900 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 1900 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 19 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 1900 includes display unit 1902 configured to display a user interface; touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 1906 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 ; and processing unit 1908 coupled to display unit 1902 , touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 and one or more sensor units 1906 .
  • processing unit 1908 includes display enabling unit 1910 , detecting unit 1912 , sending unit 1914 , receiving unit 1916 , and adjusting unit 1918 .
  • Processing unit 1908 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 1902 , of a user interface of a software application (e.g., with display enabling unit 1910 ); while enabling display of the user interface of the software application on display unit 1902 , detect an input (e.g., with detecting unit 1912 ) on touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application; and, in response to detecting the input, send from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information (e.g., with sending unit 1914 ) that corresponds to the input.
  • the intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors; and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected intensity of the input.
  • FIG. 20 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2000 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 2000 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 20 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 2000 includes display unit 2002 configured to display a user interface; touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 2006 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 ; and processing unit 2008 coupled to display unit 2002 , touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 and one or more sensor units 2006 .
  • processing unit 2008 includes display enabling unit 2010 , detecting unit 2012 , providing unit 2014 , updating unit 2016 , and initiating unit 2018 .
  • Processing unit 2008 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 2002 , of a first user interface of a software application (e.g., with display enabling unit 2010 ); while enabling display of the first user interface of the software application, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 (e.g., with detecting unit 2012 ); and, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, provide from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator (e.g., with providing unit 2014 ) that represents the changes to the intensity of the input; and update the first user interface (e.g., with updating unit 2016 ) in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the first progress indicator.
  • a software application e.g., with display enabling unit 2010
  • detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 e.g., with detecting unit 2012
  • detecting unit 2012 e.g., with detecting unit 2012
  • FIG. 21 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2100 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 2100 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 21 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 2100 includes display unit 2102 configured to display user interfaces, touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 configured to detect contacts, one or more sensor units 2106 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 ; and processing unit 2108 coupled with display unit 2102 , touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 and one or more sensor units 2106 .
  • processing unit 2108 includes: display enabling unit 2110 , detecting unit 2112 , first operation unit 2114 , time period restarting unit 2116 , reference intensity resetting unit 2118 , forgoing unit 2120 , second operation unit 2122 , and third operation unit 2124 .
  • Processing unit 2108 is configured to enable display, on display unit 2102 , of a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system (e.g., using display enabling unit 2110 ). Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system.
  • the operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device.
  • a first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met.
  • the first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation.
  • the first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation.
  • Processing unit 2108 is configured to, while enabling display of the user interface of the first third-party application on display unit 2102 , detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., using detecting unit 2112 ); and, in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, perform the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., using first operation unit 2114 ); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgo performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., using forgoing unit
  • FIG. 22 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 2200 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 22 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 2200 includes display unit 2202 configured to display user interfaces, touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 configured to detect contacts, one or more sensor units 2206 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 ; and processing unit 2208 coupled with display unit 2202 , touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 and one or more sensor units 2206 .
  • processing unit 2208 includes: display enabling unit 2210 , detecting unit 2212 , first operation unit 2214 , time period restarting unit 2216 , reference intensity resetting unit 2218 , forgoing unit 2220 , second operation unit 2222 , and third operation unit 2224 .
  • Processing unit 2208 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 2202 , a user interface (e.g., using display enabling unit 2210 ); while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 (e.g., using detecting unit 2212 ); and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, perform a first operation (e.g., using first operation unit 2214 ).
  • the first timing criteria require that the input remain on touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 while a first time period elapses.
  • the first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period.
  • FIG. 23 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments.
  • the functional blocks of device 2300 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 23 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • electronic device 2300 includes display unit 2302 configured to display user interfaces, touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 configured to detect contacts, one or more sensor units 2306 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 ; and processing unit 2308 coupled with display unit 2302 , touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 and one or more sensor units 2306 .
  • processing unit 2308 includes: display enabling unit 2310 , detecting unit 2312 , first operation unit 2314 , and second operation unit 2316 .
  • Processing unit 2308 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 2302 , of a user interface (e.g., using display enabling unit 2310 ); while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 (e.g., using detecting unit 2312 ); and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, perform a first operation (e.g., using first operation unit 2314 ).
  • the activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component that decreases from a first intensity value over time.
  • intensity detection operation 804 , first operation 810 , and second operation 812 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 .
  • input detection operation 1410 , first operation performance operation 1412 , and second operation performance operation 1414 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170 , event recognizer 180 , and event handler 190 .
  • Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112 , and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136 - 1 .
  • a respective event recognizer 180 of application 136 - 1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186 , and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another.
  • event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event.
  • Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192 .
  • event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application.
  • GUI updater 178 it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B .

Abstract

An electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface displays a first user interface of a first software application, detects an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface, and, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, performs a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, and performs a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/215,621, filed Sep. 8, 2015, entitled “Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities;” U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/213,589, filed Sep. 2, 2015, entitled “Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities;” and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/203,387, filed Aug. 10, 2015, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback,” all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
  • This application relates to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/141,818, filed Apr. 1, 2015, entitled “Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Interacting with a Control Object while Dragging Another Object,” which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • This relates generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to electronic devices with sensors to detect intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surfaces.
  • BACKGROUND
  • The use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly in recent years. Exemplary touch-sensitive surfaces include touchpads and touch-screen displays. Such surfaces are widely used to manipulate user interface objects on a display.
  • Exemplary manipulations include adjusting the position and/or size of one or more user interface objects or activating buttons or opening files/applications represented by user interface objects, as well as associating metadata with one or more user interface objects or otherwise manipulating user interfaces. Exemplary user interface objects include digital images, video, text, icons, control elements such as buttons and other graphics. A user will, in some circumstances, need to perform such manipulations on user interface objects in a file management program (e.g., Finder from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), an image management application (e.g., Aperture, iPhoto, Photos from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a digital content (e.g., videos and music) management application (e.g., iTunes from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a drawing application, a presentation application (e.g., Keynote from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a word processing application (e.g., Pages from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a website creation application (e.g., iWeb from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), a disk authoring application (e.g., iDVD from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.), or a spreadsheet application (e.g., Numbers from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.).
  • But existing methods for processing these manipulations are cumbersome and inefficient. In addition, existing methods take longer than necessary, thereby wasting energy. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.
  • SUMMARY
  • Accordingly, the present disclosure provides electronic devices with faster, more efficient methods for processing touch inputs. Such methods and interfaces optionally complement or replace conventional methods for processing touch inputs. Such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface by allowing customized processing of touch inputs. Further, such methods reduce the processing power consumed to process touch inputs, conserve power, reduce unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, and potentially reduce memory usage. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • The above deficiencies and other problems associated with user interfaces for electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed devices. In some embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. In some embodiments, the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, tablet computer, or handheld device). In some embodiments, the device is a personal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device, such as a watch). In some embodiments, the device has a touchpad. In some embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a “touch screen” or “touch-screen display”). In some embodiments, the device has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory and one or more modules, programs or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing multiple functions. In some embodiments, the user interacts with the GUI primarily through stylus and/or finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the functions optionally include image editing, drawing, presenting, word processing, spreadsheet making, game playing, telephoning, video conferencing, e-mailing, instant messaging, workout support, digital photographing, digital videoing, web browsing, digital music playing, note taking, and/or digital video playing. Executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a non-transitory computer readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors. Alternatively, or in addition, executable instructions for performing these functions are, optionally, included in a transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured for execution by one or more processors.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying a first user interface, and detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface. The method further includes, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, performing a first operation; and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying a first user interface, and detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface. The method further includes, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, performing a first operation; and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying a first user interface, and detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface while displaying the first user interface. The method further includes, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period, performing a first operation; and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies tap criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detecting a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations, including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions. The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface; and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface. The preview area includes the preview content.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detecting a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations. The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface; after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a user interface of a software application; while displaying the user interface of the software application on the display, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application; and, in response to detecting the input, sending from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information that corresponds to the input. The intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors; and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected intensity of the input.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes: displaying, on the display, a first user interface of a software application; while displaying the first user interface of the software application, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, providing from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator that represents the changes to the intensity of the input; and updating the first user interface in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the first progress indicator.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying, on the display, a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system. Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system. The operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device. A first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met. The first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation. The first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation. The method also includes, while displaying the user interface of the first third-party application on the display, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application. The method further includes, in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, performing the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application; and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoing performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying, on the display, a user interface. The method also includes: while displaying the user interface, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, performing a first operation. The first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a first time period elapses. The first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a method is performed at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. The method includes displaying, on the display, a user interface. The method also includes: while displaying the user interface, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, performing a first operation. The activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component that decreases from a first intensity value over time.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to distinguish between a long press gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the long press gesture and the deep press input. More specifically, the processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while enabling display of the first user interface, and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to distinguish between a pan gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the pan gesture and the deep press input. More specifically, the processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface, to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while enabling display of the first user interface, and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, and perform a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to distinguish between a tap gesture input and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the tap gesture and the deep press input. In such embodiments, the processing unit is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit while enabling display of the first user interface, and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display one or more user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detect a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display unit; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations, including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions. The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface; and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface. The preview area includes the preview content.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display one or more user interfaces, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations; detect a first portion of an input by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display unit; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations. The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface; after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a user interface of a software application; while enabling display of the user interface of the software application on the display unit, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application; and, in response to detecting the input, send from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information that corresponds to the input. The intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors; and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected intensity of the input.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive user inputs, one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a first user interface of a software application; while enabling display of the first user interface of the software application, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, provide from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator that represents the changes to the intensity of the input; and update the first user interface in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the first progress indicator.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, a display unit configured to display user interfaces; a touch-sensitive surface unit configured to receive contacts; one or more sensor units configured to detect intensity of contacts on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to enable display, on the display unit, of a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system. Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system. The operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device. A first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met. The first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation. The first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation. The processing unit is also configured to: while enabling display of the user interface of the first third-party application on the display unit, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application; and, in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, perform the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application; and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgo performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, a user interface; while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, perform a first operation. The first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface unit while a first time period elapses. The first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display unit configured to display a user interface, a touch-sensitive surface unit to receive contacts, one or more sensor units to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit; and a processing unit coupled with the display unit, the touch-sensitive surface unit, and the one or more sensor units. The processing unit is configured to: enable display, on the display unit, of a user interface; while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit; and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, perform a first operation. The activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component that decreases from a first intensity value over time.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, one or more processors, memory, and one or more programs; the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors and the one or more programs include instructions for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In some embodiments, the electronic device includes one or more sensors to detect signals from a stylus associated with the electronic device. In accordance with some embodiments, a computer readable storage medium (e.g., a non-transitory computer readable storage medium, or alternatively, a transitory computer readable storage medium) has stored therein instructions which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, cause the device to perform or cause performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, a graphical user interface on an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory includes one or more of the elements displayed in any of the methods described above, which are updated in response to inputs, as described in any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an electronic device includes: a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface; and means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein. In accordance with some embodiments, an information processing apparatus, for use in an electronic device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface, includes means for performing or causing performance of the operations of any of the methods described herein.
  • Thus, electronic devices with displays, touch-sensitive surfaces and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface are provided with faster, more efficient methods and interfaces for processing of touch inputs, thereby increasing the effectiveness and efficiency of such devices, and user satisfaction with such devices. Furthermore, such methods and interfaces reduce processing power, reduce memory usage, reduce battery usage, and/or reduce unnecessary or extraneous or repetitive inputs. Furthermore, such methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for processing of touch inputs.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the Description of Embodiments below, in conjunction with the following drawings in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout the figures.
  • FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device with a touch-sensitive display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram illustrating transfer of an event object in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an exemplary electronic stylus in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate a positional state of a stylus relative to a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on a portable multifunction device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface for a multifunction device with a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 7A-7BBB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for processing touch inputs and associated information in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 8A-8E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a long press input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a pan gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a tap gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIG. 11A is a high level flow diagram illustrating a method of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 11B-11D are flow diagrams illustrating methods of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a predefined data structure in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 13A-13B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a force gesture progress indicator in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on intensity criteria specified by third-party applications in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 15A-15B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 16A-16B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments.
  • FIGS. 17-23 are functional block diagrams of an electronic device in accordance with some embodiments.
  • DESCRIPTION OF EMBODIMENTS
  • Many electronic devices store applications to allow certain manipulations of displayed user interface objects in response to touch inputs. However, conventional methods and user interfaces are inefficient. The disclosed embodiments address these limitations and disadvantages.
  • Below, FIGS. 1A-1B, 2, and 3 provide a description of exemplary devices. FIG. 4 provides a description of an exemplary electronic stylus. FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate a positional state of a stylus relative to a touch-sensitive surface. FIGS. 6A-6B and 7A-7BBB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page. FIGS. 8A-8E are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a long press input and a deep press input. FIGS. 9A-9D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a pan gesture input and a deep press input. FIGS. 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating a method of disambiguating a tap gesture input and a deep press input. FIGS. 11A-11D are flow diagrams illustrating methods of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions. FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a predefined data structure. FIGS. 13A-13B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a force gesture progress indicator. FIGS. 14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on intensity criteria specified by third-party applications. FIGS. 15A-15B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds. FIGS. 16A-16B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds. The user interfaces in FIGS. 7A-7BBB are used to illustrate the processes in FIGS. 8A-8E, 9A-9D, 10A-10D, 11A-11D, 12A-12B, 13A-13B, 14A-14C, 15A-15B and FIGS. 16A-16B.
  • Exemplary Devices
  • Reference will now be made in detail to embodiments, examples of which are illustrated in the accompanying drawings. In the following detailed description, numerous specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of the various described embodiments. However, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the various described embodiments may be practiced without these specific details. In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily obscure aspects of the embodiments.
  • It will also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. are, in some instances, used herein to describe various elements, these elements should not be limited by these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the various described embodiments. The first contact and the second contact are both contacts, but they are not the same contact, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
  • The terminology used in the description of the various described embodiments herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting. As used in the description of the various described embodiments and the appended claims, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. It will also be understood that the term “and/or” as used herein refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It will be further understood that the terms “includes,” “including,” “comprises,” and/or “comprising,” when used in this specification, specify the presence of stated features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and/or components, but do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and/or groups thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “if” is, optionally, construed to mean “when” or “upon” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting,” depending on the context. Similarly, the phrase “if it is determined” or “if [a stated condition or event] is detected” is, optionally, construed to mean “upon determining” or “in response to determining” or “upon detecting [the stated condition or event]” or “in response to detecting [the stated condition or event],” depending on the context.
  • Embodiments of electronic devices, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for using such devices are described. In some embodiments, the device is a portable communications device, such as a mobile telephone, that also contains other functions, such as PDA and/or music player functions. Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. Other portable electronic devices, such as laptops or tablet computers with touch-sensitive surfaces (e.g., touch-screen displays and/or touchpads), are, optionally, used. It should also be understood that, in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-screen display and/or a touchpad).
  • In the discussion that follows, an electronic device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface is described. It should be understood, however, that the electronic device optionally includes one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and/or a joystick.
  • The device typically supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following: a note taking application, a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conferencing application, an e-mail application, an instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and/or a digital video player application.
  • The various applications that are executed on the device optionally use at least one common physical user-interface device, such as the touch-sensitive surface. One or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface as well as corresponding information displayed on the device are, optionally, adjusted and/or varied from one application to the next and/or within a respective application. In this way, a common physical architecture (such as the touch-sensitive surface) of the device optionally supports the variety of applications with user interfaces that are intuitive and transparent to the user.
  • Attention is now directed toward embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. FIG. 1A is a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction device 100 with touch-sensitive display system 112 in accordance with some embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 is sometimes called a “touch screen” for convenience, and is sometimes simply called a touch-sensitive display. Device 100 includes memory 102 (which optionally includes one or more non-transitory computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPUs) 120, peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input/output (I/O) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116, and external port 124. Device 100 optionally includes one or more optical sensors 164. Device 100 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on device 100 (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100). Device 100 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 163 for generating tactile outputs on device 100 (e.g., generating tactile outputs on a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100 or touchpad 355 of device 300). These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 103.
  • As used in the specification and claims, the term “tactile output” refers to physical displacement of a device relative to a previous position of the device, physical displacement of a component (e.g., a touch-sensitive surface) of a device relative to another component (e.g., housing) of the device, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the device that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the device or the component of the device is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the device or the component of the device. For example, movement of a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touch-sensitive display or trackpad) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “down click” or “up click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as an “down click” or “up click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the touch-sensitive surface that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. As another example, movement of the touch-sensitive surface is, optionally, interpreted or sensed by the user as “roughness” of the touch-sensitive surface, even when there is no change in smoothness of the touch-sensitive surface. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., an “up click,” a “down click,” “roughness”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • It should be appreciated that device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device, and that device 100 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 1A are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 102 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 102 by other components of device 100, such as CPU(s) 120 and the peripherals interface 118, is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 122.
  • Peripherals interface 118 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the device to CPU(s) 120 and memory 102. The one or more processors 120 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions for device 100 and to process data.
  • In some embodiments, peripherals interface 118, CPU(s) 120, and memory controller 122 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with communications networks and other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 108 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 108 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
  • Audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and device 100. Audio circuitry 110 receives audio data from peripherals interface 118, converts the audio data to an electrical signal, and transmits the electrical signal to speaker 111. Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted by microphone 113 from sound waves. Audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to peripherals interface 118 for processing. Audio data is, optionally, retrieved from and/or transmitted to memory 102 and/or RF circuitry 108 by peripherals interface 118. In some embodiments, audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212, FIG. 2). The headset jack provides an interface between audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input/output peripherals, such as output-only headphones or a headset with both output (e.g., a headphone for one or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone).
  • I/O subsystem 106 couples input/output peripherals on device 100, such as touch-sensitive display system 112 and other input or control devices 116, with peripherals interface 118. I/O subsystem 106 optionally includes display controller 156, optical sensor controller 158, intensity sensor controller 159, haptic feedback controller 161, and one or more input controllers 160 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 160 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 116. The other input or control devices 116 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 160 are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, stylus, and/or a pointer device such as a mouse. The one or more buttons (e.g., 208, FIG. 2) optionally include an up/down button for volume control of speaker 111 and/or microphone 113. The one or more buttons optionally include a push button (e.g., 206, FIG. 2).
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and a user. Display controller 156 receives and/or sends electrical signals from/to touch-sensitive display system 112. Touch-sensitive display system 112 displays visual output to the user. The visual output optionally includes graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively termed “graphics”). In some embodiments, some or all of the visual output corresponds to user-interface objects.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 has a touch-sensitive surface, sensor or set of sensors that accepts input from the user based on haptic/tactile contact. Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 (along with any associated modules and/or sets of instructions in memory 102) detect contact (and any movement or breaking of the contact) on touch-sensitive display system 112 and converts the detected contact into interaction with user-interface objects (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) that are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112. In some embodiments, a point of contact between touch-sensitive display system 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user or a stylus.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally uses LCD (liquid crystal display) technology, LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, or LED (light emitting diode) technology, although other display technologies are used in other embodiments. Touch-sensitive display system 112 and display controller 156 optionally detect contact and any movement or breaking thereof using any of a plurality of touch sensing technologies now known or later developed, including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for determining one or more points of contact with touch-sensitive display system 112. In some embodiments, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology is used, such as that found in the iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Touch-sensitive display system 112 optionally has a video resolution in excess of 100 dpi. In some embodiments, the touch screen video resolution is in excess of 400 dpi (e.g., 500 dpi, 800 dpi, or greater). The user optionally makes contact with touch-sensitive display system 112 using any suitable object or appendage, such as a stylus, a finger, and so forth. In some embodiments, the user interface is designed to work with finger-based contacts and gestures, which can be less precise than stylus-based input due to the larger area of contact of a finger on the touch screen. In some embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer/cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.
  • In some embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 optionally includes a touchpad (not shown) for activating or deactivating particular functions. In some embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of the device that, unlike the touch screen, does not display visual output. The touchpad is, optionally, a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from touch-sensitive display system 112 or an extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.
  • Device 100 also includes power system 162 for powering the various components. Power system 162 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 164. FIG. 1A shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 158 in I/O subsystem 106. Optical sensor(s) 164 optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor(s) 164 receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image. In conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor(s) 164 optionally capture still images and/or video. In some embodiments, an optical sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-sensitive display system 112 on the front of the device, so that the touch screen is enabled for use as a viewfinder for still and/or video image acquisition. In some embodiments, another optical sensor is located on the front of the device so that the user's image is obtained (e.g., for selfies, for videoconferencing while the user views the other video conference participants on the touch screen, etc.).
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165. FIG. 1A shows a contact intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller 159 in I/O subsystem 106. Contact intensity sensor(s) 165 optionally include one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface). Contact intensity sensor(s) 165 receive contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112). In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-screen display system 112 which is located on the front of device 100.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 166. FIG. 1A shows proximity sensor 166 coupled with peripherals interface 118. Alternately, proximity sensor 166 is coupled with input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch-sensitive display system 112 when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call).
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 163. FIG. 1A shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller 161 in I/O subsystem 106. Tactile output generator(s) 163 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). In some embodiments, tactile output generator(s) 163 receive tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 133 and generates tactile outputs on device 100 that are capable of being sensed by a user of device 100. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112) and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving the touch-sensitive surface vertically (e.g., in/out of a surface of device 100) or laterally (e.g., back and forth in the same plane as a surface of device 100). In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator sensor is located on the back of device 100, opposite touch-sensitive display system 112, which is located on the front of device 100.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 167, gyroscopes 168, and/or magnetometers 169 (e.g., as part of an inertial measurement unit (IMU)) for obtaining information concerning the position (e.g., attitude) of the device. FIG. 1A shows sensors 167, 168, and 169 coupled with peripherals interface 118. Alternately, sensors 167, 168, and 169 are, optionally, coupled with an input controller 160 in I/O subsystem 106. In some embodiments, information is displayed on the touch-screen display in a portrait view or a landscape view based on an analysis of data received from the one or more accelerometers. Device 100 optionally includes a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location of device 100.
  • In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 102 include operating system 126, communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 130, position module (or set of instructions) 131, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, haptic feedback module (or set of instructions) 133, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or sets of instructions) 136. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 102 stores device/global internal state 157, as shown in FIGS. 1A and 3. Device/global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, indicating which applications, if any, are currently active; display state, indicating what applications, views or other information occupy various regions of touch-sensitive display system 112; sensor state, including information obtained from the device's various sensors and other input or control devices 116; and location and/or positional information concerning the device's location and/or attitude.
  • Operating system 126 (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • Communication module 128 facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and/or external port 124. External port 124 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the 30-pin connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif. In some embodiments, the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects contact with touch-sensitive display system 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch-sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). Contact/motion module 130 includes software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., by a finger or by a stylus), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement across the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). Contact/motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. These operations are, optionally, applied to single contacts (e.g., one finger contacts or stylus contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., “multitouch”/multiple finger contacts and/or stylus contacts). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and display controller 156 detect contact on a touchpad.
  • Contact/motion module 130 optionally detects a gesture input by a user. Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the finger-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a finger swipe gesture on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a finger-up (lift off) event. Similarly, tap, swipe, drag, and other gestures are optionally detected for a stylus by detecting a particular contact pattern for the stylus.
  • Position module 131, in conjunction with accelerometers 167, gyroscopes 168, and/or magnetometers 169, optionally detects positional information concerning the device, such as the device's attitude (roll, pitch, and/or yaw) in a particular frame of reference. Position module 130 includes software components for performing various operations related to detecting the position of the device and detecting changes to the position of the device. In some embodiments, position module 131 uses information received from a stylus being used with the device to detect positional information concerning the stylus, such as detecting the positional state of the stylus relative to the device and detecting changes to the positional state of the stylus.
  • Graphics module 132 includes various known software components for rendering and displaying graphics on touch-sensitive display system 112 or other display, including components for changing the visual impact (e.g., brightness, transparency, saturation, contrast or other visual property) of graphics that are displayed. As used herein, the term “graphics” includes any object that can be displayed to a user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user-interface objects including soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.
  • In some embodiments, graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics to be used. Each graphic is, optionally, assigned a corresponding code. Graphics module 132 receives, from applications etc., one or more codes specifying graphics to be displayed along with, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic property data, and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156.
  • Haptic feedback module 133 includes various software components for generating instructions (e.g., instructions used by haptic feedback controller 161) to produce tactile outputs using tactile output generator(s) 163 at one or more locations on device 100 in response to user interactions with device 100.
  • Text input module 134, which is, optionally, a component of graphics module 132, provides soft keyboards for entering text in various applications (e.g., contacts 137, e-mail 140, IM 141, browser 147, and any other application that needs text input).
  • GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing, to camera 143 as picture/video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets, local yellow page widgets, and map/navigation widgets).
  • Applications 136 optionally include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:
      • contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);
      • telephone module 138;
      • video conferencing module 139;
      • e-mail client module 140;
      • instant messaging (IM) module 141;
      • workout support module 142;
      • camera module 143 for still and/or video images;
      • image management module 144;
      • browser module 147;
      • calendar module 148;
      • widget modules 149, which optionally include one or more of: weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, dictionary widget 149-5, and other widgets obtained by the user, as well as user-created widgets 149-6;
      • widget creator module 150 for making user-created widgets 149-6;
      • search module 151;
      • video and music player module 152, which is, optionally, made up of a video player module and a music player module;
      • notes module 153;
      • map module 154; and/or
      • online video module 155.
  • Examples of other applications 136 that are, optionally, stored in memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA-enabled applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication.
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 includes executable instructions to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in application internal state 192 of contacts module 137 in memory 102 or memory 370), including: adding name(s) to the address book; deleting name(s) from the address book; associating telephone number(s), e-mail address(es), physical address(es) or other information with a name; associating an image with a name; categorizing and sorting names; providing telephone numbers and/or e-mail addresses to initiate and/or facilitate communications by telephone 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140, or IM 141; and so forth.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to a telephone number, access one or more telephone numbers in address book 137, modify a telephone number that has been entered, dial a respective telephone number, conduct a conversation and disconnect or hang up when the conversation is completed. As noted above, the wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact list 137, and telephone module 138, videoconferencing module 139 includes executable instructions to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference between a user and one or more other participants in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes executable instructions to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail in response to user instructions. In conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail client module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mails with still or video images taken with camera module 143.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes executable instructions to enter a sequence of characters corresponding to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, to transmit a respective instant message (for example, using a Short Message Service (SMS) or Multimedia Message Service (MMS) protocol for telephony-based instant messages or using XMPP, SIMPLE, Apple Push Notification Service (APNs) or IMPS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages and to view received instant messages. In some embodiments, transmitted and/or received instant messages optionally include graphics, photos, audio files, video files and/or other attachments as are supported in a MMS and/or an Enhanced Messaging Service (EMS). As used herein, “instant messaging” refers to both telephony-based messages (e.g., messages sent using SMS or MMS) and Internet-based messages (e.g., messages sent using XMPP, SIMPLE, APNs, or IMPS).
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module 146, workout support module 142 includes executable instructions to create workouts (e.g., with time, distance, and/or calorie burning goals); communicate with workout sensors (in sports devices and smart watches); receive workout sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor a workout; select and play music for a workout; and display, store and transmit workout data.
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, optical sensor(s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, camera module 143 includes executable instructions to capture still images or video (including a video stream) and store them into memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, and/or delete a still image or video from memory 102.
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 includes executable instructions to arrange, modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulate, label, delete, present (e.g., in a digital slide show or album), and store still and/or video images.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with user instructions, including searching, linking to, receiving, and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes executable instructions to create, display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are mini-applications that are, optionally, downloaded and used by a user (e.g., weather widget 149-1, stocks widget 149-2, calculator widget 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary widget 149-5) or created by the user (e.g., user-created widget 149-6). In some embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, a CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file, and a JavaScript file. In some embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widgets).
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the widget creator module 150 includes executable instructions to create widgets (e.g., turning a user-specified portion of a web page into a widget).
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes executable instructions to search for text, music, sound, image, video, and/or other files in memory 102 that match one or more search criteria (e.g., one or more user-specified search terms) in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, and browser module 147, video and music player module 152 includes executable instructions that allow the user to download and play back recorded music and other sound files stored in one or more file formats, such as MP3 or AAC files, and executable instructions to display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch-sensitive display system 112, or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124). In some embodiments, device 100 optionally includes the functionality of an MP3 player, such as an iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.).
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to do lists, and the like in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 includes executable instructions to receive, display, modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on stores and other points of interest at or near a particular location; and other location-based data) in accordance with user instructions.
  • In conjunction with touch-sensitive display system 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, RF circuitry 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 includes executable instructions that allow the user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and/or download), play back (e.g., on touch screen 112, or on an external display connected wirelessly or via external port 124), send an e-mail with a link to a particular online video, and otherwise manage online videos in one or more file formats, such as H.264. In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video.
  • Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 102 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • In some embodiments, device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad. By using a touch screen and/or a touchpad as the primary input control device for operation of device 100, the number of physical input control devices (such as push buttons, dials, and the like) on device 100 is, optionally, reduced.
  • The predefined set of functions that are performed exclusively through a touch screen and/or a touchpad optionally include navigation between user interfaces. In some embodiments, the touchpad, when touched by the user, navigates device 100 to a main, home, or root menu from any user interface that is displayed on device 100. In such embodiments, a “menu button” is implemented using a touchpad. In some other embodiments, the menu button is a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event handling in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 102 (in FIG. 1A) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter 170 (e.g., in operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., any of the aforementioned applications 136, 137-155, 380-390).
  • Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application 136-1 and application view 191 of application 136-1 to which to deliver the event information. Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher module 174. In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates the current application view(s) displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112 when the application is active or executing. In some embodiments, device/global internal state 157 is used by event sorter 170 to determine which application(s) is (are) currently active, and application internal state 192 is used by event sorter 170 to determine application views 191 to which to deliver event information.
  • In some embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of: resume information to be used when application 136-1 resumes execution, user interface state information that indicates information being displayed or that is ready for display by application 136-1, a state queue for enabling the user to go back to a prior state or view of application 136-1, and a redo/undo queue of previous actions taken by the user.
  • Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., a user touch on touch-sensitive display system 112, as part of a multi-touch gesture). Peripherals interface 118 transmits information it receives from I/O subsystem 106 or a sensor, such as proximity sensor 166, accelerometer(s) 167, gyroscope(s) 168, magnetometer(s) 169, and/or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110). Information that peripherals interface 118 receives from I/O subsystem 106 includes information from touch-sensitive display system 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.
  • In some embodiments, event monitor 171 sends requests to the peripherals interface 118 at predetermined intervals. In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. In other embodiments, peripheral interface 118 transmits event information only when there is a significant event (e.g., receiving an input above a predetermined noise threshold and/or for more than a predetermined duration).
  • In some embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view determination module 172 and/or an active event recognizer determination module 173.
  • Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event has taken place within one or more views, when touch-sensitive display system 112 displays more than one view. Views are made up of controls and other elements that a user can see on the display.
  • Another aspect of the user interface associated with an application is a set of views, sometimes herein called application views or user interface windows, in which information is displayed and touch-based gestures occur. The application views (of a respective application) in which a touch is detected optionally correspond to programmatic levels within a programmatic or view hierarchy of the application. For example, the lowest level view in which a touch is detected is, optionally, called the hit view, and the set of events that are recognized as proper inputs are, optionally, determined based, at least in part, on the hit view of the initial touch that begins a touch-based gesture.
  • Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. When an application has multiple views organized in a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 identifies a hit view as the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event. In most circumstances, the hit view is the lowest level view in which an initiating sub-event occurs (i.e., the first sub-event in the sequence of sub-events that form an event or potential event). Once the hit view is identified by the hit view determination module, the hit view typically receives all sub-events related to the same touch or input source for which it was identified as the hit view.
  • Active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views within a view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In some embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that all views that include the physical location of a sub-event are actively involved views, and therefore determines that all actively involved views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to the area associated with one particular view, views higher in the hierarchy would still remain as actively involved views.
  • Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). In embodiments including active event recognizer determination module 173, event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to an event recognizer determined by active event recognizer determination module 173. In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 stores in an event queue the event information, which is retrieved by a respective event receiver module 182.
  • In some embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. In yet other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or a part of another module stored in memory 102, such as contact/motion module 130.
  • In some embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which includes instructions for handling touch events that occur within a respective view of the application's user interface. Each application view 191 of the application 136-1 includes one or more event recognizers 180. Typically, a respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or a higher level object from which application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties. In some embodiments, a respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, GUI updater 178, and/or event data 179 received from event sorter 170. Event handler 190 optionally utilizes or calls data updater 176, object updater 177 or GUI updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. Alternatively, one or more of the application views 191 includes one or more respective event handlers 190. Also, in some embodiments, one or more of data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a respective application view 191.
  • As used herein, a force event refers to a device-generated signal or device-generated data (e.g., a signal or a data object generated or updated by device 100) to indicate status or a change in status of a touch input, such as beginning (e.g., satisfying a minimum force intensity threshold), changing intensity (e.g., increasing or decreasing intensity of the touch input), or changing intensity status (e.g., hard press to exceed an intensity threshold or release the touch input so that the intensity falls below the intensity threshold) of the touch input. Although force events are associated with physical touches (e.g., touches with a finger and/or a stylus) on the touch-sensitive surface, the force events, as described herein, are distinct from the physical touches.
  • A respective event recognizer 180 receives event information (e.g., event data 179) from event sorter 170, and identifies an event from the event information. Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least a subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which optionally include sub-event delivery instructions).
  • Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. The event information includes information about a sub-event, for example, a touch or a touch movement. Depending on the sub-event, the event information also includes additional information, such as location of the sub-event. When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch, the event information optionally also includes speed and direction of the sub-event. In some embodiments, events include rotation of the device from one orientation to another (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes corresponding information about the current orientation (also called device attitude) of the device.
  • Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. Event definitions 186 contain definitions of events (e.g., predefined sequences of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and others. In some embodiments, sub-events in an event 187 include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double tap on a displayed object. The double tap, for example, comprises a first touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a first lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase, a second touch (touch begin) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, and a second lift-off (touch end) for a predetermined phase. In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. The dragging, for example, comprises a touch (or contact) on the displayed object for a predetermined phase, a movement of the touch across touch-sensitive display system 112, and lift-off of the touch (touch end). In some embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190.
  • In some embodiments, event definition 187 includes a definition of an event for a respective user-interface object. In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event. For example, in an application view in which three user-interface objects are displayed on touch-sensitive display system 112, when a touch is detected on touch-sensitive display system 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine which of the three user-interface objects is associated with the touch (sub-event). If each displayed object is associated with a respective event handler 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. For example, event comparator 184 selects an event handler associated with the sub-event and the object triggering the hit test.
  • In some embodiments, the definition for a respective event 187 also includes delayed actions that delay delivery of the event information until after it has been determined whether the sequence of sub-events does or does not correspond to the event recognizer's event type.
  • When a respective event recognizer 180 determines that the series of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it disregards subsequent sub-events of the touch-based gesture. In this situation, other event recognizers, if any, that remain active for the hit view continue to track and process sub-events of an ongoing touch-based gesture.
  • In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183 with configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how the event delivery system should perform sub-event delivery to actively involved event recognizers. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate how event recognizers interact, or are enabled to interact, with one another. In some embodiments, metadata 183 includes configurable properties, flags, and/or lists that indicate whether sub-events are delivered to varying levels in the view or programmatic hierarchy.
  • In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 activates event handler 190 associated with an event when one or more particular sub-events of an event are recognized. In some embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 delivers event information associated with the event to event handler 190. Activating an event handler 190 is distinct from sending (and deferred sending) sub-events to a respective hit view. In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the recognized event, and event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predefined process.
  • In some embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that deliver event information about a sub-event without activating an event handler. Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or to actively involved views. Event handlers associated with the series of sub-events or with actively involved views receive the event information and perform a predetermined process.
  • In some embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number used in contacts module 137, or stores a video file used in video player module 145. In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. For example, object updater 177 creates a new user-interface object or updates the position of a user-interface object. GUI updater 178 updates the GUI. For example, GUI updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on a touch-sensitive display.
  • In some embodiments, event handler(s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178. In some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and GUI updater 178 are included in a single module of a respective application 136-1 or application view 191. In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.
  • It shall be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding event handling of user touches on touch-sensitive displays also applies to other forms of user inputs to operate multifunction devices 100 with input-devices, not all of which are initiated on touch screens. For example, mouse movement and mouse button presses, optionally coordinated with single or multiple keyboard presses or holds; contact movements such as taps, drags, scrolls, etc., on touch-pads; pen stylus inputs; movement of the device; oral instructions; detected eye movements; biometric inputs; and/or any combination thereof are optionally utilized as inputs corresponding to sub-events which define an event to be recognized.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram illustrating transfer of event object 194 in accordance with some embodiments.
  • As described above with respect to FIG. 1A, contact/motion module 130 determines status and/or a change in the status of a touch input. In some embodiments, the device generates signal or data (e.g., in the form of a data object) to transfer the determined status and/or the determined change in the status of a touch input to one or more software components. In some embodiments, the data object is called an event object (e.g., event object 194). An event object includes data that represents the status of a corresponding touch input. In some embodiments, event object 194 is a mouse event object (because the touch input is equivalent to an input by a mouse). For example, in such embodiments, a touch input moving across a touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a mouse movement (e.g., a mouse moved event). In some other embodiments, event object 194 is a touch event object that is distinct from a mouse event object. In some embodiments, the touch event object includes data that represents touch-specific properties of a corresponding touch input (e.g., a number of concurrent touches, an orientation of a finger contact or a stylus, etc.). In some embodiments, event object 194 is a force event object that is distinct from a mouse event object (or a touch event object). In some embodiments, the force event object includes data that represents force event specific properties of a corresponding touch input (e.g., an intensity applied by the touch input, a stage/phase of the touch input, etc.). In some embodiments, the event object includes any combination of such properties (e.g., mouse event specific properties, touch event specific properties, and force event specific properties).
  • In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 generates (or updates) an event object and sends an event object to one or more applications (e.g., application 136-1, such as e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A, and/or application 136-2, such as browser module 147). Alternatively, contact/information module 130 sends information regarding contacts (e.g., raw coordinates of contacts) to one or more applications (e.g., application 1 (136-1) and/or application 2 (136-2)), and an application that receives the information generates (or updates) one or more event objects. In some embodiments, an application includes touch-processing module 220 that generates (or updates) one or more event objects and sends the one or more event objects to a portion of the application other than touch-processing module 220. In some embodiments, touch-processing module 220 is application-independent (e.g., the same touch-processing module is included in each of multiple distinct applications, such as e-mail client application, browser application, etc.). As used herein, that touch-processing module 220 is application-independent means that touch-processing module 220 is not designed specifically for a particular software application. That touch-processing module 220 is application-independent does not mean that touch-processing module 220 is located separate from its associated application. Although touch-processing module 220, in some embodiments, is distinct and separate from its associated application, as shown in FIG. 1C, touch-processing module 220 is included in its associated application in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the application also includes an application core that is specific to the application.
  • In FIG. 1C, each of application 1 (136-1, such as a e-mail client application) and application 2 (136-2, such as a browser application) includes touch processing module 220. In addition, application 1 (136-1) includes application core 1 (230-1) that is specific to application 1 (136-1) and/or application 2 (136-2) includes application core 2 (230-2) that is specific to application 2 (136-2). For example, application core 1 (230-1) includes instructions for performing operations specific to application 1 (136-1) (e.g., retrieving e-mails from one or more e-mail servers) and application core 2 (230-2) includes instructions for performing operations specific to application 2 (136-2) (e.g., bookmarking a web page).
  • In some embodiments, event object 194 is sent directly to the destination (e.g., a software component, such as application core 1 (230-1)). Optionally, event object 194 is sent through application programming interface 222. In some embodiments, event object 194 is sent by posting event object 194 (e.g., in queue 218-1) for retrieval by application core 1 (230-1).
  • In some embodiments, event object 194 includes force information. In some embodiments, a mouse event object includes force information (e.g., raw or normalized force applied by the touch input). In some embodiments, a touch event object includes force information. In some embodiments, a force event object includes force information.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 100 having a touch screen (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112, FIG. 1A) in accordance with some embodiments. The touch screen optionally displays one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. In these embodiments, as well as others described below, a user is enabled to select one or more of the graphics by making a gesture on the graphics, for example, with one or more fingers 202 (not drawn to scale in the figure) or one or more styluses 203 (not drawn to scale in the figure). In some embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. In some embodiments, the gesture optionally includes one or more taps, one or more swipes (from left to right, right to left, upward and/or downward) and/or a rolling of a finger (from right to left, left to right, upward and/or downward) that has made contact with device 100. In some implementations or circumstances, inadvertent contact with a graphic does not select the graphic. For example, a swipe gesture that sweeps over an application icon optionally does not select the corresponding application when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap.
  • Device 100 optionally also includes one or more physical buttons, such as “home” or menu button 204. As described previously, menu button 204 is, optionally, used to navigate to any application 136 in a set of applications that are, optionally executed on device 100. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key in a GUI displayed on the touch-screen display.
  • In some embodiments, device 100 includes the touch-screen display, menu button 204, push button 206 for powering the device on/off and locking the device, volume adjustment button(s) 208, Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) card slot 210, head set jack 212, and docking/charging external port 124. Push button 206 is, optionally, used to turn the power on/off on the device by depressing the button and holding the button in the depressed state for a predefined time interval; to lock the device by depressing the button and releasing the button before the predefined time interval has elapsed; and/or to unlock the device or initiate an unlock process. In some embodiments, device 100 also accepts verbal input for activation or deactivation of some functions through microphone 113. Device 100 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors 165 for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive display system 112 and/or one or more tactile output generators 163 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 100.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of an exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface in accordance with some embodiments. Device 300 need not be portable. In some embodiments, device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player device, a navigation device, an educational device (such as a child's learning toy), a gaming system, or a control device (e.g., a home or industrial controller). Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPU's) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and one or more communication buses 320 for interconnecting these components. Communication buses 320 optionally include circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) that interconnects and controls communications between system components. Device 300 includes input/output (I/O) interface 330 comprising display 340, which is typically a touch-screen display. I/O interface 330 also optionally includes a keyboard and/or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355, tactile output generator 357 for generating tactile outputs on device 300 (e.g., similar to tactile output generator(s) 163 described above with reference to FIG. 1A), sensors 359 (e.g., touch-sensitive, optical, contact intensity, proximity, acceleration, attitude, and/or magnetic sensors similar to sensors 112, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, and 169 described above with reference to FIG. 1A). Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and optionally includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid state storage devices. Memory 370 optionally includes one or more storage devices remotely located from CPU(s) 310. In some embodiments, memory 370 stores programs, modules, and data structures analogous to the programs, modules, and data structures stored in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A), or a subset thereof. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional programs, modules, and data structures not present in memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100. For example, memory 370 of device 300 optionally stores drawing module 380, presentation module 382, word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and/or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 (FIG. 1A) optionally does not store these modules.
  • Each of the above identified elements in FIG. 3 is, optionally, stored in one or more of the previously mentioned memory devices. Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. The above identified modules or programs (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 370 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 370 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an exemplary electronic stylus 203 in accordance with some embodiments. Electronic stylus 203 is sometimes simply called a stylus. Stylus 203 includes memory 402 (which optionally includes one or more computer readable storage mediums), memory controller 422, one or more processing units (CPUs) 420, peripherals interface 418, RF circuitry 408, input/output (I/O) subsystem 406, and other input or control devices 416. Stylus 203 optionally includes external port 424 and one or more optical sensors 464. Stylus 203 optionally includes one or more intensity sensors 465 for detecting intensity of contacts of stylus 203 on device 100 (e.g., when stylus 203 is used with a touch-sensitive surface such as touch-sensitive display system 112 of device 100) or on other surfaces (e.g., a desk surface). Stylus 203 optionally includes one or more tactile output generators 463 for generating tactile outputs on stylus 203. These components optionally communicate over one or more communication buses or signal lines 403.
  • In some embodiments, the term “tactile output,” discussed above, refers to physical displacement of an accessory (e.g., stylus 203) of a device (e.g., device 100) relative to a previous position of the accessory, physical displacement of a component of an accessory relative to another component of the accessory, or displacement of the component relative to a center of mass of the accessory that will be detected by a user with the user's sense of touch. For example, in situations where the accessory or the component of the accessory is in contact with a surface of a user that is sensitive to touch (e.g., a finger, palm, or other part of a user's hand), the tactile output generated by the physical displacement will be interpreted by the user as a tactile sensation corresponding to a perceived change in physical characteristics of the accessory or the component of the accessory. For example, movement of a component (e.g., the housing of stylus 203) is, optionally, interpreted by the user as a “click” of a physical actuator button. In some cases, a user will feel a tactile sensation such as a “click” even when there is no movement of a physical actuator button associated with the stylus that is physically pressed (e.g., displaced) by the user's movements. While such interpretations of touch by a user will be subject to the individualized sensory perceptions of the user, there are many sensory perceptions of touch that are common to a large majority of users. Thus, when a tactile output is described as corresponding to a particular sensory perception of a user (e.g., a “click,”), unless otherwise stated, the generated tactile output corresponds to physical displacement of the device or a component thereof that will generate the described sensory perception for a typical (or average) user.
  • It should be appreciated that stylus 203 is only one example of an electronic stylus, and that stylus 203 optionally has more or fewer components than shown, optionally combines two or more components, or optionally has a different configuration or arrangement of the components. The various components shown in FIG. 4 are implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof, including one or more signal processing and/or application specific integrated circuits.
  • Memory 402 optionally includes high-speed random access memory and optionally also includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. Access to memory 402 by other components of stylus 203, such as CPU(s) 420 and the peripherals interface 418, is, optionally, controlled by memory controller 422.
  • Peripherals interface 418 can be used to couple input and output peripherals of the stylus to CPU(s) 420 and memory 402. The one or more processors 420 run or execute various software programs and/or sets of instructions stored in memory 402 to perform various functions for stylus 203 and to process data.
  • In some embodiments, peripherals interface 418, CPU(s) 420, and memory controller 422 are, optionally, implemented on a single chip, such as chip 404. In some other embodiments, they are, optionally, implemented on separate chips.
  • RF (radio frequency) circuitry 408 receives and sends RF signals, also called electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 408 converts electrical signals to/from electromagnetic signals and communicates with device 100 or 300, communications networks, and/or other communications devices via the electromagnetic signals. RF circuitry 408 optionally includes well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, an RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, a CODEC chipset, a subscriber identity module (SIM) card, memory, and so forth. RF circuitry 408 optionally communicates with networks, such as the Internet, also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW), an intranet and/or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and/or a metropolitan area network (MAN), and other devices by wireless communication. The wireless communication optionally uses any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies, including but not limited to Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Enhanced Data GSM Environment (EDGE), high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), high-speed uplink packet access (HSUPA), Evolution, Data-Only (EV-DO), HSPA, HSPA+, Dual-Cell HSPA (DC-HSPDA), long term evolution (LTE), near field communication (NFC), wideband code division multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), time division multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) (e.g., IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11ac, IEEE 802.11ax, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11g and/or IEEE 802.11n), voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (e.g., Internet message access protocol (IMAP) and/or post office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (e.g., extensible messaging and presence protocol (XMPP), Session Initiation Protocol for Instant Messaging and Presence Leveraging Extensions (SIMPLE), Instant Messaging and Presence Service (IMPS)), and/or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols not yet developed as of the filing date of this document.
  • I/O subsystem 406 couples input/output peripherals on stylus 203, such as other input or control devices 416, with peripherals interface 418. I/O subsystem 406 optionally includes optical sensor controller 458, intensity sensor controller 459, haptic feedback controller 461, and one or more input controllers 460 for other input or control devices. The one or more input controllers 460 receive/send electrical signals from/to other input or control devices 416. The other input or control devices 416 optionally include physical buttons (e.g., push buttons, rocker buttons, etc.), dials, slider switches, click wheels, and so forth. In some alternate embodiments, input controller(s) 460 are, optionally, coupled with any (or none) of the following: an infrared port and/or a USB port.
  • Stylus 203 also includes power system 462 for powering the various components. Power system 462 optionally includes a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light-emitting diode (LED)) and any other components associated with the generation, management and distribution of power in portable devices and/or portable accessories.
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more optical sensors 464. FIG. 4 shows an optical sensor coupled with optical sensor controller 458 in I/O subsystem 406. Optical sensor(s) 464 optionally include charge-coupled device (CCD) or complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor(s) 464 receive light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light to data representing an image.
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more contact intensity sensors 465. FIG. 4 shows a contact intensity sensor coupled with intensity sensor controller 459 in I/O subsystem 406. Contact intensity sensor(s) 465 optionally include one or more piezoresistive strain gauges, capacitive force sensors, electric force sensors, piezoelectric force sensors, optical force sensors, capacitive touch-sensitive surfaces, or other intensity sensors (e.g., sensors used to measure the force (or pressure) of a contact on a surface). Contact intensity sensor(s) 465 receive contact intensity information (e.g., pressure information or a proxy for pressure information) from the environment. In some embodiments, at least one contact intensity sensor is collocated with, or proximate to, a tip of stylus 203.
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more proximity sensors 466. FIG. 4 shows proximity sensor 466 coupled with peripherals interface 418. Alternately, proximity sensor 466 is coupled with input controller 460 in I/O subsystem 406. In some embodiments, the proximity sensor determines proximity of stylus 203 to an electronic device (e.g., device 100).
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more tactile output generators 463. FIG. 4 shows a tactile output generator coupled with haptic feedback controller 461 in I/O subsystem 406. Tactile output generator(s) 463 optionally include one or more electroacoustic devices such as speakers or other audio components and/or electromechanical devices that convert energy into linear motion such as a motor, solenoid, electroactive polymer, piezoelectric actuator, electrostatic actuator, or other tactile output generating component (e.g., a component that converts electrical signals into tactile outputs on the device). Tactile output generator(s) 463 receive tactile feedback generation instructions from haptic feedback module 433 and generates tactile outputs on stylus 203 that are capable of being sensed by a user of stylus 203. In some embodiments, at least one tactile output generator is collocated with, or proximate to, a length (e.g., a body or a housing) of stylus 203 and, optionally, generates a tactile output by moving stylus 203 vertically (e.g., in a direction parallel to the length of stylus 203) or laterally (e.g., in a direction normal to the length of stylus 203).
  • Stylus 203 optionally also includes one or more accelerometers 467, gyroscopes 468, and/or magnetometers 470 (e.g., as part of an inertial measurement unit (IMU)) for obtaining information concerning the location and positional state of stylus 203. FIG. 4 shows sensors 467, 469, and 470 coupled with peripherals interface 418. Alternately, sensors 467, 469, and 470 are, optionally, coupled with an input controller 460 in I/O subsystem 406. Stylus 203 optionally includes a GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown) for obtaining information concerning the location of stylus 203.
  • In some embodiments, the software components stored in memory 402 include operating system 426, communication module (or set of instructions) 428, contact/motion module (or set of instructions) 430, position module (or set of instructions) 431, and Global Positioning System (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 435. Furthermore, in some embodiments, memory 402 stores device/global internal state 457, as shown in FIG. 4. Device/global internal state 457 includes one or more of: sensor state, including information obtained from the stylus's various sensors and other input or control devices 416; positional state, including information regarding the stylus's position (e.g., position, orientation, tilt, roll and/or distance, as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B) relative to a device (e.g., device 100); and location information concerning the stylus's location (e.g., determined by GPS module 435).
  • Operating system 426 (e.g., iOS, Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as VxWorks) includes various software components and/or drivers for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, power management, etc.) and facilitates communication between various hardware and software components.
  • Communication module 428 optionally facilitates communication with other devices over one or more external ports 424 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 408 and/or external port 424. External port 424 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) is adapted for coupling directly to other devices or indirectly over a network (e.g., the Internet, wireless LAN, etc.). In some embodiments, the external port is a Lightning connector that is the same as, or similar to and/or compatible with the Lightning connector used in some iPhone®, iPod Touch®, and iPad® devices from Apple Inc. of Cupertino, Calif.
  • Contact/motion module 430 optionally detects contact with stylus 203 and other touch-sensitive devices of stylus 203 (e.g., buttons or other touch-sensitive components of stylus 203). Contact/motion module 430 includes software components for performing various operations related to detection of contact (e.g., detection of a tip of the stylus with a touch-sensitive display, such as touch screen 112 of device 100, or with another surface, such as a desk surface), such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a touch-down event), determining an intensity of the contact (e.g., the force or pressure of the contact or a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact), determining if there is movement of the contact and tracking the movement (e.g., across touch screen 112 of device 100), and determining if the contact has ceased (e.g., detecting a lift-off event or a break in contact). In some embodiments, contact/motion module 430 receives contact data from I/O subsystem 406. Determining movement of the point of contact, which is represented by a series of contact data, optionally includes determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction), and/or an acceleration (a change in magnitude and/or direction) of the point of contact. As noted above, in some embodiments, one or more of these operations related to detection of contact are performed by the device using contact/motion module 130 (in addition to or in place of the stylus using contact/motion module 430).
  • Contact/motion module 430 optionally detects a gesture input by stylus 203. Different gestures with stylus 203 have different contact patterns (e.g., different motions, timings, and/or intensities of detected contacts). Thus, a gesture is, optionally, detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. For example, detecting a single tap gesture includes detecting a touch-down event followed by detecting a lift-off event at the same position (or substantially the same position) as the touch-down event (e.g., at the position of an icon). As another example, detecting a swipe gesture includes detecting a touch-down event followed by detecting one or more stylus-dragging events, and subsequently followed by detecting a lift-off event. As noted above, in some embodiments, gesture detection is performed by the device using contact/motion module 130 (in addition to or in place of the stylus using contact/motion module 430).
  • Position module 431, in conjunction with accelerometers 467, gyroscopes 468, and/or magnetometers 469, optionally detects positional information concerning the stylus, such as the stylus's attitude (roll, pitch, and/or yaw) in a particular frame of reference. Position module 431, in conjunction with accelerometers 467, gyroscopes 468, and/or magnetometers 469, optionally detects stylus movement gestures, such as flicks, taps, and rolls of the stylus. Position module 431 includes software components for performing various operations related to detecting the position of the stylus and detecting changes to the position of the stylus in a particular frame of reference. In some embodiments, position module 431 detects the positional state of the stylus relative to the device and detects changes to the positional state of the stylus relative to the device. As noted above, in some embodiments, device 100 or 300 determines the positional state of the stylus relative to the device and changes to the positional state of the stylus using position module 131 (in addition to or in place of the stylus using position module 431).
  • Haptic feedback module 433 includes various software components for generating instructions used by tactile output generator(s) 463 to produce tactile outputs at one or more locations on stylus 203 in response to user interactions with stylus 203.
  • GPS module 435 determines the location of the stylus and provides this information for use in various applications (e.g., to applications that provide location-based services such as an application to find missing devices and/or accessories).
  • Each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to a set of executable instructions for performing one or more functions described above and the methods described in this application (e.g., the computer-implemented methods and other information processing methods described herein). These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules are, optionally, combined or otherwise re-arranged in various embodiments. In some embodiments, memory 402 optionally stores a subset of the modules and data structures identified above. Furthermore, memory 402 optionally stores additional modules and data structures not described above.
  • FIGS. 5A-5B illustrate a positional state of stylus 203 relative to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100) in accordance with some embodiments. In some embodiments, the positional state of stylus 203 corresponds to (or indicates): a position of a projection of a tip (or other representative portion) of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., (x,y) position 504, FIG. 5A), an orientation of the stylus relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., orientation 506, FIG. 5A), a tilt of the stylus relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., tilt 512, FIG. 5B), and/or a distance of the stylus relative to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., distance 514, FIG. 5B). In some embodiments, the positional state of stylus 203 corresponds to (or indicates) a pitch, yaw, and/or roll of the stylus (e.g., an attitude of the stylus relative to a particular frame of reference, such as a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) or the ground). In some embodiments, the positional state includes a set of positional parameters (e.g., one or more positional parameters). In some embodiments, the positional state is detected in accordance with one or more measurements from stylus 203 that are sent to an electronic device (e.g., device 100). For example, the stylus measures the tilt (e.g., tilt 512, FIG. 5B) and/or the orientation (e.g., orientation 506, FIG. 5A) of the stylus and sends the measurement to device 100. In some embodiments, the positional state is detected in accordance with raw output, from one or more electrodes in the stylus, that is sensed by a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100) instead of, or in combination with positional state detected in accordance with one or more measurements from stylus 203. For example, the touch-sensitive surface receives raw output from one or more electrodes in the stylus and calculates the tilt and/or the orientation of the stylus based on the raw output (optionally, in conjunction with positional state information provided by the stylus based on sensor measurements generated by the stylus).
  • FIG. 5A illustrates stylus 203 relative to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100) from a viewpoint directly above the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments. In FIG. 5A, z axis 594 points out of the page (i.e., in a direction normal to a plane of touch screen 112), x axis 590 is parallel to a first edge (e.g., a length) of touch screen 112, y axis 592 is parallel to a second edge (e.g., a width) of touch screen 112, and y axis 592 is perpendicular to x axis 590.
  • FIG. 5A illustrates the tip of stylus 203 at (x,y) position 504. In some embodiments, the tip of stylus 203 is a terminus of the stylus configured for determining proximity of the stylus to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112). In some embodiments, the projection of the tip of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface is an orthogonal projection. In other words, the projection of the tip of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface is a point at the end of a line from the stylus tip to the touch-sensitive surface that is normal to a surface of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., (x,y) position 504 at which the tip of the stylus would touch the touch-sensitive surface if the stylus were moved directly along a path normal to the touch-sensitive surface). In some embodiments, the (x,y) position at the lower left corner of touch screen 112 is position (0,0) (e.g., (0,0) position 502) and other (x,y) positions on touch screen 112 are relative to the lower left corner of touch screen 112. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the (0,0) position is located at another position of touch screen 112 (e.g., in the center of touch screen 112) and other (x,y) positions are relative to the (0,0) position of touch screen 112.
  • Further, FIG. 5A illustrates stylus 203 with orientation 506. In some embodiments, orientation 506 is an orientation of a projection of stylus 203 onto touch screen 112 (e.g., an orthogonal projection of a length of stylus 203 or a line corresponding to the line between the projection of two different points of stylus 203 onto touch screen 112). In some embodiments, orientation 506 is relative to at least one axis in a plane parallel to touch screen 112. In some embodiments, orientation 506 is relative to a single axis in a plane parallel to touch screen 112 (e.g., axis 508, with a clockwise rotation angle from axis 508 ranging from 0 degrees to 360 degrees, as shown in FIG. 5A). Alternatively, in some embodiments, orientation 506 is relative to a pair of axes in a plane parallel to touch screen 112 (e.g., x axis 590 and y axis 592, as shown in FIG. 5A, or a pair of axes associated with an application displayed on touch screen 112).
  • In some embodiments, an indication (e.g., indication 516) is displayed on a touch-sensitive display (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100). In some embodiments, indication 516 shows where the stylus will touch (or mark) the touch-sensitive display before the stylus touches the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, indication 516 is a portion of a mark that is being drawn on the touch-sensitive display. In some embodiments, indication 516 is separate from a mark that is being drawn on the touch-sensitive display and corresponds to a virtual “pen tip” or other element that indicates where a mark will be drawn on the touch-sensitive display.
  • In some embodiments, indication 516 is displayed in accordance with the positional state of stylus 203. For example, in some circumstances, indication 516 is displaced from (x,y) position 504 (as shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B), and in other circumstances, indication 516 is not displaced from (x,y) position 504 (e.g., indication 516 is displayed at or near (x,y) position 504 when tilt 512 is zero degrees). In some embodiments, indication 516 is displayed, in accordance with the positional state of the stylus, with varying color, size (or radius or area), opacity, and/or other characteristics. In some embodiments, the displayed indication accounts for thickness of a glass layer on the touch-sensitive display, so as to carry through the indication “onto the pixels” of the touch-sensitive display, rather than displaying the indication “on the glass” that covers the pixels.
  • FIG. 5B illustrates stylus 203 relative to a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 of device 100) from a side viewpoint of the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with some embodiments. In FIG. 5B, z axis 594 points in a direction normal to the plane of touch screen 112, x axis 590 is parallel to a first edge (e.g., a length) of touch screen 112, y axis 592 is parallel to a second edge (e.g., a width) of touch screen 112, and y axis 592 is perpendicular to x axis 590.
  • FIG. 5B illustrates stylus 203 with tilt 512. In some embodiments, tilt 512 is an angle relative to a normal (e.g., normal 510) to a surface of the touch-sensitive surface (also called simply the normal to the touch-sensitive surface). As shown in FIG. 5B, tilt 512 is zero when the stylus is perpendicular/normal to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., when stylus 203 is parallel to normal 510) and the tilt increases as the stylus is tilted closer to being parallel to the touch-sensitive surface.
  • Further, FIG. 5B illustrates distance 514 of stylus 203 relative to the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, distance 514 is the distance from the tip of stylus 203 to the touch-sensitive surface, in a direction normal to the touch-sensitive surface. For example, in FIG. 5B, distance 514 is the distance from the tip of stylus 203 to (x,y) position 504.
  • Although the terms, “x axis,” “y axis,” and “z axis,” are used herein to illustrate certain directions in particular figures, it will be understood that these terms do not refer to absolute directions. In other words, an “x axis” could be any respective axis, and a “y axis” could be a particular axis that is distinct from the x axis. Typically, the x axis is perpendicular to the y axis. Similarly, a “z axis” is distinct from the “x axis” and the “y axis,” and is typically perpendicular to both the “x axis” and the “y axis.”
  • Further, FIG. 5B illustrates roll 518, a rotation about the length (long axis) of stylus 203.
  • Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (‘UI’) that are, optionally, implemented on portable multifunction device 100.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates an exemplary user interface for a menu of applications on portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments. Similar user interfaces are, optionally, implemented on device 300. In some embodiments, user interface 600 includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:
      • Signal strength indicator(s) 602 for wireless communication(s), such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;
      • Time 604;
      • a Bluetooth indicator;
      • Battery status indicator 606;
      • Tray 608 with icons for frequently used applications, such as:
        • Icon 616 for telephone module 138, labeled “Phone,” which optionally includes an indicator 614 of the number of missed calls or voicemail messages;
        • Icon 618 for e-mail client module 140, labeled “Mail,” which optionally includes an indicator 610 of the number of unread e-mails;
        • Icon 620 for browser module 147, labeled “Browser;” and
        • Icon 622 for video and music player module 152, also referred to as iPod (trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152, labeled “iPod;” and
      • Icons for other applications, such as:
        • Icon 624 for IM module 141, labeled “Messages;”
        • Icon 626 for calendar module 148, labeled “Calendar;”
        • Icon 628 for image management module 144, labeled “Photos;”
        • Icon 630 for camera module 143, labeled “Camera;”
        • Icon 632 for online video module 155, labeled “Online Video;”
        • Icon 634 for stocks widget 149-2, labeled “Stocks;”
        • Icon 636 for map module 154, labeled “Maps;”
        • Icon 638 for weather widget 149-1, labeled “Weather;”
        • Icon 640 for alarm clock widget 169-6, labeled “Clock;”
        • Icon 642 for workout support module 142, labeled “Workout Support;”
        • Icon 644 for notes module 153, labeled “Notes;” and
        • Icon 646 for a settings application or module, which provides access to settings for device 100 and its various applications 136.
  • It should be noted that the icon labels illustrated in FIG. 6A are merely exemplary. For example, in some embodiments, icon 622 for video and music player module 152 is labeled “Music” or “Music Player.” Other labels are, optionally, used for various application icons. In some embodiments, a label for a respective application icon includes a name of an application corresponding to the respective application icon. In some embodiments, a label for a particular application icon is distinct from a name of an application corresponding to the particular application icon.
  • FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 651 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from display 650. Device 300 also, optionally, includes one or more contact intensity sensors (e.g., one or more of sensors 359) for detecting intensity of contacts on touch-sensitive surface 651 and/or one or more tactile output generators 359 for generating tactile outputs for a user of device 300.
  • FIG. 6B illustrates an exemplary user interface on a device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3) with a touch-sensitive surface 651 (e.g., a tablet or touchpad 355, FIG. 3) that is separate from display 650. Many of the examples that follow will be given with reference to a device that detects inputs on a touch-sensitive surface that is separate from the display, as shown in FIG. 6B. In some embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 651 in FIG. 6B) has a primary axis (e.g., 652 in FIG. 6B) that corresponds to a primary axis (e.g., 653 in FIG. 6B) on the display (e.g., 650). In accordance with these embodiments, the device detects contacts (e.g., 660 and 662 in FIG. 6B) with touch-sensitive surface 651 at locations that correspond to respective locations on the display (e.g., in FIG. 6B, 660 corresponds to 668 and 662 corresponds to 670). In this way, user inputs (e.g., contacts 660 and 662, and movements thereof) detected by the device on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 651 in FIG. 6B) are used by the device to manipulate the user interface on the display (e.g., 650 in FIG. 6B) of the multifunction device when the touch-sensitive surface is separate from the display. It should be understood that similar methods are, optionally, used for other user interfaces described herein.
  • Additionally, while the following examples are given primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures, etc.), it should be understood that, in some embodiments, one or more of the finger inputs are replaced with input from another input device (e.g., a stylus input).
  • As used herein, the term “focus selector” refers to an input element that indicates a current part of a user interface with which a user is interacting. In some implementations that include a cursor or other location marker, the cursor acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input) is detected on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touchpad 355 in FIG. 3 or touch-sensitive surface 651 in FIG. 6B) while the cursor is over a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations that include a touch-screen display (e.g., touch-sensitive display system 112 in FIG. 1A or the touch screen in FIG. 6A) that enables direct interaction with user interface elements on the touch-screen display, a detected contact on the touch-screen acts as a “focus selector,” so that when an input (e.g., a press input by the contact) is detected on the touch-screen display at a location of a particular user interface element (e.g., a button, window, slider or other user interface element), the particular user interface element is adjusted in accordance with the detected input. In some implementations, focus is moved from one region of a user interface to another region of the user interface without corresponding movement of a cursor or movement of a contact on a touch-screen display (e.g., by using a tab key or arrow keys to move focus from one button to another button); in these implementations, the focus selector moves in accordance with movement of focus between different regions of the user interface. Without regard to the specific form taken by the focus selector, the focus selector is generally the user interface element (or contact on a touch-screen display) that is controlled by the user so as to communicate the user's intended interaction with the user interface (e.g., by indicating, to the device, the element of the user interface with which the user is intending to interact). For example, the location of a focus selector (e.g., a cursor, a contact, or a selection box) over a respective button while a press input is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a touchpad or touch screen) will indicate that the user is intending to activate the respective button (as opposed to other user interface elements shown on a display of the device).
  • As used in the specification and claims, the term “intensity” of a contact on a touch-sensitive surface refers to the force or pressure (force per unit area) of a contact (e.g., a finger contact or a stylus contact) on the touch-sensitive surface, or to a substitute (proxy) for the force or pressure of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. The intensity of a contact has a range of values that includes at least four distinct values and more typically includes hundreds of distinct values (e.g., at least 256). Intensity of a contact is, optionally, determined (or measured) using various approaches and various sensors or combinations of sensors. For example, one or more force sensors underneath or adjacent to the touch-sensitive surface are, optionally, used to measure force at various points on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, force measurements from multiple force sensors are combined (e.g., a weighted average or a sum) to determine an estimated force of a contact. Similarly, a pressure-sensitive tip of a stylus is, optionally, used to determine a pressure of the stylus on the touch-sensitive surface. Alternatively, the size of the contact area detected on the touch-sensitive surface and/or changes thereto, the capacitance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto, and/or the resistance of the touch-sensitive surface proximate to the contact and/or changes thereto are, optionally, used as a substitute for the force or pressure of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are used directly to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is described in units corresponding to the substitute measurements). In some implementations, the substitute measurements for contact force or pressure are converted to an estimated force or pressure and the estimated force or pressure is used to determine whether an intensity threshold has been exceeded (e.g., the intensity threshold is a pressure threshold measured in units of pressure). Using the intensity of a contact as an attribute of a user input allows for user access to additional device functionality that may otherwise not be readily accessible by the user on a reduced-size device with limited real estate for displaying affordances (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display) and/or receiving user input (e.g., via a touch-sensitive display, a touch-sensitive surface, or a physical/mechanical control such as a knob or a button).
  • In some embodiments, contact/motion module 130 and/or 430 uses a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user (e.g., to determine whether a user has “clicked” on an icon). In some embodiments, at least a subset of the intensity thresholds are determined in accordance with software parameters (e.g., the intensity thresholds are not determined by the activation thresholds of particular physical actuators and can be adjusted without changing the physical hardware of device 100). For example, a mouse “click” threshold of a trackpad or touch-screen display can be set to any of a large range of predefined thresholds values without changing the trackpad or touch-screen display hardware. Additionally, in some embodiments, a user of the device is provided with software settings for adjusting one or more of the set of intensity thresholds (e.g., by adjusting individual intensity thresholds and/or by adjusting a plurality of intensity thresholds at once with a system-level click “intensity” parameter).
  • As used in the specification and claims, the term “characteristic intensity” of a contact refers to a characteristic of the contact based on one or more intensities of the contact. In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is based on multiple intensity samples. The characteristic intensity is, optionally, based on a predefined number of intensity samples, or a set of intensity samples collected during a predetermined time period (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 seconds) relative to a predefined event (e.g., after detecting the contact, prior to detecting liftoff of the contact, before or after detecting a start of movement of the contact, prior to detecting an end of the contact, before or after detecting an increase in intensity of the contact, and/or before or after detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact). A characteristic intensity of a contact is, optionally based on one or more of: a maximum value of the intensities of the contact, a mean value of the intensities of the contact, an average value of the intensities of the contact, a top 10 percentile value of the intensities of the contact, a value at the half maximum of the intensities of the contact, a value at the 90 percent maximum of the intensities of the contact, or the like. In some embodiments, the duration of the contact is used in determining the characteristic intensity (e.g., when the characteristic intensity is an average of the intensity of the contact over time). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is compared to a set of one or more intensity thresholds to determine whether an operation has been performed by a user. For example, the set of one or more intensity thresholds may include a first intensity threshold and a second intensity threshold. In this example, a contact with a characteristic intensity that does not exceed the first intensity threshold results in a first operation, a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the first intensity threshold and does not exceed the second intensity threshold results in a second operation, and a contact with a characteristic intensity that exceeds the second intensity threshold results in a third operation. In some embodiments, a comparison between the characteristic intensity and one or more intensity thresholds is used to determine whether or not to perform one or more operations (e.g., whether to perform a respective option or forgo performing the respective operation) rather than being used to determine whether to perform a first operation or a second operation.
  • In some embodiments, a portion of a gesture is identified for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity. For example, a touch-sensitive surface may receive a continuous swipe contact transitioning from a start location and reaching an end location (e.g., a drag gesture), at which point the intensity of the contact increases. In this example, the characteristic intensity of the contact at the end location may be based on only a portion of the continuous swipe contact, and not the entire swipe contact (e.g., only the portion of the swipe contact at the end location). In some embodiments, a smoothing algorithm may be applied to the intensities of the swipe contact prior to determining the characteristic intensity of the contact. For example, the smoothing algorithm optionally includes one or more of: an unweighted sliding-average smoothing algorithm, a triangular smoothing algorithm, a median filter smoothing algorithm, and/or an exponential smoothing algorithm. In some circumstances, these smoothing algorithms eliminate narrow spikes or dips in the intensities of the swipe contact for purposes of determining a characteristic intensity.
  • The user interface figures (e.g., FIGS. 7A-7BBB) described below optionally include various intensity diagrams that show the current intensity of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface relative to one or more intensity thresholds (e.g., a first intensity threshold IL, a second intensity threshold IM, a third intensity threshold IH, and/or one or more other intensity thresholds). This intensity diagram is typically not part of the displayed user interface, but is provided to aid in the interpretation of the figures. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold corresponds to an intensity at which the device will perform operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, the second and third intensity thresholds correspond to intensities at which the device will perform operations that are different from operations typically associated with clicking a button of a physical mouse or a trackpad. In some embodiments, when a contact is detected with a characteristic intensity below the first intensity threshold (e.g., and above a nominal contact-detection intensity threshold below which the contact is no longer detected), the device will move a focus selector in accordance with movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface without performing an operation associated with the light press intensity threshold or the deep press intensity threshold. Generally, unless otherwise stated, these intensity thresholds are consistent between different sets of user interface figures.
  • In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria based on the contact intensity during the input. For example, for some inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a first intensity threshold during the input triggers a first response. In some embodiments, the response of the device to inputs detected by the device depends on criteria that include both the contact intensity during the input and time-based criteria. For example, for some inputs, the intensity of a contact exceeding a second intensity threshold during the input, greater than the first intensity threshold (e.g., for a light press), triggers a second response only if a delay time has elapsed between meeting the first intensity threshold and meeting the second intensity threshold. This delay time is typically less than 200 ms in duration (e.g., 40, 100, or 120 ms, depending on the magnitude of the second intensity threshold, with the delay time increasing as the second intensity threshold increases). This delay time helps to avoid accidental triggering of the second response. As another example, for some inputs, there is a reduced-sensitivity time period that occurs after the time at which the first intensity threshold is met. During the reduced-sensitivity time period, the second intensity threshold is increased. This temporary increase in the second intensity threshold also helps to avoid accidental triggering of the second response. For other inputs, the second response does not depend on time-based criteria.
  • In some embodiments, one or more of the input intensity thresholds and/or the corresponding outputs vary based on one or more factors, such as user settings, contact motion, input timing, application running, rate at which the intensity is applied, number of concurrent inputs, user history, environmental factors (e.g., ambient noise), focus selector position, and the like. Exemplary factors are described in U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 14/399,606 and 14/624,296, which are incorporated by reference herein in their entireties.
  • An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the intensity threshold IL to an intensity between the intensity threshold IL and the intensity threshold IM is sometimes referred to as a “light press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the intensity threshold IM to an intensity above the intensity threshold IM is sometimes referred to as a “deep press” input. In some embodiments, an increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below the intensity threshold IH to an intensity above the intensity threshold IH is also called a “deep press” input. An increase of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity below a contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity between the contact-detection intensity threshold and the intensity threshold IL is sometimes referred to as detecting the contact on the touch-surface. A decrease of characteristic intensity of the contact from an intensity above the contact-detection intensity threshold to an intensity below the contact-detection intensity threshold is sometimes referred to as detecting liftoff of the contact from the touch-surface. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is zero. In some embodiments, the contact-detection intensity threshold is greater than zero. In some illustrations a shaded circle or oval is used to represent intensity of a contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some illustrations, a circle or oval without shading is used represent a respective contact on the touch-sensitive surface without specifying the intensity of the respective contact.
  • In some embodiments, described herein, one or more operations are performed in response to detecting a gesture that includes a respective press input or in response to detecting the respective press input performed with a respective contact (or a plurality of contacts), where the respective press input is detected based at least in part on detecting an increase in intensity of the contact (or plurality of contacts) above a press-input intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on a “down stroke” of the respective press input). In some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the press-input threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input).
  • In some embodiments, the device employs intensity hysteresis to avoid accidental inputs sometimes termed “jitter,” where the device defines or selects a hysteresis intensity threshold with a predefined relationship to the press-input intensity threshold (e.g., the hysteresis intensity threshold is X intensity units lower than the press-input intensity threshold or the hysteresis intensity threshold is 75%, 90%, or some reasonable proportion of the press-input intensity threshold). Thus, in some embodiments, the press input includes an increase in intensity of the respective contact above the press-input intensity threshold and a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold that corresponds to the press-input intensity threshold, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the subsequent decrease in intensity of the respective contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold (e.g., the respective operation is performed on an “up stroke” of the respective press input). Similarly, in some embodiments, the press input is detected only when the device detects an increase in intensity of the contact from an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity at or above the press-input intensity threshold and, optionally, a subsequent decrease in intensity of the contact to an intensity at or below the hysteresis intensity, and the respective operation is performed in response to detecting the press input (e.g., the increase in intensity of the contact or the decrease in intensity of the contact, depending on the circumstances).
  • For ease of explanation, the description of operations performed in response to a press input associated with a press-input intensity threshold or in response to a gesture including the press input are, optionally, triggered in response to detecting: an increase in intensity of a contact above the press-input intensity threshold, an increase in intensity of a contact from an intensity below the hysteresis intensity threshold to an intensity above the press-input intensity threshold, a decrease in intensity of the contact below the press-input intensity threshold, or a decrease in intensity of the contact below the hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to the press-input intensity threshold. Additionally, in examples where an operation is described as being performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of a contact below the press-input intensity threshold, the operation is, optionally, performed in response to detecting a decrease in intensity of the contact below a hysteresis intensity threshold corresponding to, and lower than, the press-input intensity threshold. As described above, in some embodiments, the triggering of these responses also depends on time-based criteria being met (e.g., a delay time has elapsed between a low intensity threshold being met and a high intensity threshold being met).
  • User Interfaces and Associated Processes
  • Attention is now directed towards embodiments of user interfaces (“UI”) and associated processes that may be implemented on an electronic device, such as portable multifunction device 100 or device 300, with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface.
  • FIGS. 7A-7BBB illustrate exemplary user interfaces for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page in accordance with some embodiments. The user interfaces in these figures are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes in FIGS. 8A-8C and FIG. 9. Although some of the examples which follow will be given with reference to inputs on a touch-sensitive surface 651 that is separate from display 650, in some embodiments, the device detects inputs on a touch-screen display (where the touch-sensitive surface and the display are combined), as shown in FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates that user interface 706 on display 650 includes a user interface of a mail application (e.g., e-mail client module 140, FIG. 1A).
  • FIG. 7A also illustrates state machines 704 for gesture recognizers. State machines 704 for gesture recognizers as well as event handling operations (including handling of gesture events) are described in detail in Appendix A, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In this example, state machines 704 for four gesture recognizers are shown, each represented in FIG. 7A by a single letter: a reveal gesture recognizer (R), a preview gesture recognizer (P), a tap gesture recognizer (T) and a commit gesture recognizer (C). As shown in FIG. 7A, distinct intensity thresholds, are associated with three of these gesture recognizers: a first intensity threshold IL is associated with the reveal gesture recognizer, a second intensity threshold IM is associated with the preview gesture recognizer, and a third intensity threshold IH is associated with the commit gesture recognizer. In this example, the third intensity threshold IH is greater than (i.e., higher than) the second intensity threshold IM, and the second intensity threshold IM is greater than (i.e., higher than) the first intensity threshold IL.
  • FIG. 7A shows the position of a focus selector 705 positioned over a user interface object 708 or feature in user interface 706. The position of the focus selector 705 corresponds to the position of a corresponding user input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch sensitive surface 651 or a touch-sensitive surface of a touch-screen display 650, FIG. 6B).
  • As shown in user input intensity graph 702, the intensity (also called contract intensity) of the user input is initially below the first intensity threshold IL.
  • FIG. 7B shows a new user interface 710 that results when the user input corresponding to focus selector 705 is a tap gesture. Intensity profiles 7102, 7104, 7106 and 7108 all correspond to tap gestures than end prior to completion of a first predefined time period, represented by the time period ending at time 7002. All four of these intensity profiles correspond to tap gestures, even when the peak intensity of the gesture is greater than one or more of the three intensity thresholds, because the user input does not remain on the touch sensitive surface for a first predefined time period.
  • In some embodiments, intensity profile 7110 also corresponds to a tap gesture, even though the user input remains on the touch sensitive surface for the first predefined time period, because the user input never exceeds the first intensity threshold IL. However, in some other embodiments, a user input having intensity profile 7110 is construed as a non-event that does not cause performance of any operation.
  • FIG. 7B also shows that the state machine for the tap gesture recognizer (T) transitions from the Possible state, as shown in FIG. 7A, to the Recognized state. Furthermore, FIG. 7B shows that the state machines for the reveal gesture recognizer (R), preview gesture recognizer (P), and commit gesture recognizer (C) have all transitioned from the Possible state to the Failed state. This is because, for every one of intensity profiles 7102, 7104, 7106, 7108 and 7110, the input has failed to satisfy either an intensity input criteria or a duration criteria required for gesture recognition by those gesture recognizers. Alternatively, or in addition, each of the gesture recognizers that transition to the Failed state do so because recognition of a tap gesture by the tap gesture recognizer (T) causes all the other gesture recognizers to transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7C shows a transition of user interface 706 from the state of that user interface in FIG. 7A. In particular, in accordance with a determination that the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state. In some embodiments, the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R) when the intensity of the user input reaches the first intensity threshold IL. In some other embodiments, the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R) when the intensity of the user input exceeds the first intensity threshold IL.
  • Optionally, when the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state, focus selector 705 is displayed, or provided for display, with a different appearance than when the reveal gesture recognizer is in the Possible state.
  • In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R), an internal event 7004 is generated, indicating that the intensity of the user input satisfies intensity input criteria for the reveal gesture recognizer (R). That event is provided to the reveal gesture recognizer (R), which transitions to the Began state in response to the event. Event 7004 optionally includes a progress indicator, graphically represented in FIG. 7C by progress indicator 750, which indicates an amount of progress of the intensity of the user input between first intensity threshold IL and a second intensity threshold IM. In some embodiments, the progress indicator 750 is a normalized value, for example having a value between 0 and 1, and initially have a value of 0, or a value close to zero, when the intensity of the user input equals or has reached the first intensity threshold IL.
  • In FIG. 7D, the intensity of the user input has changed from an intensity equal or approximately equal to the first intensity threshold IL, as shown in FIG. 7C, to an intensity above the first intensity threshold IL and below the second intensity threshold IM. In response to this increase in intensity of the user input, the value of progress indicator 750 increases to a value indicating where in the range between the first intensity threshold IL and the second intensity threshold IM the current user input intensity falls. Furthermore, the state of the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions to the Changed state, and user interface 706 is blurred, or transitions to a blur state, excluding the user interface object 708, corresponding to the position of the user input, which is not blurred. In this way, the user is notified that an action or operation with respect to user interface object 708 will occur if the user continues to increase the intensity of the user input.
  • In FIG. 7E, the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7D. The reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state. Further, a small version of a preview area 712, sometimes called the preview platter, is displayed in or over user interface 706, which remains blurred except for object 708. In some embodiments, the size of the preview area 712 corresponds to a value of progress indicator 750. In some embodiments, preview area 712 is initially displayed only when the progress indicator 750 reaches a predefined value, such as 0.4 or 0.5.
  • In FIG. 7F, the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7E. The reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, and user interface 706 remains blurred except for object 708. Further, the size of preview area 712, as displayed in or over user interface 706, has increased in accordance with the increased intensity of the user input, or in accordance with the increased value of progress indicator 750. In FIG. 7F, the preview area 712 has increase in size sufficiently to enable a user to read the contents of the preview area 712. In this example, preview area 712 includes a preview of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned. In this example, the previewed information is a list of connections associated with the person corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • In FIG. 7G, the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7E to an intensity equal or approximately equal to the second intensity threshold IM. Progress indicator 750 now has its maximum value, for example 1, indicating that the intensity of the user input has reached to maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator. Optionally, a second progress indicator 752 is generated, indicating a status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold IM and the third intensity threshold IH. In FIG. 7G, second progress indicator 752 has its minimum value, indicating that the intensity of the user input is at the low end of the intensity range between the second intensity threshold IM and the third intensity threshold IH.
  • In accordance with the intensity of the user input reaching the second intensity threshold IM, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, or alternatively transitions to the Canceled state, the tap gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state, and preview area 712 is displayed at either its maximum size (sometimes herein called full size), or at a size close to its maximum size. Preview area 712 continues to include a preview of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • In FIG. 7H, the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7G to an intensity above the second intensity threshold IM and below the third intensity threshold IH. Progress indicator 750 remains its maximum value, for example 1, since the intensity of the user input is above the maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator. Second progress indicator 752 now has an intermediate value, between the minimum and maximum values for that progress indicator 752, indicating the current status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold IM and the third intensity threshold IH.
  • In accordance with the intensity of the user input exceeding the second intensity threshold IM, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, or alternatively transitions to the Canceled state, the tap gesture recognizer remains in the Failed state, the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Changed state, and preview area 712 is displayed at its maximum size (sometimes herein called full size). Preview area 712 continues to include a preview of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 705 is positioned.
  • In FIG. 7I, the intensity of the user input has further increased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7H to an intensity at or above the third intensity threshold IH. Progress indicator 750 remains its maximum value, for example 1, since the intensity of the user input is above the maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator. Second progress indicator 752 now has its maximum value, indicating the current status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold IM and the third intensity threshold IH. Optionally, upon reaching the third intensity threshold IH, an event 7008 is generated indicating the intensity of the user input and optionally including one or both progress indicators 750, 752.
  • In accordance with the intensity of the user input reaching the third intensity threshold IH, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions to the Canceled state, the tap gesture recognizer remains in the Failed state, the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state, and the commit gesture recognizer transitions to the Recognized state. Furthermore, in accordance with the intensity of the user input reaching the third intensity threshold IH, preview area 712 is no longer displayed, and instead a new user interface 710 corresponding to selection of user interface object 708 is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 7I, selection of user interface object 708 has caused connection information for person or entity corresponding to user interface object 708 be displayed, or provided for display.
  • In FIG. 7J, the intensity of the user input has decreased from the intensity of the user input in FIG. 7H to an intensity below the second intensity threshold IM. In this example, the intensity of the user input has not reached the third intensity threshold IH and therefore the commit gesture recognizer remains in the Possible state. Furthermore, progress indicator 750 transitions to a value below its maximum value, since the intensity of the user input is now below the maximum value of the range corresponding to that progress indicator. Second progress indicator 752 now has its minimum value, indicating the current status of the user input with respect to the intensity range between the second intensity threshold IM and the third intensity threshold IH. In other words, since the intensity of the user input is below the second intensity threshold IM, second progress indicator 752 has its minimum value. Optionally, the change in intensity of the user input causes an event (not shown) to be generated, where the event includes information indicating the intensity of the user input and optionally including one or both progress indicators 750, 752.
  • In accordance with the intensity of the user input decreasing to an intensity below the second intensity threshold IM, without first reaching the third intensity threshold IH, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, the tap gesture recognizer remains in the Failed state, the preview gesture recognizer remains in the Changed state, and the commit gesture recognizer remains in the Possible state. Furthermore, in accordance with the decreased intensity of the user input, the size of preview area 712 decreases from the size at which it was displayed when the intensity of the user input was higher (see FIG. 7H).
  • In FIG. 7K, the user input ceases, as indicated by a zero intensity of the user input, after previously reaching or exceeding the first intensity threshold IL (corresponding to intensity profile 7112) or the second intensity threshold IM (corresponding to intensity profile 7114), without exceeding the third intensity threshold IH. Furthermore, the duration of the gesture exceeds the first predefined period corresponding to time 7002, indicating that the gesture does not meet tap criteria, which includes that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period. As a result, the tap gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, and the commit gesture recognizer also transitions to the Failed State.
  • In accordance with intensity profile 7114 in FIG. 7K, the preview gesture recognizer transitions to the Recognized state during the gesture in response to the intensity of the input satisfying intensity input criteria, including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold IM, and the input remaining on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period, and subsequently transitions to the Failed state in response to the input ceasing to remain on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • In accordance with intensity profile 7112 in FIG. 7K, the preview gesture recognizer transitions from the Possible state to the Failed state, without first transitioning to the Recognized state, since the intensity input criteria for preview gesture recognizer are not satisfied, even temporarily, by an input with intensity profile 7112.
  • Optionally, the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Recognized state in response to an input with either intensity profile 7112 or intensity profile 7114, since the intensity of the input exceeds the first intensity threshold IL and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period. In some embodiments, not shown in FIG. 7K, the reveal gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state in response to the input ceasing to remain on the touch-sensitive surface.
  • In FIG. 7L, the set of active gesture recognizers includes a reveal gesture recognizer (R), a preview gesture recognizer (P), a pan or scroll gesture recognizer (S) and a commit gesture recognizer (C). As shown in FIG. 7L, distinct intensity thresholds, are associated with three of these gesture recognizers: a first intensity threshold IL is associated with the reveal gesture recognizer, a second intensity threshold IM is associated with the preview gesture recognizer, and a third intensity threshold IH is associated with the commit gesture recognizer.
  • FIG. 7L shows the position of a focus selector 707 positioned over a user interface object 708 or feature in user interface 706. The position of the focus selector 705 corresponds to the position of a corresponding user input on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch-sensitive surface 651 or a touch-sensitive surface of a touch-screen display 650, FIG. 6B). FIG. 7L also shows an input movement limit zone or input movement limit perimeter 714, shown as a dashed line circle or other shape surrounding the focus selector 707. Typically, input movement limit perimeter 714 is not actually displayed, and instead input movement limit perimeter 714 represents an input movement limit utilized by one or more of the gesture recognizers. As shown in FIG. 7L, the intensity of the user input does not satisfy any of the three intensity thresholds IL, IM and IH.
  • When the input corresponding to focus selector 707 moves from the position shown in FIG. 7L to the position shown in FIG. 7M, the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance, as reflected by focus selector 707 having moved at least partially past input movement limit perimeter 714. As a result, the graphical user interface 706 pans or scrolls by an amount corresponding to the distance moved by the input on the touch-sensitive surface. More generally, in response to the input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance, a second operation is performed. In some embodiments, the second operation includes scrolling at least a portion of the user interface.
  • Further, as shown in FIG. 7M, in response to the input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance, the reveal gesture recognizer (R), preview gesture recognizer (P), and commit gesture recognizer (C) all transition to the Failed state, and the pan gesture recognizer (S) transitions to the Began state.
  • In FIG. 7N, the input continues to move across the touch-sensitive surface, as represented by further movement of focus selector 707, which is not completely outside input movement limit perimeter 714. In response to this movement of the input, the pan gesture recognizer (S) transitions to the Changed state and user interface 706 is further scrolled upwards compared with its position in FIG. 7M.
  • It is noted that intensity of the input in FIGS. 7L, 7M and 7N remains below the first intensity threshold IL. Consequences of the intensity of the input satisfying the first intensity threshold IL are addressed below in the discussion of FIGS. 7O-7S and other subsequent figures.
  • In FIG. 7O, after the input, as represented by focus selector 707, has already moved beyond the input movement limit perimeter 714 with an intensity that does not satisfy the first intensity threshold IL, the intensity of the input increases so as to satisfy the first intensity threshold IL, as shown in user input intensity graph 70. Satisfaction of the first intensity threshold IL is indicated by a changed appearance of focus selector 707. However, despite the user input now satisfying the first intensity threshold IL, the reveal gesture recognizer (R), preview gesture recognizer (P), and commit gesture recognizer (C) all remain in the Failed state, and the pan gesture recognizer (S) remains in the Changed state. It is noted that, typically, once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • In some circumstances, user interface 706 transitions from the state shown in FIG. 7L to the state shown in FIG. 7P, in response to the intensity of the input satisfying the first intensity threshold IL prior to the user input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance. For example, in FIG. 7P, the input has not moved or has remained at substantially the same location, since the initial contact with the touch-sensitive surface represented by FIG. 7L. In response to the input satisfying intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the first intensity threshold, a first operation is performed. In this example, the first operation includes blurring user interface 706, or transitioning user interface 706 to a blur state, excluding the user interface object 708 corresponding to the position of the user input, which is not blurred.
  • Furthermore, in some embodiments, in response to the input satisfying intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the first intensity threshold, the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions from the Possible state to the Began state, and performance of the first operation, discussed above, occurs in response to the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitioning to the Began state.
  • Further, as shown in FIG. 7P, in response to the input remaining at substantially its initial location (i.e., not moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance) and the input satisfying intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the first intensity threshold, the preview gesture recognizer (P), commit gesture recognizer (C), and the pan gesture recognizer (S) all remain in the Possible state.
  • The input on the touch-sensitive surface represented by focus selector 707 in FIG. 7P is sometimes called a first portion of the input, and the subsequent portion of the same input shown in FIG. 7Q is sometimes called a second portion of the input. In some circumstances, discussed in more detail with respect to FIGS. 7P and 7Q and with respect to the flowchart illustrated in FIGS. 8A-8E, the first portion of the input is processed with a first gesture recognizer, for example, the reveal gesture recognizer, and the second portion of the input is processed with a second gesture recognizer, for example, the pan gesture recognizer.
  • In FIG. 7Q, after the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions from the Possible state to the Began state (as discussed above with reference to FIG. 7P), the input moves by an amount sufficient to satisfy pan criteria, including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance. In response to the input moving by an amount sufficient to satisfy pan criteria, user interface 706 is scrolled by an amount corresponding to the amount of movement of the input across the touch-sensitive surface, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions to the Canceled state, the preview gesture recognizer (P) and commit gesture recognizer (C) transition to the Failed state, and the pan gesture recognizer (S) transitions to the Changed state. In some embodiments, the transition of the pan gesture recognizer (S) to the Changed state is what causes, or enables, the scrolling of user interface 706, or at least a portion of user interface 706.
  • FIG. 7R corresponds to the FIG. 7H, but with a pan gesture recognizer (S) in place of a tap gesture recognizer (T). In FIG. 7R, the pan gesture recognizer (S) is in the Failed state due to a lack of movement of the input since its initial contact with the touch-sensitive surface and the transitioning of preview gesture recognizer (P) to the Began state (see FIG. 7G) or Changed state (see FIGS. 7H and 7R). An arrow above focus selector 707 indicates that the input has begun to move, in this example in the upward direction indicated by the arrow.
  • Further, it is noted that in FIG. 7R, the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold IM, and as a result the preview gesture recognizer (P) has transitioned to the Began state (see FIG. 7G) or Changed state (see FIGS. 7H and 7R).
  • FIG. 7S, which shows movement of the input and its corresponding focus selector 707 from the position shown in FIG. 7R to the position shown in FIG. 7S. Despite this movement of the input, which can be assumed for purposes of this discussion to be movement across the touch-sensitive surface by more than the predefined distance, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) and the preview gesture recognizer (P) remain in the Changed state, the commit gesture recognizer (C) remains in the Possible state and the pan gesture recognizer (S) remains in the Failed state. In some embodiments, the reason that the pan gesture recognizer (S) remains in the Failed state is that once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • In some embodiments, in conjunction with displaying preview area 712 (e.g., in response to displaying preview area 712), a (new) second pan gesture recognizer is initiated for preview area 712. Thus, in such embodiments, although the pan gesture recognizer (S) is in the Failed state, preview area 712 responds to a pan gesture (e.g., preview area 712 is moved across display 650 in accordance with the pan gesture, using the second pan gesture recognizer, independent of mail application user interface 706 such that mail application user interface 706 remains stationary while preview area 712 is moved across display 650, which is different from the scroll operation associated with the pan gesture recognizer (S) as shown in FIGS. 7O-7P).
  • FIG. 7T is similar to FIG. 7A, except that the tap gesture recognizer (T) has been replaced by a long press gesture recognizer (L), and focus selector 709 has replaced focus selector 705. The intensity of the input corresponding to focus selector 709 does not satisfy (e.g., is below) the first intensity threshold IL, and the amount of time that has elapsed since the initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface is less than a first predefined time period corresponding to time 7116.
  • FIG. 7U shows that the input has remained in contact with the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period, corresponding to time 7116, and has remained at an intensity that does not satisfy (e.g., is below) the first intensity threshold IL. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7U, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, the long press gesture recognizer transitions to the Began state, and the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P) and the commit gesture recognizer (C) transition to the Failed state.
  • Furthermore, in some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 7U, in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, a second operation is performed. In the example shown in FIG. 7U, the second operation includes displaying a menu 716 of items related to the object 708 corresponding to a current position of the focus selector 709.
  • FIG. 7V shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7T, in response to an input that satisfies intensity input criteria, including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold (e.g., IL) during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116). As shown in FIG. 7V, intensity of the input has increased above the first intensity threshold IL. In response, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) transitions from the Possible state, as shown in FIG. 7T, to the Began state, as shown in FIG. 7V. In some embodiments, in response to the input satisfying intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the first intensity threshold, a first operation is performed. In this example, the first operation includes blurring user interface 706, or transitioning user interface 706 to a blur state, excluding the user interface object 708 corresponding to the position of the user input, which is not blurred.
  • FIG. 7W shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7V, in response to an input that satisfies intensity input criteria, including that the input remains below a second intensity threshold (e.g., IM) during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the second intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, a second operation is performed. In the example shown in FIG. 7W, the second operation includes displaying a menu 716 of items related to the object 708 corresponding to a current position of the focus selector 709.
  • FIG. 7X shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7V, in response to an input that satisfies intensity input criteria, including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., IM) during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, a third operation is performed. In the example shown in FIG. 7X, the third operation is displaying a preview 712 of information corresponding to the user interface object 708 over which the focus selector 709 is positioned. Furthermore, in some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies the second intensity threshold during the first predefined time period, the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions to the Began state and the long press gesture recognizer (L) transitions to the Failed state. In some embodiments, the transition of the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions to the Began state causes the long press gesture recognizer (L) to transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7Y shows user interface 706 after the long press gesture recognizer has already transitioned to the Failed state, and the input has continued to satisfy a first (or second) intensity threshold during the first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116).
  • Despite the continuation of the input through the first predefined time period, the long press gesture recognizer (L) remains in the failed state. Further, in this example, the reveal gesture recognizer (R) remains in the Changed state, the preview gesture recognizer (P) transitions to the Changed state, and the commit gesture recognizer (C) remains in the Possible state. In some embodiments, the reason that the long press gesture recognizer (L) remains in the Failed state is that once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • FIG. 7Z shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7T, in response to an input that fails to satisfy a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116), and ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period. In response to the input that fails to satisfy a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, and ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period, the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C), and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7AA shows a view of user interface 706 similar to the view shown in FIG. 7L, except that the pan gesture recognizer (S) has been replaced by the long press gesture recognizer (L), and focus selector 707 has been replaced by focus selector 709. FIG. 7AA, like FIG. 7L, shows an input movement limit zone or input movement limit perimeter 714, shown as a dashed line circle or other shape surrounding focus selector 709. Typically, input movement limit perimeter 714 is not actually displayed, and instead input movement limit perimeter 714 represents an input movement limit utilized by one or more of the gesture recognizers.
  • FIG. 7BB shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7AA. When the input corresponding to focus selector 709 moves from the position shown in FIG. 7AA to the position shown in FIG. 7BB, the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance, as reflected by focus selector 709 having moved at least partially past input movement limit perimeter 714. As a result, the graphical user interface 706 pans or scrolls by an amount corresponding to the distance moved by the input on the touch-sensitive surface. More generally, in response to the input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance, a second operation is performed. In some embodiments, the second operation includes scrolling at least a portion of the user interface.
  • Further, as shown in FIG. 7AA, in response to the input moving across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance, the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all transition to the Failed state.
  • FIG. 7CC shows a change in user interface 706 from the view shown in FIG. 7BB. In FIG. 7CC, after the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) have all transitioned to the Failed state, the intensity of the input either increases so as to satisfy the first predefined threshold IL or even the first predefined threshold IM, as indicated by intensity profile 7118, or the input remains in contact with the touch sensitive screen, but below the first intensity threshold, during the first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116), as indicated by intensity profile 7120. In either circumstance, the reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all remain in the Failed state. In some embodiments, the reason that reveal gesture recognizer (R), the preview gesture recognizer (P), the commit gesture recognizer (C) and the long press gesture recognizer (L) all remain in the Failed state is that once a gesture recognizer transitions to the Failed state, it cannot transition to any other state, such as the Recognized state or Began State, until the user input ceases (i.e., until the user lifts their finger or stylus or other instrument off the touch-sensitive surface).
  • FIG. 7DD shows a view of user interface 706 similar to the view shown in FIG. 7T, except that the pan gesture recognizer (S) has been replaced by the tap gesture recognizer (T), and focus selector 711 is located on email address 718. When the long press gesture recognizer (L) is used without a pan gesture recognizer (S) (e.g., the long press gesture recognizer (L) is the only gesture recognizer associated with the email address, or the long press gesture recognizer (L) and one or more other gesture recognizers, other than the pan gesture recognizer (S), are associated with the email address), a time period ending at time 7122 is used instead of a time period ending at time 7116, in determining whether the long press gesture recognizer (L) should transition to another state, such as the Began state.
  • In FIG. 7EE, in accordance with the determination that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface during the time period ending at time 7122, a predefined operation of displaying menu 716 of items related to object 718 is performed regardless of whether the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the entire duration of the time period ending at time 7116.
  • FIG. 7FF shows that intensity 7204 of the input corresponding to focus selector 713 is detected and sent to application-independent module 220. In response to receiving intensity 7204, application-independent module 7220 sends one or more event objects 194 to application-specific module 230.
  • Event object 194 includes characteristic intensity 7206 that is based on detected intensity 7204. In some embodiments, event object 1904 also includes reference intensity 7208. For example, in some embodiments, characteristic intensity 7206 is a normalized intensity value that corresponds to detected intensity 7204 divided by reference intensity 7208. In some embodiments, reference intensity 7208 corresponds to a maximum intensity that can be detected by the one or more intensity sensors. In some embodiments, reference intensity 7208 is a predefined intensity level for normalizing detected intensity 7204. Characteristic intensity 7206 typically has a range between 0 and 1. Because application-specific module 230 receives characteristic intensity 7206 instead of detected intensity 7204, application-specific module 230 is configured to receive and respond to intensity information that is independent from variations among intensity sensors. Thus, application-specific module 230 does not need to include instructions for handling variations among intensity sensors, and therefore, the size of the application-specific module 230 is reduced, and the performance of the application-specific module 230 is improved.
  • In some embodiments, when sensitivity 7210 is set, characteristic intensity 7206 is multiplied by sensitivity value 7210. In some embodiments, sensitivity 7210 has a default value of 1. However, for example, when sensitivity 7210 has a value of 2, characteristic intensity 7206 is doubled.
  • In FIG. 7GG, an exemplary settings user interface is shown on display 650. The settings user interface shown in FIG. 7GG includes area 720 with multiple intensity settings (e.g., low, medium, and high intensity settings). User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7GG shows that characteristic intensity 7304, which follows detected intensity 7302, is used when the low sensitivity setting is selected. To facilitate the comparison of intensity values, a reference intensity of 1 is used for user input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7GG. When the medium setting is selected, characteristic intensity 7306, which has a higher intensity value than characteristic intensity 7304 (e.g., characteristic intensity 7306 is two times characteristic intensity 7304), is used; and, when the high setting is selected, characteristic intensity 7308, which has a higher intensity value than characteristic intensity 7306 (e.g., characteristic intensity 7308 is three times characteristic intensity 7304), is used.
  • FIG. 7HH is similar to FIG. 7GG, except that the settings user interface includes area 722 with a plurality of intensity setting options (e.g., more than three levels of intensity setting options). Although there are more than three levels of intensity setting options, user input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7HH shows three levels of characteristic intensity lines (e.g., 7304, 7306, and 7308) so as not to obscure the understanding of user input intensity graph 702.
  • FIG. 7II shows that multiple focus selectors (e.g., 715 and 717) are concurrently detected, and intensities of respective focus selectors are separately determined. Application-independent module 220 receives intensity 7204 of focus selector 715 and intensity 7212 of focus selector 717, and sends respective event objects 194 and 7194 to application-specific module 230. Event object 194 corresponds to focus selector 715 and includes characteristic intensity 7206 of focus selector 715 as well as reference intensity 7208. The same reference intensity 7208 is used to normalize intensities of multiple touches. Thus, event object 7194, corresponding to focus selector 717, also includes the same reference intensity 7208 as well as characteristic intensity 7214 of focus selector 717 in event object 194.
  • FIG. 7JJ shows a depinch gesture by focus selectors 715 and 717 on mail application user interface 706. In FIG. 7JJ, state machines 704 for gesture recognizers show that mail application user interface 706 is associated with two pinch gesture recognizers: a first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) for which a first intensity threshold (e.g., I1) is specified (e.g., by e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A) and a second pinch gesture recognizer (N2) for which an intensity threshold is not specified (e.g., by e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A).
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7KK shows that the pinch or depinch gesture by focus selectors 715 and 717 satisfies the intensity threshold I1. In response, the first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) transitions to the Recognized state and a corresponding operation (e.g., displaying mail application user interface 724, showing an inbox view) is performed. In addition, the second pinch gesture recognizer (N2) transitions to the Failed state (e.g., because the first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) has transitioned to the Recognized state).
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7LL shows a case in which the pinch or depinch gesture by focus selectors 715 and 717 does not satisfy the intensity threshold I1. In response, the second pinch gesture recognizer (N2) transitions to the Recognized state and a corresponding operation (e.g., displaying a zoomed-in view) is performed. In addition, the first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) transitions to the Failed state (e.g., because the second pinch gesture recognizer (N2) has transitioned to the Recognized state).
  • In FIG. 7MM, state machines 704 show that mail application user interface 706 is associated with the two pinch gesture recognizers (N1) and (N2), and a two-finger pan gesture recognizer (2S) for which a second intensity threshold (e.g., I2) is specified (e.g., by e-mail client module 140 in FIG. 1A). FIG. 7MM also shows a two-finger pan gesture by focus selectors 719 and 721 on mail application user interface 706.
  • User input intensity diagram 702 in FIG. 7NN shows that the two-finger pan gesture satisfies the second intensity threshold. The two-finger pan gesture recognizer (2S) transitions to the Began state, and a corresponding operation (e.g., overlaying review window 726 showing a review of the linked website on mail application user interface 706) is performed. The first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) and the second pinch gesture recognizer (N2) transition to the Failed state (e.g., because the two-finger pan gesture recognizer (2S) has transitioned to the Recognized state).
  • FIG. 7OO shows browser application user interface 710 and a depinch gesture by focus selectors 723 and 725 on an address window of browser application user interface 710. State machines 704 for gesture recognizers in FIG. 7OO show that the address window of browser application user interface 710 is associated with a third pinch gesture recognizer (N3) for which a third intensity threshold (e.g., I3) is specified (e.g., by browser module 147 in FIG. 1A). User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7OO shows that the intensity of focus selectors 723 and 725 satisfy the third intensity threshold I3, and the third pinch gesture recognizer (N3) has transitioned to the Began state. The first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) and the second pinch gesture recognizer (N2) remain in the Possible state, because the third pinch gesture recognizer (N3) is not associated with the view, which corresponds to the first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) and the second pinch gesture recognizer (N2).
  • FIG. 7PP shows that focus selectors 723 and 725 cease to be detected. However, because focus selectors 723 and 725 have satisfied the third intensity threshold I3, the third pinch gesture recognizer (N3) has transitioned to the Recognized state, and a corresponding operation (e.g., displaying tabs management view 728) is performed.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7QQ shows a case in which the intensity of focus selectors 723 and 725 does not satisfy the third intensity threshold (e.g., I3). Thus, the third pinch gesture recognizer (N3) transitions to the Failed state, and no action associated with the third pinch gesture recognizer is performed (e.g., tabs management view 728 shown in FIG. 7PP is not displayed).
  • FIG. 7RR shows focus selector 727 over user interface object 708 of mail application user interface 706.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7RR shows first timing criteria (e.g., an input needs to remain on the touch-sensitive surface for a period ending at time 7124) and first intensity input criteria (e.g., an input needs to satisfy an intensity threshold IL at time 7124 or thereafter), both of which need to be satisfied for performing a first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window, or alternatively, displaying a preview window).
  • In FIG. 7RR, an input that follows intensity pattern 7126 satisfies both the first timing criteria (because the input remains on at least for a time period ending at time 7124) and the first intensity input criteria (because the input satisfies the intensity threshold IL at time 7124). Thus, the first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window) is performed at time 7124.
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7128 satisfies both the first timing criteria (because the input remains on at least for a time period ending at time 7124) and the first intensity input criteria (because intensity of the input increases and satisfies the intensity threshold IL after time 7124). Thus, the first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window) is performed when intensity of the input satisfies the intensity threshold IL.
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7130 does not satisfy the first intensity input criteria, because intensity of the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold IL at any time. Although the first timing criteria are satisfied (because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a period ending at time 7124), the first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window) is not performed.
  • For an input that follows intensity pattern 7131 or intensity pattern 7132, although its input satisfies the intensity threshold IL, the input does not satisfy the first intensity input criteria, because intensity of the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold IL at or subsequent to time 7124. The first timing criteria are not satisfied, because the input does not remain on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a period ending at time 7124. Thus, the first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window) is not performed.
  • In some embodiments, because the input following intensity pattern 7132 is released before time 7134, a different operation (e.g., a tap gesture operation) is performed if the different operation is associated with user interface object 708. However, the input following intensity pattern 7131 is released after time 7134, the tap gesture operation is not performed in response to the input following intensity pattern 7131. In some embodiments, time 7134 corresponds to time 7002 shown in FIG. 7B.
  • FIG. 7SS shows mail application user interface 706, which is at least partially dimmed or blurred. In some embodiments, the partial dimming or blurring provides a visual cue indicating that a further increase in intensity of the input will initiate display of a preview window.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7TT shows second timing criteria (e.g., an input needs to remain on the touch-sensitive surface for a period ending at time 7136) and second intensity input criteria (e.g., an input needs to satisfy an intensity threshold IM at time 7136 or thereafter), both of which need to be satisfied for performing a second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window). In some embodiments, time 7136 is distinct from time 7124, as shown in FIG. 7TT. In some embodiments, time 7136 and time 7124 are identical.
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7128 satisfies both the second timing criteria (because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a time period ending at time 7136) and the second intensity input criteria (because intensity of the input increases and satisfies the intensity threshold IM after time 7136). Thus, the second predefined operation (e.g., displaying preview window 712) is performed when intensity of the input satisfies the intensity threshold IM.
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7138 satisfies both the second timing criteria (because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface at least for a time period ending at time 7136) and the second intensity input criteria (because the input satisfies the intensity threshold IM at time 7136). Thus, the second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window 712) is performed at time 7136.
  • However, an input that follows intensity pattern 7140 does not satisfy the second intensity input criteria, because the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold IM at any time. Although the input satisfies the second timing criteria (e.g., the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7136), because the second intensity input criteria are not satisfied, the second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window 712) is not performed.
  • An input that follows intensity pattern 7142 does not satisfy the second intensity input criteria. Although intensity of the input temporarily satisfies the intensity threshold IM, the intensity of the input decreases below the intensity threshold IM before time 7136. Because the input does not satisfy the intensity threshold IM at time 7136 or thereafter, the second intensity input criteria are not satisfied. Although the input satisfies the second timing criteria (e.g., the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7136), because the second intensity input criteria are not satisfied, the second predefined operation (e.g., displaying a preview window 712) is not performed.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7UU shows that, in some embodiments, when intensity of the input decreases below a reference intensity IR, the timing criteria are reset (e.g., instead of starting the time period from when the initial contact is detected, the time period restarts from when the intensity of the input decreases below the reference intensity). For example, in FIG. 7UU, the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a time period ending at time 7124 and the intensity of the input at time 7124 satisfies the intensity threshold IL. However, the first predefined operation is not performed at time 7124, because the first timing criteria are reset when the intensity of the input falls below the reference intensity IR at time 7146. The first timing criteria are satisfied after the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for time period p1 ending at time 7148, and the first intensity input criteria are satisfied at time 7148, because the input satisfies the intensity threshold IL at time 7148. Thus, the first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window) is performed at time 7148.
  • In some embodiments, the reference intensity IR is determined by using a representative intensity (e.g., a peak intensity) of the input and an intensity margin Imargin. For example, the reference intensity corresponds to the intensity margin Imargin below the representative intensity (e.g., the peak intensity) of the input.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7VV shows that when intensity of the input decreases below a first reference intensity IR1, which corresponds to the intensity margin Imargin below the representative intensity (e.g., the peak intensity) of the input. In some embodiments, when the intensity of the input decreases below the first reference intensity IR1, the first timing criteria are reset and a new (second) reference intensity IR2 is determined so that the second reference intensity IR2 corresponds to the intensity margin Imargin below the first reference intensity IR1. When the intensity of the input decreases even below the second reference intensity IR2 at time 7150, the first timing criteria are again reset, and the first time period p1 ends at time 7152. The first timing criteria are satisfied, because the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface through the end of first time period p1 at time 7152, and the first intensity input criteria are satisfied, because the input satisfies the intensity threshold IL at the end of the first time period p1 at time 7152. Thus, the first predefined operation (e.g., dimming or blurring at least a portion of the user interface to provide a hint of an impending display of a preview window) is performed at time 7152.
  • Although FIGS. 7UU and 7VV illustrate resetting the first timing criteria, in some embodiments, the second timing criteria are reset in an analogous manner. For brevity, such details are omitted herein.
  • FIG. 7WW shows focus selector 729 over user interface object 708 of mail application user interface 706.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7WW shows first intensity threshold component 7154 for a predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710). First intensity threshold component 7154 has initially high value IH and decays over time, which reduces the chance of immediately performing the predefined operation with an unintentionally strong input during an initial time period. However, this does not prevent the predefined operation completely. If the input has a sufficient intensity, it can still satisfy first intensity threshold component 7154 and initiate the predefined operation. By decaying (e.g., reducing) first intensity threshold component 7154 overtime, it becomes easier to perform the predefined operation after the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a while.
  • In FIG. 7WW, an input following intensity pattern 7156 satisfies first intensity threshold component 7154, and initiates performance of the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710).
  • An input following intensity pattern 7158 (e.g., a short strong tap gesture) does not satisfy first intensity threshold component 7154, because the intensity of the input quickly drops and the input is released before first intensity threshold component 7154 begins to decay.
  • In some embodiments, first intensity threshold component 7154 begins to decay immediately from an initial detection of the input. In some embodiments, first intensity threshold component 7154 begins to decay after a predefined time interval p3 from the initial detection of the input, as shown in FIG. 7WW.
  • User input intensity graph 702 in FIG. 7XX shows that when the intensity of the input falls below the reference intensity IR at time 7162, first intensity threshold component 7164 begins the decay at time 7162, even before the predefined time interval p3 has elapsed. Thus, in FIG. 7XX, an input following intensity pattern 7160 satisfies first intensity threshold component 7164, and the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710) is performed.
  • FIG. 7YY illustrates activation intensity threshold 7170, which is a sum of first intensity threshold component 7154 (described above with respect to FIG. 7WW) and second intensity threshold component 7168. As shown in FIG. 7YY, second intensity threshold component 7168 follows intensity of input 7166 with a delay. Second intensity threshold component 7168 reduces unintentional triggering of the predefined operation due to minor fluctuations in the intensity of input 7166 over time. For example, gradual changes in the intensity of input 7166 are less likely to trigger the predefined operation. In FIG. 7YY, input 7166 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7170 at time 7167, and the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710) is performed at time 7167.
  • FIG. 7ZZ illustrates activation intensity threshold 7174, which is similar to activation intensity threshold 7170 (in FIG. 7YY) except that a first intensity threshold component of activation intensity threshold 7174 begins to decay at time 7176, which corresponds to a predefined time interval p3 after time 7124 when the first and second predefined operations are performed. In FIG. 7ZZ, input 7172 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7174 at time 7173, and the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710) is performed at time 7173.
  • FIG. 7AAA illustrates activation intensity threshold 7180, which decays over time, while input 7178 satisfies the intensity threshold IM (and the second predefined operation is performed). The intensity of input 7178 decreases below the intensity threshold IM and IL, which in some embodiments does not undo the second predefined operation. Because activation intensity threshold 7180 has decayed significantly over time, an increase in the intensity of input 7178 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7180 at time 7179, even though activation intensity threshold 7180 is below the intensity threshold IM.
  • FIG. 7BBB shows the same activation intensity threshold 7180 and input 7178 shown in FIG. 7AAA. FIG. 7BBB also shows that activation intensity threshold 7180 does not fall below baseline threshold 7182, which reduces unintentional triggering of the predefined operation (e.g., replacing display of mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710).
  • FIGS. 8A-8E are flow diagrams illustrating method 800 of disambiguating a long press input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments. Method 800 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the touch-sensitive surface is a trackpad). Some operations in method 800 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 800 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with instructions. Method 800 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • The device displays (802) a first user interface. While displaying the first user interface, the device detects (804) an input on the touch-sensitive surface. Examples of the first user interface and responses to the input on the touch-sensitive surface are described above with reference to FIGS. 7T through 7CC. In some embodiments, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector (e.g., focus selector 709, FIG. 7T) is over a first user interface object (e.g., object 708, FIG. 7T) of the plurality of user interface objects, and the first user interface object is associated with at least a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a long press gesture recognizer).
  • In response to detecting the input (808) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs (810) a first operation (e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIGS. 7D and 7V) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period. On the other hand, in response to detecting the input (808) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs (812) a second operation (e.g., displaying a menu or menu view 716, FIG. 7U) that is distinct from the first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period. As noted above, in some embodiments the second operation includes displaying (830) a menu or menu view (e.g., menu view 716, FIG. 7U).
  • In some embodiments, the intensity input criteria include (840) that the input (while remaining in contact with the touch-sensitive surface) does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by more than a predefined distance (e.g., as discussed above with reference to input movement limit perimeter 714 in FIGS. 7L-7Q, and 7AA-7CC), and the long press criteria include (842) that the contact in the input does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by more than the predefined distance.
  • In some embodiments, method 800 includes, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the intensity input criteria and does not satisfy the long press criteria, forgoing (814) the first operation and the second operation.
  • In some embodiments, detecting (804) the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting (806, 850) a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input. Furthermore, in some such embodiments, method 800 includes, in response (852) to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting an initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface), identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a long press gesture recognizer).
  • Further, in the aforementioned embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (854) the first operation, including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold (e.g., IM in FIG. 7T) is distinct from an input detection intensity threshold (e.g., IL in FIG. 7T). In some embodiments, processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer does not recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input. In some embodiments, processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (i.e., that the second gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state, as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 7X and 7Y).
  • Further, in the aforementioned embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (854) the second operation, including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer (e.g., with the long press gesture recognizer (L), FIGS. 7T-7U) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the long press criteria. In some embodiments, processing of the input with the second gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the first gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (e.g., the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold during the predefined time period). In the example discussed above with respect to FIG. 7U, the preview gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state in accordance with a determination by the device that the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold (e.g., IM, FIG. 7U) during the predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7116, FIG. 7U).
  • As indicated above, in some embodiments the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a long press gesture recognizer (860). In some embodiments, the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the long press gesture recognizer) recognizes a particular type or set of gestures independent of intensity of the input.
  • In some embodiments or circumstances, the input includes (862) a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and method 800 includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input ceases to satisfy the first intensity threshold, the device displays the preview area at a reduced scale (e.g., reduces the size of the preview area), an example of which is shown in the transition from the user interface of FIG. 7H to the user interface of FIG. 7J (i.e., without transitioning through the user interface of FIG. 7I).
  • In some embodiments, the first set of gesture recognizers includes (864) a third gesture recognizer, such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC).
  • In some embodiments, in response to determining that the input satisfies (866) a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold IH that is higher than the first intensity threshold IM), the method includes, subsequent to performing the first operation, processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706, FIG. 7H) with a second user interface (e.g., user interface 710, FIG. 7I), and ceasing to display the preview area (e.g., preview area 712, FIG. 7H). In some embodiments, the second user interface includes content that was displayed in the preview area.
  • In some embodiments, the first set of gesture recognizers includes (868) a fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., a commit gesture recognizer (C), as shown in FIGS. 7A-7CC), and method 800 includes, in response to determining (870) that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold IH that is higher than the first intensity threshold IM), processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., the commit gesture recognizer). In some embodiments, processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer includes replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface (and ceasing to display the preview area), for example replacing display of user interface 706, FIG. 7H, with user interface 710, FIG. 7I, and ceasing to display preview area 712, FIG. 7H.
  • In some embodiments, method 800 includes detecting (872) a second input on the touch-sensitive surface, including detecting a first portion of the second input and a second portion of the second input that is subsequent to the first portion of the second input. For example, this may occur while the device is displaying the first user interface or a third user interface that is distinct from the first user interface and the second user interface.
  • In response to detecting (872) the first portion of the second input on the touch-sensitive surface, the method includes identifying (874) a second set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the second input, the second set of gesture recognizers including the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the long press gesture recognizer) without the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer). For example, the second input may be positioned over an object for which the first gesture recognizer is not relevant.
  • Furthermore, in some embodiments, method 800 includes, in response to detecting (876) the second portion of the second input on the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with a determination that the second input satisfies second long press criteria including that the second input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a second predefined time period that has a different duration from the first predefined time period (e.g., a longer duration or a shorter duration than the first predefined time period), processing the second input with the second gesture recognizer. For example, in a first user interface in which there is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and a long press gesture recognizer for a same respective object or region, the intensity-based gesture recognizer is given more time to recognize an intensity-based gesture by increasing the delay before the long press gesture recognizer recognizes a long press gesture. In contrast, in a third user interface in which there is an object or user interface region that has a tap/select gesture recognizer and a long press gesture recognizer without an intensity-based gesture recognizer, the tap/select gesture recognizer does not need as much time to recognize a tap/select gesture and thus the delay (i.e., the second predefined time period) before the long press gesture recognizer in third user interface recognizes a long press gesture can be shorter than the delay (i.e., the first predefined time period) required by the long press gesture recognizer for the first user interface before recognizing a long press gesture.
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first portion of the input, the device performs (880) a third operation. In some embodiments, performing the third operation includes visually distinguishing (882) at least a portion of the first user interface from other portions of the first user interface. For example, the third operation may be blurring the user interface other than an object corresponding to a focus selector, by using a third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer), as shown in FIG. 7V. In some embodiments, if the long press gesture recognizer succeeds after the third operation is performed by the third gesture recognizer, then the third gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state and the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reversed or undone). An example of the latter example is shown in the transition from FIG. 7V to FIG. 7W. On the other hand, if the deep press gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) succeeds, then the third operation (the blurring) by the third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer) is canceled, and the first operation (e.g., displaying preview area 712, as shown in FIG. 7X) is performed by the deep press gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer). In some embodiments, for an object having a reveal gesture recognizer and no long press gesture recognizer, the reveal operation (e.g., the blurring) is not automatically cancelled after the first predefined time period. However, in some such embodiments, for an object having both a reveal gesture recognizer and a long press gesture recognizer, the reveal operation is cancelled when the long press gesture recognizer succeeds.
  • In some embodiments, method 800 includes performing (884) the first operation (e.g., displaying the preview area) subsequent to performing (880) the third operation (e.g., the blurring) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., by reaching or exceeding IM), and performing (886) the second operation (e.g., displaying a menu or menu view, 716, FIG. 7U) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the long press criteria. Thus, these determinations and operations are performed while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, while the third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer) is processing inputs (e.g., generating touch events corresponding to the second portion of the input), the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer are evaluating the second portion of the input to determine whether the input matches gesture recognition criteria for those gesture recognizers. In such embodiments, processing the input with the third gesture recognizer does not block processing the input with the first gesture recognizer and processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • As mentioned above, in some embodiments, performing the first operation includes (820) displaying a preview area (e.g., preview area 712, FIG. 7H). Furthermore, in some embodiments, performing the second operation includes (830) displaying a menu view (e.g., menu view, 716, FIG. 7U).
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is satisfied (822) in response to multiple contacts in the input satisfying the first intensity threshold. For example, in some such embodiments, an intensity of each contact is compared with the first intensity threshold. However, in some other embodiments, the first intensity threshold is satisfied (824) in response to a combination of the intensity applied by a plurality of contacts in the input satisfying the first intensity threshold (e.g., the intensity of multiple contacts is summed or otherwise combined and the resulting combined intensity is compared with the first intensity threshold).
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is adjustable (826). For example, in some such embodiments, method 800 includes updating (828) the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the intensity of the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is selected from a group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds (e.g., a reveal intensity threshold IL, a preview intensity threshold IM, and a commit intensity threshold IH). In some embodiments, the third intensity threshold is selected from the group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds.
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is selected independent of any predefined intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the first user interface is a user interface of a particular software application, and the first intensity threshold is selected or specified by the particular software application. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is a fixed intensity threshold that does not change while the contact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface. However, in some other embodiments, the first intensity threshold is a dynamic intensity threshold that changes over time based on predefined threshold-adjustment policies based on the activity of the user, and/or the condition of the device, and/or other environmental parameters. Adjustable intensity thresholds are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this document.
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 8A-8E have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. For example, in some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface includes, while displaying a user interface that corresponds to at least a portion of a web page on the display, detecting a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a first location that corresponds to the displayed portion of the web page on the display. The method also includes, while detecting the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting an intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., with the one or more sensors); determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a first intensity threshold (e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold) to above the first intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, generating a mouse down event (and optionally, processing instructions in the web page that correspond to a mouse down event). The method further includes, subsequent to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, detecting the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface; determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold) that is distinct from the first intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the second intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold, generating a force down event that is distinct from the mouse down event. For brevity, these details are not repeated herein.
  • Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 800 described above with respect to FIGS. 8A-8E. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 800 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 9A-9D are flow diagrams illustrating method 900 of disambiguating a pan gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments.
  • The device displays (902) a first user interface. While displaying the first user interface, the device detects (904) an input on the touch-sensitive surface. Examples of the first user interface and responses to the input on the touch-sensitive surface are described above with reference to FIGS. 7L through 7S. In some embodiments, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector (e.g., focus selector 707, FIG. 7L) is over a first user interface object (e.g., object 708, FIG. 7L) of the plurality of user interface objects, and the first user interface object is associated with at least a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a pan gesture recognizer (S)).
  • In response to detecting the input (908) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs (910) a first operation (e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIGS. 7D and 7P) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold. On the other hand, in response to detecting the input (908) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs (912) a second operation (e.g., panning or scrolling at least a portion of the first user interface, FIG. 7M) that is distinct from the first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance (while remaining in contact with the touch-sensitive surface). As noted above, in some embodiments the second operation includes scrolling (930) at least a portion of the first user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7M).
  • In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes (920) displaying a preview area (e.g., preview area 712, FIGS. 7H, 7R, 7S).
  • In some embodiments, the intensity input criteria include (922) that the input (while remaining in contact with the touch-sensitive surface) does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by at least the predefined distance (e.g., as discussed above with reference to input movement limit perimeter 714 in FIGS. 7L-7Q, and 7AA-7CC).
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is adjustable (924). For example, in some such embodiments, method 900 includes updating (926) the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the intensity of the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is selected from a group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds (e.g., a reveal intensity threshold IL, a preview intensity threshold IM, and a commit intensity threshold IH). In some embodiments, the third intensity threshold is selected from the group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds.
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is selected independent of any predefined intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the first user interface is a user interface of a particular software application, and the first intensity threshold is selected or specified by the particular software application. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is a fixed intensity threshold that does not change while the contact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface. However, in some other embodiments, the first intensity threshold is a dynamic intensity threshold that changes over time based on predefined threshold-adjustment policies based on the activity of the user, and/or the condition of the device, and/or other environmental parameters. Adjustable intensity thresholds are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this document.
  • In some embodiments, method 900 includes, subsequent to performance of the first operation, forgoing (914) performance of the second operation. Similarly, in some embodiments, method 900 includes, subsequent to performance of the second operation, forgoing (916) performance of the first operation.
  • In some embodiments, detecting (904) the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting (906, 950) a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input. Furthermore, in some such embodiments, method 900 includes, in response (952) to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting an initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface), identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a pan gesture recognizer).
  • In some embodiments or circumstances, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector is over a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects, and the first user interface object is associated with at least the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer. Further, in some embodiments, processing the input with the first gesture recognizer includes placing the second gesture recognizer in a failed state.
  • Further, in the aforementioned embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (954) the first operation, including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold (e.g., IM in FIG. 7L) is distinct from an input detection intensity threshold (e.g., IL in FIG. 7L). In some embodiments, processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer does not recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input. In some embodiments, processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (i.e., that the second gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state, as discussed above with reference to FIGS. 7S and 7T).
  • Further, in the aforementioned embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (954) the second operation, including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer (e.g., with the pan gesture recognizer (S), FIGS. 7L-7S) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the pan criteria. In some embodiments, processing of the input with the second gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the first gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (e.g., the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold during the predefined time period). In the example discussed above with respect to FIG. 7Q, the preview gesture recognizer (P) has transitioned to the Failed state in accordance with a determination by the device that the intensity of the input detected by the one or more sensors does not satisfy the first intensity threshold (e.g., IM, FIG. 7Q) and that the input satisfies the pan criteria.
  • As indicated above, in some embodiments the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a pan gesture recognizer (960). In some embodiments, the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the pan gesture recognizer) recognizes a particular type or set of gestures independent of intensity of the input.
  • In some embodiments or circumstances, the input includes (962) a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and method 900 includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input ceases to satisfy the first intensity threshold, the device displays the preview area at a reduced scale (e.g., reduces the size of the preview area), an example of which is shown in the transition from the user interface of FIG. 7H to the user interface of FIG. 7J (i.e., without transitioning through the user interface of FIG. 7I).
  • In some embodiments, the first set of gesture recognizers includes (964) a third gesture recognizer, such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC).
  • In some embodiments, in response to determining that the input satisfies (966) a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold IH that is higher than the first intensity threshold IM), method 900 includes (e.g., subsequent to performing the first operation) processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706, FIG. 7H) with a second user interface (e.g., user interface 710, FIG. 7I). In some embodiments in which the first operation includes displaying a preview area, performing the second operation includes ceasing to display the preview area (e.g., preview area 712, FIG. 7H). In some embodiments, the second user interface includes content that was displayed in the preview area.
  • In some embodiments, the first set of gesture recognizers includes (968) a fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., a commit gesture recognizer (C), as shown in FIGS. 7A-7CC), and method 900 includes, in response to determining (970) that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold IH that is higher than the first intensity threshold IM), processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., the commit gesture recognizer). In some embodiments, processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer includes replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface (and ceasing to display the preview area), for example replacing display of user interface 706, FIG. 7H, with user interface 710, FIG. 7I, and ceasing to display preview area 712, FIG. 7H.
  • In some embodiments, method 900 includes performing (972) a third operation in response to detecting the first portion of the input. In some embodiments, performing the third operation includes visually distinguishing (974) at least a portion of the first user interface from other portions of the first user interface. For example, the third operation may be blurring the user interface other than an object corresponding to a focus selector, by using a third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer), as shown in FIG. 7V. In some embodiments, if the pan gesture recognizer succeeds after the third operation is performed by the third gesture recognizer, then the third gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state and the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reversed or undone). An example of the latter example is shown in the transition from FIG. 7P to FIG. 7Q. On the other hand, if the deep press gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) succeeds, then the third operation (the blurring) by the third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer) is canceled, and the first operation (e.g., displaying preview area 712, as shown in FIG. 7R) is performed by the deep press gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer).
  • In some embodiments, method 900 includes performing (976) the first operation (e.g., displaying the preview area) subsequent to performing (972) the third operation (e.g., the blurring) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., by reaching or exceeding IM), and performing (978) the second operation (e.g., panning or scrolling at least a portion of the first user interface, FIGS. 7M-7N, FIG. 7Q, etc.) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the pan criteria. Typically, these determinations and operations are performed while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, while the third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer) is processing inputs (e.g., generating touch events corresponding to the second portion of the input), the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer are evaluating the second portion of the input to determine whether the input matches gesture recognition criteria for those gesture recognizers. In such embodiments, processing the input with the third gesture recognizer does not block processing the input with the first gesture recognizer and processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • In some embodiments, performing the second operation subsequent to performing the third operation (978) includes (980) reversing the third operation. For example, in some embodiments, an animation is displayed as the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reduced to zero over a short period of time as the user interface begins to scroll). Furthermore, in some embodiments, performing the second operation subsequent to performing the third operation includes placing the third gesture recognizer in a cancelled state.
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 9A-9D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. For example, in some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface includes, while displaying a user interface that corresponds to at least a portion of a web page on the display, detecting a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a first location that corresponds to the displayed portion of the web page on the display. The method also includes, while detecting the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting an intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., with the one or more sensors); determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a first intensity threshold (e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold) to above the first intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, generating a mouse down event (and optionally, processing instructions in the web page that correspond to a mouse down event). The method further includes, subsequent to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, detecting the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface; determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold) that is distinct from the first intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the second intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold, generating a force down event that is distinct from the mouse down event. For brevity, these details are not repeated herein.
  • Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 800 described above with respect to FIGS. 9A-9D. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 900 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 10A-10D are flow diagrams illustrating method 1000 of disambiguating a tap gesture input and a deep press input in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1000 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the touch-sensitive surface is a trackpad). Some operations in method 800 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1000 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with instructions. Method 1000 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs.
  • The device displays (1002) a first user interface. While displaying the first user interface, the device detects (1004) an input on the touch-sensitive surface. Examples of the first user interface and responses to the input on the touch-sensitive surface are described above with reference to FIGS. 7A through 7K. In some embodiments, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector (e.g., focus selector 705, FIG. 7A) is over a first user interface object (e.g., object 708, FIG. 7A) of the plurality of user interface objects, and the first user interface object is associated with at least a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a long press gesture recognizer).
  • In response to detecting the input (1008) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs (1010) a first operation (e.g., blurring a user interface, as shown in FIG. 7D) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period. On the other hand, in response to detecting the input (1008) while displaying the first user interface, the device performs (1012) a second operation (e.g., selecting an object, or launching an application, corresponding to a current position of the focus selector 705 and displaying the application user interface, FIG. 7B) that is distinct from the first operation in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies tap criteria, including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period. Stated another way, the input meets the tap criteria if the input is removed from the touch-sensitive surface prior to the end of the first predefined time period (e.g., the time period ending at time 7002, FIG. 7B). In some embodiments, the second operation is performed (1014) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the tap criteria, regardless of whether the input satisfies the intensity input criteria.
  • In some embodiments, performing the first operation includes (1020) displaying a preview area (e.g., preview area 712, FIG. 7G). Furthermore, in some embodiments, performing the second operation includes (1220) replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706, FIG. 7A) with a third user interface (e.g., user interface 710, FIG. 7B) of a software application that corresponds to a location of the input on the touch-sensitive surface. For example, in some embodiments, a tap gesture on an object causes the display of the user interface of a software application corresponding to the object.
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is adjustable (1024). For example, in some such embodiments, method 1000 includes updating (1026) the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the intensity of the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is selected from a group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds (e.g., a reveal intensity threshold IL, a preview intensity threshold IM, and a commit intensity threshold IH). In some embodiments, the third intensity threshold is selected from the group of three or more predefined intensity thresholds.
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is selected independent of any predefined intensity thresholds. In some embodiments, the first user interface is a user interface of a particular software application, and the first intensity threshold is selected or specified by the particular software application. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold is a fixed intensity threshold that does not change while the contact is detected on the touch-sensitive surface. However, in some other embodiments, the first intensity threshold is a dynamic intensity threshold that changes over time based on predefined threshold-adjustment policies based on the activity of the user, and/or the condition of the device, and/or other environmental parameters. Adjustable intensity thresholds are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this document.
  • In some embodiments, method 1000 includes (1028), in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, performing the second operation in accordance with a determination that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period followed by the input subsequently ceasing to be detected on the touch-sensitive surface and the input does not satisfy the intensity input criteria. For example, For example, an input having intensity profile 7110 in FIG. 7B satisfies these criteria, and thus satisfies the tap criteria, despite the fact that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface longer than the first predefined time period.
  • On the other hand, method 1000 includes (1028), in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, forgoing performance of the second operation in accordance with a determination that the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period followed by the input subsequently ceasing to be detected on the touch-sensitive surface and the input satisfies the intensity input criteria. For example, an input having intensity profile 7112 or 7114 in FIG. 7K does not satisfy the tap criteria, because the input both extends past the first predefined time period and satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., the input has an intensity that exceeds intensity threshold IL or IM).
  • In some embodiments, detecting (1004) the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting (1006, 1050) a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input. Furthermore, in some such embodiments, method 1000 includes, in response (1052) to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., detecting an initial contact of the input with the touch-sensitive surface), identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer (e.g., a preview gesture recognizer) and a second gesture recognizer (e.g., a tap gesture recognizer).
  • In some embodiments or circumstances, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, the input is detected while a focus selector is over a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects, and the first user interface object is associated with at least the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer. Further, in some embodiments, processing the input with the first gesture recognizer includes placing the second gesture recognizer in a failed state.
  • Further, in the aforementioned embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (1054) the first operation, including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria. In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold (e.g., IM in FIG. 7A) is distinct from an input detection intensity threshold (e.g., IL in FIG. 7A). In some embodiments, processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer does not recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input. In some embodiments, processing of the input with the first gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the second gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (i.e., that the second gesture recognizer has transitioned to the Failed state, as shown in the transition from the user interface in FIG. 7F to the user interface in FIG. 7G).
  • Further, in the aforementioned embodiments, in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, the device performs (1054) the second operation, including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer (e.g., with the tap gesture recognizer (T), FIGS. 7A-7K) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the tap criteria. In some embodiments, processing of the input with the second gesture recognizer also requires a determination that the first gesture recognizer has failed to recognize a gesture that corresponds to the input (e.g., because the input has ceased to remain on the touch-sensitive surface for the first predefined time period). In the example discussed above with respect to FIG. 7B, the preview gesture recognizer (P) has transitioned to the Failed state in accordance with a determination by the device that the input has ceased to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during (i.e., for the entirety of) the first predefined time period.
  • As noted above, in some embodiments the first gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a tap gesture recognizer (1060). In some embodiments, the second gesture recognizer (e.g., the tap gesture recognizer) recognizes tap gestures independent of intensity of the input.
  • In some embodiments or circumstances, the input includes (1062) a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and method 1000 includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the input ceases to satisfy the first intensity threshold, the device displays the preview area at a reduced scale (e.g., reduces the size of the preview area), an example of which is shown in the transition from the user interface of FIG. 7H to the user interface of FIG. 7J (i.e., without transitioning through the user interface of FIG. 7I).
  • In some embodiments, the first set of gesture recognizers includes (1064) a third gesture recognizer, such as a reveal gesture recognizer (e.g., gesture recognizer (R) in FIGS. 7A-7CC).
  • In some embodiments, in response to determining that the input satisfies (1066) a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold IH that is higher than the first intensity threshold IM), method 1000 includes (e.g., subsequent to performing the first operation) processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface (e.g., user interface 706, FIG. 7H) with a second user interface (e.g., user interface 710, FIG. 7I). In some embodiments in which the first operation includes displaying a preview area, performing the second operation includes ceasing to display the preview area (e.g., preview area 712, FIG. 7H). In some embodiments, the second user interface includes content that was displayed in the preview area.
  • In some embodiments, the first set of gesture recognizers includes (1068) a fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., a commit gesture recognizer (C), as shown in FIGS. 7A-7CC), and method 1000 includes, in response to determining (1070) that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a commit intensity threshold IH that is higher than the first intensity threshold IM), processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer (e.g., the commit gesture recognizer). In some embodiments, processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer includes replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface (and ceasing to display the preview area), for example replacing display of user interface 706, FIG. 7H, with user interface 710, FIG. 7I, and ceasing to display preview area 712, FIG. 7H.
  • In some embodiments, method 1000 includes performing (1072) a third operation in response to detecting the first portion of the input. In some embodiments, performing the third operation includes visually distinguishing (1074) at least a portion of the first user interface from other portions of the first user interface. For example, the third operation may be blurring the user interface other than an object corresponding to a focus selector, by using a third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer), as shown in FIG. 7D. In some embodiments, if the tap gesture recognizer succeeds after the third operation is performed by the third gesture recognizer, then the third gesture recognizer transitions to the Canceled state and the third operation is reversed (e.g., the blurring is reversed or undone). On the other hand, if the deep press gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer) succeeds, then the third operation (the blurring) by the third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer) is canceled, and the first operation (e.g., displaying preview area 712, as shown in FIGS. 7E-7H) is performed by the deep press gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer).
  • In some embodiments, method 1000 includes performing (1076) the first operation (e.g., displaying the preview area) subsequent to performing (1072) the third operation (e.g., the blurring) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria (e.g., by reaching or exceeding IM), and performing (1078) the second operation (e.g., selecting an object and displaying the user interface of an application associated with the selected object, FIG. 7I) in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the tap criteria. In some embodiments, while the third gesture recognizer (e.g., a reveal gesture recognizer) is processing inputs (e.g., generating touch events corresponding to the second portion of the input), the first gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer are evaluating the second portion of the input to determine whether the input matches gesture recognition criteria for those gesture recognizers. In such embodiments, processing the input with the third gesture recognizer does not block processing the input with the first gesture recognizer and processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
  • In some embodiments, performing the third operation is initiated (1080) during the first predefined time period. For example, the hint/reveal animation (e.g., progressive blurring of the first user interface in accordance with the intensity of the input on the touch-sensitive surface) is displayed even before the first predefined time period has elapsed if (i.e., in accordance with a determination that) the intensity of the input exceeds the input detection intensity threshold (e.g., IL, FIG. 7D) before the first predefined time period has elapsed.
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 10A-10D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. For example, in some embodiments, a method performed at an electronic device with a touch-sensitive surface, a display, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface includes, while displaying a user interface that corresponds to at least a portion of a web page on the display, detecting a touch input on the touch-sensitive surface at a first location that corresponds to the displayed portion of the web page on the display. The method also includes, while detecting the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface, detecting an intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., with the one or more sensors); determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a first intensity threshold (e.g., a low intensity threshold, such as a mouse down intensity threshold) to above the first intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, generating a mouse down event (and optionally, processing instructions in the web page that correspond to a mouse down event). The method further includes, subsequent to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the first intensity threshold to above the first intensity threshold, detecting the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface; determining whether the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below a second intensity threshold (e.g., a high intensity threshold, such as a force down intensity threshold) that is distinct from the first intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold; and, in response to determining that the intensity of the touch input on the touch-sensitive surface has changed from below the second intensity threshold to above the second intensity threshold, generating a force down event that is distinct from the mouse down event. For brevity, these details are not repeated herein.
  • Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 800 described above with respect to FIGS. 10A-10D. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 900 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 11A is a high level flow diagram illustrating a method of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions (e.g., application-independent module 220) in accordance with some embodiments.
  • Application-specific module 230 displays (1102) a user interface (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C).
  • While the user interface is displayed, application-independent module 220 detects (1104) a first portion of an input (e.g., contact 705 in FIG. 7C), and executes (1105) application-independent set of predefined instructions for providing preview operations. In some embodiments, the control of application-specific module 230 is given to application-independent module 220. By using application-independent module 220 for the preview operations, the computational burdens and the size of application-specific module 230 are reduced. The same application-independent module 220 can be used by multiple software applications for providing the preview operations, thereby reducing the memory usage. In some embodiments, application-independent module 220 is provided in an operating system or a standard library of the device, which also reduces the development time by software developers. Furthermore, application-independent module 220 provides standardized methods for interaction, which facilitate users to learn the methods quickly and reduce the cognitive burden on users.
  • Application-independent module 220 performs (1106) the preview operations.
  • In some embodiments, application-independent module 220 sends (1107) to application-specific module 230 operation information (e.g., information indicating that the preview operations have started). Application-specific module 230 receives (1108) the operation information, generates (1109) preview content, and sends (1110) the preview content to application-independent module 220. Application-independent module 220 receives (1111) the preview content.
  • Application-independent module 220 visually distinguishes (1112) a user interface object (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7D).
  • Application-independent module 220 receives (1113) a second portion of the input (e.g., an increased intensity of the input is detected as shown in FIG. 7E).
  • Application-independent module 220 displays (1114) a preview area (e.g., preview area 712 in FIG. 7G).
  • In some embodiments, application-independent module 220 updates (1115) the preview area (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7H, a further increase in the intensity of the input is detected and the size of preview area 712 is increased).
  • In some embodiments, application-independent module 220 ceases (1116) to display the preview area (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 7J-7K, preview area 712 ceases to be displayed when the intensity of the input falls below the intensity threshold IL).
  • In some embodiments, application-independent module 220 detects (1117) a third portion of the input and display a second user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7I, browser application user interface 710 is displayed in response to the intensity of the input reaching the intensity threshold IH). At this time, the control of application-specific module 230 is given back to application-specific module 230, and application-specific module 230 processes (1118) subsequent inputs.
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIG. 11A have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to the method described above with respect to FIG. 11A. For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 11B-11C are flow diagrams illustrating method 1100 of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1100 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1100 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1100 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with application-independent set of instructions. Method 1100 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing the size of a software application, improving the speed of the software application, and potentially reducing the memory usage, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges. In addition, such methods reduce the burden on application developers and facilitate development of software applications that can more efficiently process touch inputs. Furthermore, such methods and user interfaces provide standardized ways in interacting with the user interfaces, thereby reducing the cognitive burden on the users and further improving the operational time and user experience.
  • The device displays (1130) a first user interface of a first software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C), the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects (e.g., user interface object 708, buttons such as “Integrate Us” and “Subtract,” an email address, and other controls), a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., user interface object 708 is configured, for example by preregistering user interface object 708 with application-independent module 220 for the preview operations before receiving an input by a contact, to operate with the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations). In some embodiments, the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is distinct from a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application. For example, the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is part of an application development framework that is provided to the application developer either as a drop-in module (e.g., touch processing module 220 in FIG. 1C) that is integrated with the first software application (e.g., application 1 (136-1)) and enables the first software application to interact with touch input information provided by the operating system on which the first application is running, or the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is part of the operating system that updates the first user interface for the first software application according to an API that provides consistent user interfaces for the first software application. In some embodiments, multiple different third-party applications running on the device include independent access to the application-independent set of predefined instructions. In some embodiments, multiple different third-party applications running on the device include independent instances of the application-independent set of predefined instructions. In some embodiments, multiple different applications on the device include code for interfacing with the application-independent set of predefined instructions that support with all of the third-party applications. In some embodiments, the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is separate from the first software application. In some embodiments, the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations is included in the first software application.
  • The device detects (1132) a first portion of an input (e.g., a press input, such as input 705 in FIG. 7C) by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display. In some embodiments, the input is made by a single contact on the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the input is a stationary input. In some embodiments, the contact in the input moves across the touch-sensitive surface during the input.
  • The device, in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold (e.g., a “reveal” intensity threshold at which the device starts to blur the first user interface, such as IL in FIG. 7C), executes (1134) the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations, including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions (e.g., operation 1110 in FIG. 11A). The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface (e.g., blurring the first user interface other than the first user interface object as shown in FIG. 7D) (e.g., prior to displaying the preview area as shown in FIGS. 7D-7G); and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input (e.g., an increased intensity of focus selector 705 in FIG. 7G); and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold (e.g., a “preview” intensity threshold, that is higher than the first intensity threshold, at which the device starts to display a preview of another user interface that can be reached by pressing harder on the first user interface object, such as IM in FIG. 7G), displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface (e.g., preview area 712 in FIG. 7G). The preview area includes the preview content. In some embodiments, the preview content is a reduced-size view of a user interface that is presented when the first user interface object is activated (e.g., the preview content in preview area 712 is a reduced-size view of browser application user interface 710 that is displayed in response to a tap gesture while the focus selector is on user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7B).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to initiation of the preview operations, the preview operations are (1136) performed independent of the first software application (e.g., independent of the portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application). For example, as shown in FIG. 11A, the preview operations, subsequent to receiving the preview content, are performed by application-independent module 220 independently of application-specific module 230.
  • In some embodiments, the preview operations include (1138) updating the preview area in accordance with intensity of the contact (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7H, a further increase in the intensity of the input is detected and the size of preview area 712 is increased).
  • In some embodiments, the preview operations include (1140), in response to detecting the second portion of the input, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets preview-area-disappearance criteria (e.g., the input ends, such as liftoff of the contact), ceasing to display the preview area and maintaining display of the first user interface (e.g., as shown in FIGS. 7J-7K, preview area 712 ceases to be displayed when the intensity of the input falls below the intensity threshold IL). In some embodiments, subsequent to the device ceasing to display the preview area, the device processes a subsequent input using at least a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application.
  • In some embodiments, the preview operations include (1142): after detecting the second portion of the input, detecting a third portion of the input by the contact; and, in response to detecting the third portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the third portion of the input satisfies user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface (and an overlay of the preview area) with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7I, browser application user interface 710 is displayed in response to the intensity of the input reaching the intensity threshold IH).
  • In some embodiments, the preview operations include (1144): sending from the application-independent set of predefined instructions information indicating operation for the first user interface object (e.g., selection or activation of the first user interface object) (e.g., to a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application, such as application core 1 (230-1) in FIG. 1C) for generating a second user interface; and receiving at the application-independent set of predefined instructions the second user interface (e.g., using operations 1107 and 1111 in FIG. 11A, application-independent module 220 receives preview content, such as browser application user interface 710 in FIG. 7B, for presenting the preview content in the preview area as shown in FIG. 7G and, optionally replacing the first user interface with a second user interface that includes the preview content in response to a further increase in the intensity of the input as shown in FIG. 7I). The preview content includes at least a portion of the second user interface. In some embodiments, the preview content includes the entirety of the second user interface.
  • In some embodiments, the preview operations include (1146): at the first software application (e.g. a portion of the first software application that is unique to the first software application): receiving the information indicating operation for the first user interface object; generating the second user interface; and sending the second user interface to the application-independent set of predefined instructions (e.g., operations 1108, 1109, and 1110 performed by application-specific module 230 as shown in FIG. 11A). In some embodiments, other than providing the preview content, application-specific module 230 is not used for performing the preview operations.
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 11B-11C have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1100 described above with respect to FIGS. 11B-11C. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1100 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 11D is a flow diagram illustrating method 1150 of processing touch inputs using application-independent set of predefined instructions in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1150 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1150 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1150 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with application-independent set of instructions. Method 1150 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing the size of a software application, improving the speed of the software application, and potentially reducing the memory usage, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges. In addition, such methods reduce the burden on application developers and facilitate development of software applications that can more efficiently process touch inputs. Furthermore, such methods and user interfaces provide standardized ways in interacting with the user interfaces, thereby reducing the cognitive burden on the users and further improving the operational time and user experience.
  • The device displays (1152) a first user interface of a first software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7C), the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects (e.g., user interface object 708, buttons such as “Integrate Us” and “Subtract,” an email address, and other controls), a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., user interface object 708 is configured to operate with the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations).
  • The device detects (1154) a first portion of an input (e.g., a press input, such as input 705 in FIG. 7G) by a contact while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on the display.
  • The device, in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, executes (1156) the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., operation 1105 in FIG. 11A). The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: displaying a preview area overlaid on the first user interface (e.g., preview area 712 overlaid on mail application user interface 706 as shown in FIG. 7G); after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface (e.g., in response to the intensity of contact 705 reaching the intensity threshold IH, mail application user interface 706, together with preview area 712, is replaced with browser application user interface 710 shown in FIG. 7I).
  • In some embodiments, subsequent to initiation of the preview operations, the preview operations are (1158) performed independent of the first software application (e.g., as shown in FIG. 11A, subsequent to receiving the preview content from application-specific module 230, preview operations 1106 are performed independent of application-specific module 230). In some embodiments, preview content is obtained prior to initiation of the preview operations (e.g., the preview content is obtained before operation 1112 in FIG. 11A).
  • In some embodiments, inputs on the touch-sensitive surface detected subsequent to replacing the display of the first user interface with the second user interface are (1160) processed with the first software application. For example, as shown in FIG. 1117, after the second user interface, such as browser application user interface 710 in FIG. 7I, is displayed, the control is given back to the first software application (e.g., browser module 147) and the first software application processes subsequent inputs on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., by using application core 1 (230-1) alone, or optionally using application core 1 (230-1) in conjunction with touch processing module 220).
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIG. 11D have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1150 described above with respect to FIG. 11D. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1150 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 12A-12B are flow diagrams illustrating method 1200 of processing a touch input using a predefined data structure in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1200 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1200 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1200 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with a predefined data structure. Method 1200 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. Such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • The device displays (1202), on the display, a user interface of a software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7FF).
  • The device, while displaying the user interface of the software application on the display, detects (1204) an input (e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 713 in FIG. 7FF) on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application.
  • The device, in response to detecting the input, sends (1206) from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information that corresponds to the input (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7FF, application-independent module 220 sends event object 194 to application-specific module 230). The intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors (e.g., reference intensity 7208); and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected (e.g., measured) intensity of the input (e.g., characteristic intensity 7206). In some embodiments, an application-independent set of instructions is an application-independent software entity (e.g., touch processing module 220 in FIG. 1C).
  • In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity is (1208) further adjusted by a sensitivity value (e.g., sensitivity 7210 in FIG. 7FF). In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity includes the sensitivity value (e.g., the characteristic intensity is multiplied by the sensitivity value). For example, at 1× sensitivity, an intensity of 100 g equals a normalized intensity of 1.0, and at 2× intensity, an intensity of 50 g equals a normalized intensity of 1.0 (when the reference intensity is 100 g). In comparison, at 1× intensity, an intensity of 50 g equals a normalized intensity of 0.5.
  • In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity of the input is (1210) a normalized intensity value that is normalized based on the reference intensity (e.g., the normalized intensity 1.0=the characteristic intensity 100 g/the reference intensity 100 g).
  • In some embodiments, the intensity information includes (1212) intensity state information that is determined by one or more heuristics based on a combination of intensity-based criteria (e.g., measured contact intensity) and non-intensity-based criteria (e.g., movement of contact, duration of contact, location of contact, etc.). For example, the thresholds for determining the intensity state vary depending on movement of the contact, duration of the contact, and a location of the contact. In some embodiments, one or more of the intensity states include a dynamically determined intensity state (e.g., as described in greater detail below with reference to methods 1500 and 1600).
  • In some embodiments, the intensity state information is (1214) provided based on an indication from the device as to whether or not a current intensity state matches an intensity state requirement for a gesture recognizer (e.g., intensity criteria specified by a third-party application for a first gesture in a first class of gestures as described below with reference to method 1400).
  • In some embodiments, the intensity information includes (1216) intensity state information that has a plurality of different available state values (e.g., no-force state, hint/reveal state, peek/preview state, pop/commit state) and transitions between intensity states are used throughout the operating system to trigger operating-system driven user interactions (e.g., peek and pop, quick action menus, etc.).
  • In some embodiments, the characteristic intensity of the input is (1218) provided via one or more touch events that each include a characteristic intensity of a contact corresponding to the touch event (e.g., in FIG. 7II, two event objects 194 and 7194 are provided). In some embodiments, touch events are delivered to a view after a gesture recognizer associated with the view has recognized a gesture. For example, touch events that are delivered after a gesture recognizer recognizes a gesture include intensity information. In some embodiments, touch events are delivered to a view that is not associated with a gesture recognizer and the operations are performed by an application corresponding to the view based on the touch events (e.g., drawing a line with a thickness that is determined based on an intensity of one or more of the contacts in the gesture).
  • In some embodiments, the device displays (1220), on the display, a sensitivity control for selecting a respective intensity sensitivity setting between a plurality of intensity sensitivity settings (e.g., area 720 in FIG. 7GG or area 722 in FIG. 7HH with a plurality of intensity sensitivity settings); while displaying the sensitivity control, receives a user input corresponding to selection of the respective intensity sensitivity setting of the plurality of intensity sensitivity settings; and, in response to receiving the user input corresponding to selection of the respective intensity sensitivity setting, adjusts characteristic intensity values for a plurality of subsequent inputs by a respective sensitivity value that corresponds to the respective intensity sensitivity setting selected by the user. For example, the intensity sensitivity setting for all inputs is adjustable by the user without changing the applications that are interpreting the inputs, because the input values are adjusted before they are delivered to the applications (e.g., by same application-independent module 220).
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 12A-12B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1200 described above with respect to FIGS. 12A-12B. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1200 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1300, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 13A-13B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing a touch input using a force gesture progress indicator in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1300 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1300 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • Method 1300 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with a force gesture progress indicator. Method 1300 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. Such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • The device displays (1302), on the display, a first user interface of a software application (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7A).
  • The device, while displaying the first user interface of the software application, detects (1304) an input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., focus selector 705 in FIG. 7A).
  • The device, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, provides (1306) from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator that represents the changes to the intensity of the input (e.g., event object 194 conveyed from application-independent module 220 to application-specific module 230 as shown in FIG. 7FF); and updates the first user interface in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions (e.g., the first user interface is updated, for example to show the visual distinction as shown in FIG. 7D, using application-specific module 230 in FIG. 7FF) and the value of the first progress indicator (e.g., progress indicator 750 in FIG. 7D). In some embodiments, the method includes monitoring the value of the first progress indicator and updating the first user interface based on the value of the first progress indicator in response to changes to the first progress indicator. In some embodiments, the set of instructions in the software application are application-specific instructions.
  • In some embodiments, the value of the first progress indicator is (1308) a normalized value that indicates a status of the input between a first initial state (e.g., a hint/reveal intensity state) and a first terminal state (e.g., a peek/preview intensity state). For example, the first progress indicator has a value between 0 and 1, where 0 represents an initial state (e.g., an initial intensity, such as a beginning of the hint/reveal intensity state as shown in FIG. 7C) and 1 represents a terminal state (e.g., a terminal or target intensity, such as the peek/preview intensity state as shown in FIG. 7G).
  • In some embodiments, the first initial state and the first terminal state are (1310) specified by the software application (e.g., application 1 (136-1) in FIG. 1C). In some embodiments, application core 1 (230-1) of application 1 (136-1) specifies the first initial state and the first terminal state (e.g., the software application specifies whether the first terminal state is to correspond to a peek/preview intensity state or a pop/commit intensity state.
  • In some embodiments, progress between different states is (1312) determined by one or more heuristics based on a combination of intensity-based criteria (e.g., measured contact intensity) and non-intensity-based criteria (e.g., movement of contact, duration of contact, location of contact, etc.). In some embodiments, one or more of the intensity states is a dynamically determined intensity state (e.g., as described in greater detail below with reference to methods 1500 and 1600).
  • In some embodiments, the states are (1314) selected from a set of state values provided by an operating system of the device (e.g., no-force state, hint/reveal state, peek/preview state, pop/commit state) and transitions between these states are used throughout the operating system to trigger operating-system driven user interactions (e.g., peek and pop, quick action menus, etc.).
  • In some embodiments, the device, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input over (or to) the first terminal state: provides (1316) from the application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a second progress indicator (e.g., second progress indicator 752 in FIG. 7G) that represents the changes to the input. The value of the second progress indicator is a normalized value that indicates a status of the input between a second initial state and a second terminal state (e.g., between the peek/preview intensity state and the pop/commit intensity state). The device updates the first user interface in accordance with the set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the second progress indicator. In some embodiments, the second initial state corresponds to the first terminal state. This allows the device to monitor changes to intensity of the input continuously from the first initial state to the second terminal state without a gap.
  • In some embodiments, updating the first user interface in accordance with the set of instructions in the software application and the value of the second progress indicator includes (1318) replacing the first user interface with a second user interface (e.g., in FIG. 7I, when second progress indicator 752 reaches the second terminal state, mail application user interface 706 is replaced with browser application user interface 710).
  • In some embodiments, the set of instructions in the software application is (1320) configured to provide a customized animation graphically representing changes to the intensity of the input. In some embodiments, the set of instructions in the software application is configured to provide a customized animation that graphically represents an initiation of the input. For example, the set of instructions in the software application is used to blur at least a portion of the first user interface. In some embodiments, the set of instructions in the software application is configured to provide a customized animation that graphically represents a completion of the input (e.g., the input reaching the terminal state). For example, the set of instructions in the software application is used to display a preview window. In some embodiments, the preview window in the customized animation has a non-rectangular shape (e.g., a circle). The use of the customized animation allows the device to provide an animation that is not predefined by application-independent module 220.
  • In some embodiments, the device, while detecting the input: in response to detecting that the input satisfies first intensity criteria (e.g., the first initial state), initiates (1322) the first progress indicator so that the value of the first progress indicator represents the changes to the intensity of the input (between the first initial state and the first terminal state). For example, in FIGS. 7B-7C, first progress indicator 750 is initiated only when the input reaches the intensity threshold IL. This avoids updating and tracking the first progress indicator when the first progress indicator is not needed (e.g., when the intensity of the input is below an intensity range represented by the first progress indicator).
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 13A-13B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1400, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1300 described above with respect to FIGS. 13A-13B. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1300 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1400, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 14A-14C are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on intensity criteria specified by third-party applications in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1400 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1400 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1400 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with dynamic thresholds. Method 1400 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • The device displays (1402), on the display, a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7JJ). Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system (e.g., a Touch Event API within UI Kit). For example, information about available gesture classes is provided to the first third-party application. The operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device. A first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met. The first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation (e.g., an operation performed when first pinch gesture recognizer (N1) transitions to the Recognized state). The first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation. In some embodiments, the first operation is performed when both the first gesture recognition criteria and the first intensity criteria are satisfied.
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity criteria include (1404) an intensity threshold (e.g., the intensity threshold I1 in FIG. 7JJ). For example, the first intensity criteria are (at least partly) satisfied when the intensity of the input reaches the intensity threshold.
  • In some embodiments, the intensity threshold is selected (1406) from a set of predefined thresholds (e.g., the intensity threshold is selected from a set of predefined thresholds, such as the hint/reveal threshold, the peek/preview threshold, and the pop/commit threshold, or their corresponding intensity values, such as 100 g, 200 g, and 300 g).
  • In some embodiments, the intensity threshold is selected (1408) from a range of values detectable by the device (e.g., in some embodiments, the intensity threshold can be any value between 1 g and 500 g, such as 1 g, 10 g, 100 g, 450 g, etc.).
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity criteria include a rate of change of intensity over time, intensity of multiple contacts, a time duration of the input, a distance traveled by the input across the touch-sensitive surface, a number of contacts in the input, a direction of movement of the input, a relative timing of touchdown of contacts in the input, a motion of contacts in the input, etc. In some embodiments, the first intensity criteria includes a dynamic intensity threshold (e.g., as described in greater detail below with reference to methods 1500 and 1600).
  • While displaying the user interface of the first third-party application on the display, the device detects (1410) an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., a depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 in FIG. 7JJ).
  • In response to detecting the input: the device, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, perform (1412) the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG. 7JJ-7KK, mail application user interface 706 is replaced with mail application user interface 724 when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 satisfies the intensity threshold I1); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoes (1414) performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG. 7LL, mail application user interface 706 is not replaced with mail application user interface 724 when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 does not satisfy the intensity threshold I1, but optionally, a zoom-in operation associated with a non-intensity based depinch gesture is performed in response to the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717).
  • In some embodiments, the first third-party application has associated (1416, FIG. 14B) the first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a second operation (e.g., a non-intensity based pinch gesture recognizer is associated with zoom-in/zoom-out operations). The first third-party application has not specified the first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the second operation. In some embodiments, the first third-party application has not specified any intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the second operation. In response to detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, performs the second operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG. 7LL, when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 does not satisfy the intensity threshold I1, mail application user interface 706 is zoomed in); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoes performance of the second operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., in FIG. 7KK, when the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 715 and 717 satisfies the intensity threshold I1, mail application user interface 724 is not zoomed in).
  • In some embodiments, a second gesture class is associated (1418) with second gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on the touch-sensitive surface as a second gesture when the second gesture recognition criteria are met. The first third-party application has associated the first portion of the user interface with the second gesture from the second gesture class for a third operation (e.g., in FIG. 7MM, the two-finger pan gesture recognizer (2S) is associated with the first portion of mail application user interface 706). The first third-party application has specified second intensity criteria (e.g., intensity threshold I2 in FIG. 7MM) for the second gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the third operation. In response to detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the second gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the second intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, performs the third operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., displaying review window 726 showing a review of the linked website on mail application user interface 706 as shown in FIG. 7NN); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the second gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the second intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgoes performance of the third operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., when the input does not meet the intensity threshold I2, review window 726 is not displayed).
  • In some embodiments, the device displays (1420, FIG. 14C), on the display, a user interface of a second third-party application that runs within the operating system and is different from the first third-party application (e.g., browser module 147 in FIG. 1A). The second third-party application has associated a second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation (e.g., the address window of browser application user interface 710 is associated with the third pinch gesture recognizer (N3) for replacing browser application user interface 710 with tabs management view 728 shown in FIG. 7PP). The second third-party application has specified third intensity criteria (e.g., the intensity threshold I3 in FIG. 7PP) for the first gesture associated with the second portion of the user interface for the first operation. The third intensity criteria are different from the first intensity criteria (and, optionally, the third intensity criteria are different from the second intensity criteria). While displaying the user interface of the second third-party application on the display, the device detects an input on the touch-sensitive surface at a location that corresponds to the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application (e.g., a depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 723 and 725 is detected on the address window of browser application user interface 710 in FIG. 7OO). In response to detecting the input a location that corresponds to the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input at the location that corresponds to the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the third intensity criteria specified by the second third-party application, performs the first operation associated with the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application (e.g., browser application user interface 710 is replaced with tabs management view 728 as shown in FIG. 7PP); and, in accordance with a determination that the input at the location that corresponds to the portion of the user interface of the second third-party application meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the third intensity criteria specified by the second third-party application, forgoes performance of the first operation associated with the second portion of the user interface of the second third-party application. For example, when the intensity of the depinch gesture represented by focus selectors 723 and 725 is below the intensity threshold I3, no action is performed as shown in FIG. 7QQ (e.g., tabs management view 728 shown in FIG. 7PP is not displayed).
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 14A-14B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1500, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1400 described above with respect to FIGS. 14A-14B. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1400 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1500, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 15A-15B are flow diagrams illustrating a method of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1500 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1500 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1500 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with dynamic thresholds. Method 1500 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • The device displays (1502), on the display, a user interface (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7RR).
  • While displaying the user interface, the device detects (1504) an input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 727 in FIG. 7RR).
  • In response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, performs (1506) a first operation (e.g., visually distinguishing user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7SS). The first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a first time period elapses (e.g., through a time period p1 ending at time 7124, as shown in FIG. 7SS). The first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold (e.g., the intensity threshold IL shown in FIG. 7SS) at an end of or subsequent to the first time period (e.g., at a time subsequent to or at an end of the first time period).
  • In some embodiments, the first time period starts (1508) in response to detecting the input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., in FIG. 7SS, the time period p1 starts from the initial detection of focus selector 727).
  • In some embodiments, while detecting the input, the device, in accordance with a determination that intensity of the input has decreased below a reference intensity threshold, restarts (1510) the first time period (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7UU, when the intensity of the input decreases below the reference intensity threshold IR, the first time period restarts from time 7146 when the intensity of the input has fallen below the reference intensity threshold IR). In some embodiments, the reference intensity threshold is determined based on a maximum intensity detected during a predefined detection time period and an intensity reduction margin (e.g., a fixed margin such as 10 g, 20 g, 30 g, or 40 g, or a dynamic margin such as 5%, 10%, 20%, or 30% of the maximum intensity of the contact), such as Imargin in FIG. 7UU. In some embodiments, reference intensity threshold is determined based on the maximum intensity detected since the time period started (e.g., since moment the input was detected or since the last time the time period restarted) and the intensity reduction margin. For example, the reference intensity threshold corresponds to the maximum detected intensity minus the intensity reduction margin (e.g., Imargin in FIG. 7UU). In some embodiments, the reference intensity threshold continues to be updated while the input is detected (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7VV, the reference intensity threshold is updated based on changes to the intensity of the input).
  • In some embodiments, while detecting the input, the device, in accordance with the determination that the intensity of the input has decreased below the reference intensity threshold, resets (1512) the reference intensity threshold (e.g., in FIG. 7VV, when the intensity of the input decreases below a first reference intensity IR1, the reference intensity is reset to a second reference intensity IR2). In some embodiments, the reference intensity threshold is changed based on the intensity of the input detected when the reference intensity threshold is reset (e.g., the second reference intensity IR2 is determined based on the intensity of the input when the reference intensity threshold is reset, which is IR1). For example, the reference intensity threshold is reset to the intensity of the input, detected when (or immediately before) the reference intensity threshold is reset, minus the intensity reduction margin (e.g., in FIG. 7VV, the second reference intensity IR2 is the first reference intensity IR1 minus the intensity margin Imargin).
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the first timing criteria and/or the first intensity input criteria, the device forgoes (1514) the first operation (e.g., when the input follows intensity pattern 7130 or intensity pattern 7132 in FIG. 7RR, the first operation, such as visually distinguishing user interface object 708 as shown in FIG. 7SS, is not performed).
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, the device, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies second timing criteria and second intensity input criteria, performs (1516, FIG. 15B) a second operation that is distinct from the first operation (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7TT, when the input satisfies the second timing criteria based on the time period p2 ending at time 7136 and the second intensity input criteria based on the intensity threshold IM, preview area 712 is displayed). The second timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a second time period elapses. In some embodiments, the second time period is identical to the first time period. In some embodiments, the second time period is distinct from the first time period. The second intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a second intensity threshold, that is distinct from the first intensity threshold (e.g., the second intensity threshold is higher than the first intensity threshold), at an end of or subsequent to the second time period (e.g., at a time subsequent to or at an end of the second time period).
  • In some embodiments, the device, in response to detecting the input and in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the first timing criteria and the first input criteria, performs (1518) the first operation including processing the input with a first gesture recognizer (e.g., the reveal gesture recognizer (R) described above with respect to FIGS. 7A-7CC); and, in response to detecting the input and in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies the second timing criteria and the second intensity input criteria, performs the second operation including processing the input with a second gesture recognizer (e.g., the preview gesture recognizer (P) described above with respect to FIGS. 7A-7CC). In some embodiments, processing the input with the second gesture recognizer includes placing the first gesture recognizer in a failed state.
  • In some embodiments, processing the input with the first gesture recognizer initiates placing a tap gesture recognizer in a cancelled state. In some embodiments, processing the input with a tap gesture recognizer initiates placing the first gesture recognizer in a cancelled state. In some embodiments, processing the input with a long press gesture recognizer initiates placing the first gesture recognizer in a cancelled state.
  • In some embodiments, the device detects (1520) an end of the input (e.g., detecting liftoff of a contact that corresponds to the input from the touch-sensitive surface); and, in response to detecting the end of the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies third timing criteria distinct from the first timing criteria (and from the second timing criteria), performs a third operation that is distinct from the first operation (and from the second operation). For example, if the device detects a quick tap input (e.g., an input following input pattern 7132 in FIG. 7RR) even if that tap input satisfies the first intensity threshold, the device performs an operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the tap input (e.g., displaying browser application user interface 710 shown in FIG. 7B) rather than performing an operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the first intensity threshold.
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the end of the input, in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the third timing criteria or the first timing criteria, the device forgoes (1522) performance of any operation. For example, if the device detects a long contact that is longer than the third timing criteria and satisfies the first intensity threshold but does not satisfy the first timing criteria (e.g., an input following input pattern 7131 in FIG. 7RR), the device does not perform either the operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the tap input or the operation that is associated with (e.g., mapped to or assigned to) the first intensity threshold.
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 15A-15B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, and 1600) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1500 described above with respect to FIGS. 15A-15B. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1500 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, and 1600). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • FIGS. 16A-16B are flow diagrams illustrating method 1600 of processing touch inputs based on dynamic thresholds in accordance with some embodiments. Method 1600 is performed at an electronic device (e.g., device 300, FIG. 3, or portable multifunction device 100, FIG. 1A) with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface. In some embodiments, the display is a touch-screen display and the touch-sensitive surface is on or integrated with the display. In some embodiments, the display is separate from the touch-sensitive surface. Some operations in method 1600 are, optionally, combined and/or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.
  • As described below, method 1600 provides an enhanced way to process touch inputs with dynamic thresholds. Method 1600 improves efficiency in processing touch inputs. By reducing unnecessary/extraneous/repetitive inputs, such methods and interfaces provide a more efficient human-machine interface, thereby improving overall operational time and user experience. For battery-operated devices, such methods and interfaces conserve battery power and increase the time between battery charges.
  • The device displays (1602), on the display, a user interface (e.g., mail application user interface 706 in FIG. 7WW).
  • While displaying the user interface, the device detects (1604) an input on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the input corresponding to focus selector 729 in FIG. 7WW).
  • In response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, the device performs (1606) a first operation (e.g., when the intensity of input 7156 exceeds first intensity threshold component 7154, mail application user interface 706 is replaced with browser application user interface 710). The activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component (e.g., first intensity threshold component 7154 in FIG. 7WW) that decreases from a first intensity value (e.g., the initial intensity threshold IH) over time.
  • In some embodiments, the activation intensity threshold includes (1608) a second intensity threshold component (e.g., second intensity threshold component 7168 in FIG. 7YY) that follows intensity of the input with a delay. In some embodiments, the second intensity threshold component is obtained by applying a low pass filter on the intensity of the input.
  • In some embodiments, the activation intensity threshold is (1610) a sum of the first intensity threshold component and the second intensity threshold component (e.g., in FIG. 7YY, activation intensity threshold 7170 is a sum of first intensity threshold component 7154 and second intensity threshold component 7168). In some embodiments, the activation intensity threshold is set in a way such that it is no less than a minimum activation intensity threshold (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7BBB, activation intensity threshold 7180 is no less than baseline threshold 7182).
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold component decreases (1612) after a predefined time interval from a moment the input is detected (e.g., in FIG. 7WW, first intensity threshold component 7154 decreases after the predefined time interval p3, which begins when the input is initially detected).
  • In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the first intensity threshold component is not below a reference intensity threshold, the first intensity threshold component follows (1614) a decay curve that decreases after a predefined time interval (e.g., from a moment the input is detected as shown in FIG. 7WW or from a moment the peak operation has been performed), and, in accordance with a determination that the first intensity threshold component is below the reference intensity threshold, the first intensity threshold component follows a decay curve that decreases starting at a time determined without reference to the predefined time interval (e.g., as shown in FIG. 7XX, first intensity threshold component 7164 starts to decay when the intensity of the input falls below the reference intensity threshold IR). In some embodiments, the reference intensity threshold is determined based on a maximum intensity detected during a predefined detection time period and an intensity reduction margin. In some embodiments, reference intensity threshold is determined based on the maximum intensity detected since the moment the input is detected and the intensity reduction margin. For example, the reference intensity threshold corresponds to the maximum detected intensity minus the intensity reduction margin. In some embodiments, the reference intensity threshold continues to be updated while the input is detected.
  • In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface, and while detecting the input, in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, the device performs (1616, FIG. 16B) a second operation (e.g., a peek/preview operation). For example, as shown in FIG. 7ZZ, when input 7172 satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria at time 7124, the second operation (e.g., displaying preview area 712 as shown in FIG. 7G) is performed, before performing the first operation (e.g., replacing mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 as shown in FIGS. 7G-7I). The first timing criteria require that the input remain on the touch-sensitive surface while a first time period elapses. The first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period (e.g., at a time subsequent to or at an end of the first time period).
  • In some embodiments, the first intensity threshold component follows (1618) a decay curve that decreases after a predefined time interval from a moment the input satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria. For example, as shown in FIG. 7ZZ, the decay of the first intensity threshold component in activation intensity threshold 7174 starts at time 7176, which corresponds to the predefined time interval p3 after time 7124 when the input satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria.
  • In some embodiments, the input is (1620) a continuous gesture that includes a first increase in intensity and a second increase in intensity that is subsequent to the first increase in intensity and a decrease in intensity between the first increase in intensity and the second increase in intensity (e.g., in FIG. 7AAA, input 7178 includes a first increase in intensity from below IL to above IM, followed by a decrease in intensity from above IM to below IL, followed by a second increase in intensity from below IL to above IL (and above IM) without releasing input 7178), while the input remains in contact with the touch-sensitive surface between the first increase in intensity and the second increase in intensity. The device, in response to detecting the first increase in intensity of the input, performs the second operation (e.g., input 7178 satisfies the first timing criteria and the first intensity input criteria at time 7124, and initiates the second operation, such as displaying preview area 712 as shown in FIG. 7G); and, in response to detecting the second increase in intensity of the input, performs the first operation (e.g., input 7178 satisfies activation intensity threshold 7180 at time 7179, and initiates the first operation, such as replacing mail application user interface 706 with browser application user interface 710 as shown in FIGS. 7G-7I).
  • It should be understood that the particular order in which the operations in FIGS. 16A-16B have been described is merely exemplary and is not intended to indicate that the described order is the only order in which the operations could be performed. One of ordinary skill in the art would recognize various ways to reorder the operations described herein. Additionally, it should be noted that details of other processes described herein with respect to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, and 1500) are also applicable in an analogous manner to method 1600 described above with respect to FIGS. 16A-16B. For example, the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described above with reference to method 1600 optionally have one or more of the characteristics of the touch inputs, user interface objects, intensity thresholds, and animations described herein with reference to other methods described herein (e.g., methods 800, 900, 1000, 1100, 1150, 1200, 1300, 1400, and 1500). For brevity, these details are not repeated here.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 17 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 1700 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 1700 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 17 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 17, electronic device 1700 includes display unit 1702 configured to display one or more user interfaces; touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 1706 configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 1704; and processing unit 1708 coupled to display unit 1702, touch-sensitive surface unit 1704 and one or more sensor units 1706. In some embodiments, processing unit 1708 includes display enabling unit 1710, input evaluation unit 1712, gesture recognizer unit 1714, and operations performing unit 1716.
  • In some embodiments, electronic device 1700 is configured to distinguish between a long press gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the long press gesture and the deep press input. In such embodiments, processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and processing unit 1708 is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with input evaluation unit 1712) while enabling display of the first user interface (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710), and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the first predefined time period. In some implementations of these embodiments, the first user interface is the user interface of a first software application, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 and/or operation performing unit 1716). In some embodiments, electronic device 1700 is configured to perform any of the methods described above with reference to FIGS. 8A-8E.
  • In some embodiments, electronic device 1700 is configured to distinguish between a pan gesture and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the pan gesture and the deep press input. In such embodiments, processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and processing unit 1708 is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with input evaluation unit 1712) while enabling display of the first user interface (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710), in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, and perform a second operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies pan criteria including that the input has moved across the touch-sensitive surface by at least a predefined distance. In some implementations of these embodiments, the first user interface is the user interface of a first software application, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 and/or operation performing unit 1716). In some embodiments, electronic device 1700 is configured to perform any of the methods described above with reference to FIGS. 9A-9D.
  • In some embodiments, electronic device 1700 is configured to distinguish between a tap gesture input and a deep press input and to perform distinct operations in response to the tap gesture and the deep press input. In such embodiments, processing unit 1708 is configured to enable display of a first user interface, and processing unit 1708 is further configured to detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface unit (e.g., with input evaluation unit 1712) while enabling display of the first user interface (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710), and in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, perform a first operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold and the input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a first predefined time period, and perform a second operation (e.g., with operation performing unit 1716) in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during the first predefined time period. In some implementations of these embodiments, the first user interface is the user interface of a first software application, the first user interface includes a plurality of user interface objects, including a first user interface object associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1710 and/or operation performing unit 1716). In some embodiments, electronic device 1700 is configured to perform any of the methods described above with reference to FIGS. 10A-10D.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 18 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 1800 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 1800 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 18 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 18, electronic device 1800 includes display unit 1802 configured to display one or more user interfaces; touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 1806 configured to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface unit 1804; and processing unit 1808 coupled to display unit 1802, touch-sensitive surface unit 1804 and one or more sensor units 1806. In some embodiments, processing unit 1808 includes display enabling unit 1810, detecting unit 1812, and preview operations unit 1814.
  • In some embodiments, processing unit 1808 is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1810); detect a first portion of an input by a contact (e.g., with detecting unit 1812) while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on display unit 1802; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input satisfies reveal criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with preview operations unit 1814), including providing preview content to the application-independent set of predefined instructions. The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: visually distinguishing the first user interface object in the first user interface; and, subsequent to initiation of the visual distinction of the first user interface object in the first user interface: receiving a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input satisfies preview criteria including that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface. The preview area includes the preview content.
  • In some embodiments, processing unit 1808 is configured to: enable display of a first user interface of a first software application, the first user interface including a plurality of user interface objects, a first user interface object of the plurality of user interface objects being associated with an application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with display enabling unit 1810); detect a first portion of an input by a contact (e.g., with detecting unit 1812) while a focus selector is over the first user interface object, in the plurality of user interface objects, on display unit 1802; and in response to detecting the first portion of the input and in accordance with a determination that the first portion of the input meets preview criteria, execute the application-independent set of predefined instructions for preview operations (e.g., with preview operations unit 1814). The preview operations performed by executing the application-independent set of predefined instructions include: enabling display of a preview area overlaid on the first user interface; after detecting the first portion of the input, detecting a second portion of the input; and, in response to detecting the second portion of the input by the contact, in accordance with a determination that the second portion of the input meets user-interface-replacement criteria, replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface that is distinct from the first user interface.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 19 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 1900 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 1900 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 19 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 19, electronic device 1900 includes display unit 1902 configured to display a user interface; touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 1906 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 1904; and processing unit 1908 coupled to display unit 1902, touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 and one or more sensor units 1906. In some embodiments, processing unit 1908 includes display enabling unit 1910, detecting unit 1912, sending unit 1914, receiving unit 1916, and adjusting unit 1918.
  • Processing unit 1908 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 1902, of a user interface of a software application (e.g., with display enabling unit 1910); while enabling display of the user interface of the software application on display unit 1902, detect an input (e.g., with detecting unit 1912) on touch-sensitive surface unit 1904 at a location that corresponds to the user interface of the software application; and, in response to detecting the input, send from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application intensity information (e.g., with sending unit 1914) that corresponds to the input. The intensity information includes: a reference intensity assigned to the one or more sensors; and a characteristic intensity that corresponds to a detected intensity of the input.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 20 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2000 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 2000 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 20 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 20, electronic device 2000 includes display unit 2002 configured to display a user interface; touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 configured to receive user inputs; one or more sensor units 2006 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2004; and processing unit 2008 coupled to display unit 2002, touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 and one or more sensor units 2006. In some embodiments, processing unit 2008 includes display enabling unit 2010, detecting unit 2012, providing unit 2014, updating unit 2016, and initiating unit 2018.
  • Processing unit 2008 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 2002, of a first user interface of a software application (e.g., with display enabling unit 2010); while enabling display of the first user interface of the software application, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2004 (e.g., with detecting unit 2012); and, while detecting the input: in response to detecting changes to intensity of the input, provide from an application-independent set of instructions to the software application a value of a first progress indicator (e.g., with providing unit 2014) that represents the changes to the intensity of the input; and update the first user interface (e.g., with updating unit 2016) in accordance with a set of instructions in the software application that is different from the application-independent set of instructions and the value of the first progress indicator.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 21 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2100 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 2100 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 21 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 21, electronic device 2100 includes display unit 2102 configured to display user interfaces, touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 configured to detect contacts, one or more sensor units 2106 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2104; and processing unit 2108 coupled with display unit 2102, touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 and one or more sensor units 2106. In some embodiments, processing unit 2108 includes: display enabling unit 2110, detecting unit 2112, first operation unit 2114, time period restarting unit 2116, reference intensity resetting unit 2118, forgoing unit 2120, second operation unit 2122, and third operation unit 2124.
  • Processing unit 2108 is configured to enable display, on display unit 2102, of a user interface of a first third-party application that runs within an operating system (e.g., using display enabling unit 2110). Capabilities of the device are exposed to the first third-party application through an operating system framework of the operating system. The operating system framework defines a plurality of gesture classes that can be recognized by the device. A first gesture class is associated with first gesture recognition criteria for recognizing input detected on touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 as a first gesture when the first gesture recognition criteria are met. The first third-party application has associated a first portion of the user interface with the first gesture from the first gesture class for a first operation. The first third-party application has specified first intensity criteria for the first gesture associated with the first portion of the user interface for the first operation. Processing unit 2108 is configured to, while enabling display of the user interface of the first third-party application on display unit 2102, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2104 at a location that corresponds to the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., using detecting unit 2112); and, in response to detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria and that the input meets the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, perform the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., using first operation unit 2114); and, in accordance with a determination that the input meets the first gesture recognition criteria but does not meet the first intensity criteria specified by the first third-party application, forgo performance of the first operation associated with the first portion of the user interface of the first third-party application (e.g., using forgoing unit 2116).
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 22 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2200 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 2200 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 22 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 22, electronic device 2200 includes display unit 2202 configured to display user interfaces, touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 configured to detect contacts, one or more sensor units 2206 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2204; and processing unit 2208 coupled with display unit 2202, touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 and one or more sensor units 2206. In some embodiments, processing unit 2208 includes: display enabling unit 2210, detecting unit 2212, first operation unit 2214, time period restarting unit 2216, reference intensity resetting unit 2218, forgoing unit 2220, second operation unit 2222, and third operation unit 2224.
  • Processing unit 2208 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 2202, a user interface (e.g., using display enabling unit 2210); while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 (e.g., using detecting unit 2212); and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies first timing criteria and first intensity input criteria, perform a first operation (e.g., using first operation unit 2214). The first timing criteria require that the input remain on touch-sensitive surface unit 2204 while a first time period elapses. The first intensity input criteria require that the input satisfy a first intensity threshold at an end of or subsequent to the first time period.
  • In accordance with some embodiments, FIG. 23 shows a functional block diagram of electronic device 2300 configured in accordance with the principles of the various described embodiments. The functional blocks of device 2300 are, optionally, implemented by hardware, software, firmware, or a combination thereof to carry out the principles of the various described embodiments. It is understood by persons of skill in the art that the functional blocks described in FIG. 23 are, optionally, combined or separated into sub-blocks to implement the principles of the various described embodiments. Therefore, the description herein optionally supports any possible combination or separation or further definition of the functional blocks described herein.
  • As shown in FIG. 23, electronic device 2300 includes display unit 2302 configured to display user interfaces, touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 configured to detect contacts, one or more sensor units 2306 configured to detect intensity of contacts with touch-sensitive surface unit 2304; and processing unit 2308 coupled with display unit 2302, touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 and one or more sensor units 2306. In some embodiments, processing unit 2308 includes: display enabling unit 2310, detecting unit 2312, first operation unit 2314, and second operation unit 2316.
  • Processing unit 2308 is configured to: enable display, on display unit 2302, of a user interface (e.g., using display enabling unit 2310); while enabling display of the user interface, detect an input on touch-sensitive surface unit 2304 (e.g., using detecting unit 2312); and, in response to detecting the input while enabling display of the first user interface, and while detecting the input: in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies an activation intensity threshold, perform a first operation (e.g., using first operation unit 2314). The activation intensity threshold includes a first intensity threshold component that decreases from a first intensity value over time.
  • The operations in the information processing methods described above are, optionally implemented by running one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus such as general purpose processors (e.g., as described above with respect to FIGS. 1A and 3) or application specific chips.
  • The operations described above with reference to FIGS. 8A-8E, 9A-9D, 10A-10D, 11A-11D, 12A-12B, 13A-13B, 14A-14C, 15A-15B, and 16A-16B are, optionally, implemented by components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B. For example, intensity detection operation 804, first operation 810, and second operation 812 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. In another example, input detection operation 1410, first operation performance operation 1412, and second operation performance operation 1414 are, optionally, implemented by event sorter 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190. Event monitor 171 in event sorter 170 detects a contact on touch-sensitive display 112, and event dispatcher module 174 delivers the event information to application 136-1. A respective event recognizer 180 of application 136-1 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface (or whether rotation of the device) corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as selection of an object on a user interface, or rotation of the device from one orientation to another. When a respective predefined event or sub-event is detected, event recognizer 180 activates an event handler 190 associated with the detection of the event or sub-event. Event handler 190 optionally uses or calls data updater 176 or object updater 177 to update the application internal state 192. In some embodiments, event handler 190 accesses a respective GUI updater 178 to update what is displayed by the application. Similarly, it would be clear to a person having ordinary skill in the art how other processes can be implemented based on the components depicted in FIGS. 1A-1B.
  • The foregoing description, for purpose of explanation, has been described with reference to specific embodiments. However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise forms disclosed. Many modifications and variations are possible in view of the above teachings. The embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical applications, to thereby enable others skilled in the art to best use the invention and various described embodiments with various modifications as are suited to the particular use contemplated.

Claims (23)

1. A method, comprising:
at an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface:
displaying a first user interface;
while displaying the first user interface, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and,
in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface:
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies tap criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during a first predefined time period, performing a first operation;
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a second predefined time period that is longer than the first predefined time period, while the input is maintained on the touch-sensitive surface, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation as a result of the input satisfying the first intensity threshold, even if the second predefined time period has not yet been met; and
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the second predefined time period, performing a third operation that is distinct from the first operation and the second operation.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein:
detecting the input on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a first portion of the input and a second portion of the input that is subsequent to the first portion of the input; and
the method includes:
in response to detecting the first portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface, identifying a first set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the input as candidate gesture recognizers, the first set of gesture recognizers including a first gesture recognizer and a second gesture recognizer; and,
in response to detecting the second portion of the input on the touch-sensitive surface:
in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria, performing the second operation including processing the input with the first gesture recognizer; and,
in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the long press criteria, performing the third operation including processing the input with the second gesture recognizer.
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the first gesture recognizer is an intensity-based gesture recognizer and the second gesture recognizer is a long press gesture recognizer.
4. The method of claim 2, wherein the input includes a third portion of the input that is subsequent to the second portion of the input, and the method includes processing the third portion of the input with the first gesture recognizer.
5. The method of claim 2, wherein the first set of gesture recognizers includes a third gesture recognizer.
6. The method of claim 2, including:
in response to determining that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, processing the input with the first gesture recognizer, including replacing display of the first user interface with a second user interface.
7. The method of claim 2, wherein:
the first set of gesture recognizers includes a fourth gesture recognizer; and
the method includes, in response to determining that the input satisfies a second intensity threshold, processing the input with the fourth gesture recognizer.
8. The method of claim 2, including:
in response to detecting the first portion of the input, performing a fourth operation that is distinct from the first operation, the second operation, and the third operation.
9. The method of claim 8, including, subsequent to performing the fourth operation:
in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the intensity input criteria, performing the second operation; and,
in accordance with the determination that the input satisfies the long press criteria, performing the third operation.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein:
performing the second operation includes displaying a preview area.
11. The method of claim 1, wherein:
performing the third operation includes displaying a menu view.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the first intensity threshold is satisfied in response to multiple contacts in the input satisfying the first intensity threshold.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the first intensity threshold is satisfied in response to a combination of the intensity applied by a plurality of contacts in the input satisfying the first intensity threshold.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the first intensity threshold is adjustable.
15. The method of claim 2, including updating the first gesture recognizer to be activated in response to the input satisfying a third intensity threshold that is distinct from the first intensity threshold.
16. The method of claim 1, including:
in accordance with a determination that the input does not satisfy the intensity input criteria and does not satisfy the long press criteria, forgoing the second operation and the third operation.
17. The method of claim 1, wherein:
the intensity input criteria include that the input does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by more than a predefined distance; and
the long press criteria include that the contact in the input does not move across the touch-sensitive surface by more than the predefined distance.
18. The method of claim 2, including:
detecting a second input on the touch-sensitive surface, including detecting a first portion of the second input and a second portion of the second input that is subsequent to the first portion of the second input;
in response to detecting the first portion of the second input on the touch-sensitive surface, identifying a second set of gesture recognizers that correspond to at least the first portion of the second input, the second set of gesture recognizers including the second gesture recognizer without the first gesture recognizer; and,
in response to detecting the second portion of the second input on the touch-sensitive surface, in accordance with a determination that the second input satisfies second long press criteria including that the second input remains on the touch-sensitive surface for a third predefined time period that has a different duration from the second predefined time period, processing the second input with the second gesture recognizer.
19. An electronic device, comprising:
a display;
a touch-sensitive surface;
one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface;
one or more processors;
memory; and
one or more programs, wherein the one or more programs are stored in the memory and configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for:
displaying a first user interface;
while displaying the first user interface, detecting an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and,
in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface:
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies tap criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during a first predefined time period, performing a first operation;
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a first intensity threshold during a second predefined time period that is longer than the first predefined time period, while the input is maintained on the touch-sensitive surface, performing a second operation that is distinct from the first operation as a result of the input satisfying the first intensity threshold, even if the second predefined time period has not yet been met; and
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the second predefined time period, performing a third operation that is distinct from the first operation and the second operation.
20. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs, the one or more programs comprising instructions, which when executed by an electronic device with a display, a touch-sensitive surface, and one or more sensors to detect intensity of contacts with the touch-sensitive surface cause the device to:
display a first user interface;
while displaying the first user interface, detect an input on the touch-sensitive surface; and,
in response to detecting the input while displaying the first user interface:
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies tap criteria including that the input ceases to remain on the touch-sensitive surface during a first predefined time period, performing a first operation;
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies intensity input criteria including that the input satisfies a first intensity threshold during a second predefined time period that is longer than the first predefined time period, while the input is maintained on the touch-sensitive surface, perform a first operation as a result of the input satisfying the first intensity threshold, even if the second predefined time period has not yet been met; and
in accordance with a determination that the input satisfies long press criteria including that the input remains below the first intensity threshold during the second predefined time period, perform a third operation that is distinct from the first operation and the second operation.
21. The method of claim 1, wherein:
the intensity input criteria further require that:
the input satisfy the first intensity threshold after the first predefined time period.
22. The electronic device of claim 19, wherein:
the intensity input criteria further require that:
the input satisfy the first intensity threshold after the first predefined time period.
23. The computer readable storage medium of claim 20, wherein:
the intensity input criteria further require that:
the input satisfy the first intensity threshold after the first predefined time period.
US14/866,992 2015-04-01 2015-09-27 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities Abandoned US20170045981A1 (en)

Priority Applications (18)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/866,992 US20170045981A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-27 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
US14/867,823 US10162452B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/867,892 US11182017B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,855 US10067653B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2015-09-29 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,873 US10152208B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2015-09-29 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,361 US20170046038A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-29 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
DKPA201500594A DK201500594A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-30 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
DKPA201500598A DK179296B1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-30 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
DKPA201500593A DK201500593A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-30 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
AU2016101418A AU2016101418B4 (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-08 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
CN201610658251.8A CN106843711B (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-09 Apparatus and method for processing touch input based on intensity of touch input
EP16758008.3A EP3286629A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-10 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
PCT/US2016/046419 WO2017027632A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-10 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
KR1020187003890A KR102033863B1 (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-10 Device and method for processing touch input based on intensity
JP2018506425A JP6559881B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-10 Device and method for processing touch input based on its strength
AU2016304890A AU2016304890B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-10 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
CN201680041559.6A CN107850976B (en) 2015-08-10 2016-08-10 Apparatus and method for processing touch input based on intensity of touch input
AU2017261478A AU2017261478B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2017-11-14 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562203387P 2015-08-10 2015-08-10
US201562213589P 2015-09-02 2015-09-02
US201562215621P 2015-09-08 2015-09-08
US14/866,992 US20170045981A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-27 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities

Related Child Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/867,823 Continuation US10162452B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/867,892 Continuation US11182017B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,855 Continuation US10067653B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2015-09-29 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,873 Continuation US10152208B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2015-09-29 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,361 Continuation US20170046038A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-29 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20170045981A1 true US20170045981A1 (en) 2017-02-16

Family

ID=56843015

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/866,992 Abandoned US20170045981A1 (en) 2015-04-01 2015-09-27 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
US14/867,892 Active 2036-02-16 US11182017B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/867,823 Active US10162452B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,361 Abandoned US20170046038A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-29 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/867,892 Active 2036-02-16 US11182017B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/867,823 Active US10162452B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-28 Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US14/869,361 Abandoned US20170046038A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2015-09-29 Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (4) US20170045981A1 (en)
EP (1) EP3286629A1 (en)
JP (1) JP6559881B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102033863B1 (en)
CN (2) CN106843711B (en)
AU (3) AU2016101418B4 (en)
DK (3) DK179296B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2017027632A1 (en)

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9965074B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships
US9990107B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-06-05 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US9996233B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-06-12 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierarchies
US9996231B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-06-12 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects
US10037138B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-07-31 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for switching between user interfaces
US10048757B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for controlling media presentation
US10067645B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-09-04 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10067653B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2018-09-04 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US10073615B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
US10078442B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-09-18 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for determining whether to scroll or select content based on an intensity theshold
US10095396B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-10-09 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object
US10162452B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-12-25 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US10168826B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between display states in response to a gesture
US10175864B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects in accordance with contact intensity
US10175757B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for touch-based operations performed and reversed in a user interface
US10200598B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-02-05 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US10203868B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-02-12 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10222980B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US10235035B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-03-19 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation
US10248308B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-04-02 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures
US10275087B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2019-04-30 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10303354B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-05-28 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10346030B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-07-09 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10387029B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-08-20 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US10416800B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for adjusting user interface objects
US10437333B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2019-10-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for forgoing generation of tactile output for a multi-contact gesture
US10496260B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for pressure-based alteration of controls in a user interface
US10620781B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2020-04-14 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a cursor according to a change in an appearance of a control icon with simulated three-dimensional characteristics
US10782871B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2020-09-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing feedback for changing activation states of a user interface object
US10908808B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying additional information in response to a user contact
US11023116B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a user interface object based on an intensity of a press input
US11231831B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2022-01-25 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for content preview based on touch input intensity
US11240424B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2022-02-01 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10997531B2 (en) 2007-09-11 2021-05-04 Ciambella Ltd. System, method and graphical user interface for workflow generation, deployment and/or execution
WO2014204989A1 (en) 2013-06-18 2014-12-24 Ciambella Ltd. Method and apparatus for code virtualization and remote process call generation
US9185062B1 (en) 2014-05-31 2015-11-10 Apple Inc. Message user interfaces for capture and transmittal of media and location content
US10445425B2 (en) 2015-09-15 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Emoji and canned responses
US9939908B2 (en) * 2015-09-28 2018-04-10 Paypal, Inc. Multi-device authentication
WO2017112735A2 (en) 2015-12-21 2017-06-29 Ciambella Ltd. Method and apparatus for creating and managing controller based remote solutions
KR102544716B1 (en) * 2016-03-25 2023-06-16 삼성전자주식회사 Method for Outputting Screen and the Electronic Device supporting the same
US11087249B2 (en) 2016-05-24 2021-08-10 Ciambella Ltd. Method and apparatus for triggering execution of a workflow over a network
KR102535737B1 (en) * 2016-08-03 2023-05-24 삼성전자주식회사 Electric device comprising force sensor
US10798780B2 (en) 2016-08-22 2020-10-06 Ciambella Ltd. Method and apparatus for creating and managing controller based remote solutions
EP3671420A4 (en) * 2017-09-11 2020-08-05 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Touch operation response method and apparatus
EP3640783B1 (en) 2017-09-11 2023-12-13 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Touch operation response method and device
WO2019047226A1 (en) 2017-09-11 2019-03-14 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Touch operation response method and device
US11449925B2 (en) * 2018-01-22 2022-09-20 Taco Bell Corp. Systems and methods for ordering graphical user interface
US10970139B2 (en) * 2018-03-28 2021-04-06 Google Llc Controlling the triggering of function calls from content items
DK180171B1 (en) 2018-05-07 2020-07-14 Apple Inc USER INTERFACES FOR SHARING CONTEXTUALLY RELEVANT MEDIA CONTENT
US10877660B2 (en) * 2018-06-03 2020-12-29 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing inputs using gesture recognizers
WO2020076762A1 (en) * 2018-10-08 2020-04-16 Ciambella Ltd. System, apparatus and method for providing end to end solution for networks
US10936659B2 (en) * 2019-01-02 2021-03-02 International Business Machines Corporation Parallel graph events processing
US10905946B2 (en) 2019-02-28 2021-02-02 Valve Corporation Continuous controller calibration
US11301128B2 (en) * 2019-05-01 2022-04-12 Google Llc Intended input to a user interface from detected gesture positions
US11194467B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2021-12-07 Apple Inc. Keyboard management user interfaces
US11074408B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2021-07-27 Apple Inc. Mail application features
DE102020107752A1 (en) * 2020-03-20 2021-09-23 Daimler Ag Method and device for selecting input fields displayed on a screen and / or for activating input contents displayed on the screen in a selected input field by manual inputs
US11500467B1 (en) 2021-05-25 2022-11-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Providing haptic feedback through touch-sensitive input devices
KR20230022766A (en) * 2021-08-09 2023-02-16 삼성전자주식회사 Electronic device for processing an input of a stylus's pen and method of operating the same
US11922008B2 (en) * 2021-08-09 2024-03-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic device processing input of stylus pen and method for operating the same

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050012723A1 (en) * 2003-07-14 2005-01-20 Move Mobile Systems, Inc. System and method for a portable multimedia client
US20060132455A1 (en) * 2004-12-21 2006-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Pressure based selection
US20100149096A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Migos Charles J Network management using interaction with display surface
US20120038580A1 (en) * 2009-04-24 2012-02-16 Kyocera Corporation Input appratus
US20130326420A1 (en) * 2012-06-05 2013-12-05 Beijing Xiaomi Technology Co., Ltd. Methods and devices for user interactive interfaces on touchscreens

Family Cites Families (1474)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS58182746A (en) 1982-04-20 1983-10-25 Fujitsu Ltd Touch type input device
JPS6074003A (en) 1983-09-30 1985-04-26 Ryozo Setoguchi Shape creating device
US4903201A (en) 1983-11-03 1990-02-20 World Energy Exchange Corporation Automated futures trading exchange
US5270922A (en) 1984-06-29 1993-12-14 Merrill Lynch & Company, Inc. System for distributing, processing and displaying financial information
US4674044A (en) 1985-01-30 1987-06-16 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc. Automated securities trading system
US4750135A (en) 1986-05-01 1988-06-07 Reuters Limited Method for dynamically creating a receiver definable local trading instrument displayable record from a remotely transmitted trading instrument common data stream
US5038284A (en) 1988-02-17 1991-08-06 Kramer Robert M Method and apparatus relating to conducting trading transactions with portable trading stations
ATE161979T1 (en) 1988-05-27 1998-01-15 Kodak Ltd DOCUMENT FOLDER IMAGE FOR DISPLAY IN A DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM
EP0388162A3 (en) 1989-03-14 1993-03-03 Chicago Board Of Trade Apparatus for market trading
KR920700434A (en) 1989-03-14 1992-02-19 원본미기재 Methods and Devices for Auction Market Transactions
CA2029871A1 (en) 1989-03-28 1990-09-29 Glen W. Belden Method and apparatus for market trading
US5077665A (en) 1989-05-25 1991-12-31 Reuters Limited Distributed matching system
US5136501A (en) 1989-05-26 1992-08-04 Reuters Limited Anonymous matching system
US5101353A (en) 1989-05-31 1992-03-31 Lattice Investments, Inc. Automated system for providing liquidity to securities markets
US5297031A (en) 1990-03-06 1994-03-22 Chicago Board Of Trade Method and apparatus for order management by market brokers
JPH0385481U (en) 1990-11-02 1991-08-29
GB9027249D0 (en) 1990-12-17 1991-02-06 Reuters Ltd Offer matching system
US5297032A (en) 1991-02-01 1994-03-22 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Securities trading workstation
US5184120A (en) 1991-04-04 1993-02-02 Motorola, Inc. Menu selection using adaptive force sensing resistor
US6347997B1 (en) 1997-10-01 2002-02-19 Brad A. Armstrong Analog controls housed with electronic displays
US6208271B1 (en) 1998-09-04 2001-03-27 Brad A. Armstrong Remote controller with analog button(s)
US5717725A (en) 1992-03-12 1998-02-10 Ntp Incorporated System for wireless transmission and receiving of information through a computer bus interface and method of operation
US5544262A (en) 1992-04-07 1996-08-06 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for processing graphically input equations
DE69324067T2 (en) 1992-06-08 1999-07-15 Synaptics Inc Object position detector
JPH0651738A (en) 1992-07-27 1994-02-25 Canon Inc Information display device of computer system
JP2994888B2 (en) 1992-11-25 1999-12-27 シャープ株式会社 Input processing device and input processing method
US5428730A (en) 1992-12-15 1995-06-27 International Business Machines Corporation Multimedia system having software mechanism providing standardized interfaces and controls for the operation of multimedia devices
US5455965A (en) 1993-02-26 1995-10-03 Motorola, Inc. Method for determining and utilizing simulcast transmit times
US5555354A (en) 1993-03-23 1996-09-10 Silicon Graphics Inc. Method and apparatus for navigation within three-dimensional information landscape
JPH0798769A (en) 1993-06-18 1995-04-11 Hitachi Ltd Information processor and its screen editing method
US5463722A (en) 1993-07-23 1995-10-31 Apple Computer, Inc. Automatic alignment of objects in two-dimensional and three-dimensional display space using an alignment field gradient
BE1007462A3 (en) 1993-08-26 1995-07-04 Philips Electronics Nv Data processing device with touch sensor and power.
JPH07151512A (en) 1993-10-05 1995-06-16 Mitsutoyo Corp Operating device of three dimensional measuring machine
JPH07104915A (en) 1993-10-06 1995-04-21 Toshiba Corp Graphic user interface device
WO1995012161A1 (en) 1993-10-29 1995-05-04 Taligent, Inc. Graphic editor framework system
EP0661620B1 (en) 1993-12-30 2001-03-21 Xerox Corporation Apparatus and method for executing multiple concatenated command gestures in a gesture based input system
CA2119921C (en) 1994-03-23 2009-09-29 Sydney H. Belzberg Computerized stock exchange trading system
AU2241195A (en) 1994-04-06 1995-10-30 Morgan Stanley Group Inc. Data processing system and method for financial debt instruments
US5526478A (en) 1994-06-30 1996-06-11 Silicon Graphics, Inc. Three dimensional model with three dimensional pointers and multimedia functions linked to the pointers
GB9416673D0 (en) 1994-08-17 1994-10-12 Reuters Ltd Data exchange filtering system
US5559301A (en) 1994-09-15 1996-09-24 Korg, Inc. Touchscreen interface having pop-up variable adjustment displays for controllers and audio processing systems
US5797002A (en) 1994-09-20 1998-08-18 Papyrus Technology Corp. Two-way wireless system for financial industry transactions
US5774877A (en) 1994-09-20 1998-06-30 Papyrus Technology Corp. Two-way wireless system for financial industry transactions
WO1996009579A1 (en) 1994-09-22 1996-03-28 Izak Van Cruyningen Popup menus with directional gestures
US5689651A (en) 1994-10-13 1997-11-18 Lozman; Fane System for processing and displaying financial information
WO1996014908A1 (en) 1994-11-14 1996-05-23 Catapult Entertainment, Inc. Method and apparatus for synchronizing the execution of multiple video game systems in a networked environment
US5805144A (en) 1994-12-14 1998-09-08 Dell Usa, L.P. Mouse pointing device having integrated touchpad
JPH08227341A (en) 1995-02-22 1996-09-03 Mitsubishi Electric Corp User interface
US5657246A (en) 1995-03-07 1997-08-12 Vtel Corporation Method and apparatus for a video conference user interface
US5845266A (en) 1995-12-12 1998-12-01 Optimark Technologies, Inc. Crossing network utilizing satisfaction density profile with price discovery features
IL117424A (en) 1995-04-27 1999-09-22 Optimark Tech Inc Crossing network utilizing satisfaction density profile
US5793360A (en) 1995-05-05 1998-08-11 Wacom Co., Ltd. Digitizer eraser system and method
US6072488A (en) 1995-05-05 2000-06-06 Apple Computer, Inc. Systems and methods for replacing open windows in a graphical user interface
US5717438A (en) 1995-08-25 1998-02-10 International Business Machines Corporation Multimedia document using time box diagrams
ES2210389T3 (en) 1995-08-28 2004-07-01 Ebs Dealing Resources, Inc. SYSTEM OF COMMERCIAL TRANSACTIONS ANONYMOUS WITH IMPROVED CHARACTERISTICS OF INTRODUCTION OF QUOTATIONS.
US5844560A (en) 1995-09-29 1998-12-01 Intel Corporation Graphical user interface control element
JP3417741B2 (en) 1995-10-06 2003-06-16 富士通株式会社 Transaction control system
US5910882A (en) 1995-11-14 1999-06-08 Garmin Corporation Portable electronic device for use in combination portable and fixed mount applications
US5825308A (en) 1996-11-26 1998-10-20 Immersion Human Interface Corporation Force feedback interface having isotonic and isometric functionality
US5793377A (en) 1995-11-22 1998-08-11 Autodesk, Inc. Method and apparatus for polar coordinate snap in a computer implemented drawing tool
US5801692A (en) 1995-11-30 1998-09-01 Microsoft Corporation Audio-visual user interface controls
US5719796A (en) 1995-12-04 1998-02-17 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. System for monitoring and analyzing manufacturing processes using statistical simulation with single step feedback
US6750877B2 (en) 1995-12-13 2004-06-15 Immersion Corporation Controlling haptic feedback for enhancing navigation in a graphical environment
US6300936B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2001-10-09 Immersion Corporation Force feedback system including multi-tasking graphical host environment and interface device
US5825352A (en) 1996-01-04 1998-10-20 Logitech, Inc. Multiple fingers contact sensing method for emulating mouse buttons and mouse operations on a touch sensor pad
US5695400A (en) 1996-01-30 1997-12-09 Boxer Jam Productions Method of managing multi-player game playing over a network
US5946647A (en) 1996-02-01 1999-08-31 Apple Computer, Inc. System and method for performing an action on a structure in computer-generated data
US5820463A (en) 1996-02-06 1998-10-13 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Method and apparatus for multi-player gaming over a network
JPH09269883A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-10-14 Seiko Epson Corp Information processor and method therefor
US5880733A (en) 1996-04-30 1999-03-09 Microsoft Corporation Display system and method for displaying windows of an operating system to provide a three-dimensional workspace for a computer system
US5924083A (en) 1996-05-29 1999-07-13 Geneva Branch Of Reuters Transaction Services Limited Distributed matching system for displaying a book of credit filtered bids and offers
US5819293A (en) 1996-06-06 1998-10-06 Microsoft Corporation Automatic Spreadsheet forms
JP4484255B2 (en) 1996-06-11 2010-06-16 株式会社日立製作所 Information processing apparatus having touch panel and information processing method
US6014643A (en) 1996-06-28 2000-01-11 Minton; Vernon F. Interactive securities trading system
US8674932B2 (en) 1996-07-05 2014-03-18 Anascape, Ltd. Image controller
US6208329B1 (en) 1996-08-13 2001-03-27 Lsi Logic Corporation Supplemental mouse button emulation system, method and apparatus for a coordinate based data input device
US6247000B1 (en) 1996-08-21 2001-06-12 Crossmar, Inc. Method and system for confirmation and settlement for financial transactions matching
WO1998009270A1 (en) 1996-08-28 1998-03-05 Via, Inc. Touch screen systems and methods
US6195647B1 (en) 1996-09-26 2001-02-27 The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. On-line transaction processing system for security trading
US5963923A (en) 1996-11-12 1999-10-05 Garber; Howard B. System and method for trading having a principal market maker
US5973670A (en) 1996-12-31 1999-10-26 International Business Machines Corporation Tactile feedback controller for computer cursor control device
EP0859307A1 (en) 1997-02-18 1998-08-19 International Business Machines Corporation Control mechanism for graphical user interface
US5883905A (en) 1997-02-18 1999-03-16 Schlumberger Technologies, Inc. Pattern generator with extended register programming
US6031989A (en) 1997-02-27 2000-02-29 Microsoft Corporation Method of formatting and displaying nested documents
US6954899B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2005-10-11 Novint Technologies, Inc. Human-computer interface including haptically controlled interactions
US7091948B2 (en) 1997-04-25 2006-08-15 Immersion Corporation Design of force sensations for haptic feedback computer interfaces
US6073036A (en) 1997-04-28 2000-06-06 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Mobile station with touch input having automatic symbol magnification function
CN1261450A (en) 1997-04-30 2000-07-26 特拉斯特马格国际有限公司 Network computer trading system
DE19721897A1 (en) 1997-05-26 1998-12-03 Degussa Molded metal fixed bed catalyst, process for its production and its use
US6806893B1 (en) 1997-08-04 2004-10-19 Parasoft Corporation System and method for displaying simulated three dimensional buttons in a graphical user interface
US6266684B1 (en) 1997-08-06 2001-07-24 Adobe Systems Incorporated Creating and saving multi-frame web pages
US6411998B1 (en) 1997-09-08 2002-06-25 International Business Machines Corporation World wide web internet delay monitor
US6002397A (en) 1997-09-30 1999-12-14 International Business Machines Corporation Window hatches in graphical user interface
US6532000B2 (en) 1997-10-01 2003-03-11 Brad A. Armstrong Analog controls housed with electronic displays for global positioning systems
US6456778B2 (en) 1997-10-01 2002-09-24 Brad A. Armstrong Analog controls housed with electronic displays for video recorders and cameras
US20020138390A1 (en) 1997-10-14 2002-09-26 R. Raymond May Systems, methods and computer program products for subject-based addressing in an electronic trading system
US6131087A (en) 1997-11-05 2000-10-10 The Planning Solutions Group, Inc. Method for automatically identifying, matching, and near-matching buyers and sellers in electronic market transactions
US6088019A (en) 1998-06-23 2000-07-11 Immersion Corporation Low cost force feedback device with actuator for non-primary axis
US6448977B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2002-09-10 Immersion Corporation Textures and other spatial sensations for a relative haptic interface device
CN1619561A (en) 1997-12-08 2005-05-25 新日铁系统集成株式会社 Commodity exchanging appararus
US6035287A (en) 1997-12-17 2000-03-07 Omega Consulting, Inc. Method and apparatus for bundled asset trading
US6088027A (en) 1998-01-08 2000-07-11 Macromedia, Inc. Method and apparatus for screen object manipulation
JPH11203044A (en) 1998-01-16 1999-07-30 Sony Corp Information processing system
US8479122B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-07-02 Apple Inc. Gestures for touch sensitive input devices
EP1717682B1 (en) 1998-01-26 2017-08-16 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for integrating manual input
US7614008B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2009-11-03 Apple Inc. Operation of a computer with touch screen interface
US20060033724A1 (en) 2004-07-30 2006-02-16 Apple Computer, Inc. Virtual input device placement on a touch screen user interface
US7760187B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2010-07-20 Apple Inc. Visual expander
US7844914B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2010-11-30 Apple Inc. Activating virtual keys of a touch-screen virtual keyboard
US9292111B2 (en) 1998-01-26 2016-03-22 Apple Inc. Gesturing with a multipoint sensing device
US7663607B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2010-02-16 Apple Inc. Multipoint touchscreen
US6219034B1 (en) 1998-02-23 2001-04-17 Kristofer E. Elbing Tactile computer interface
FI107859B (en) 1998-03-23 2001-10-15 Nokia Networks Oy Subscription services in a mobile communication system
US6211880B1 (en) 1998-04-13 2001-04-03 Albert Joseph Impink, Jr. Display apparatus
US6180894B1 (en) 1998-05-07 2001-01-30 Aiptek International Inc. Dual mode digitizer tablet system
US6208340B1 (en) 1998-05-26 2001-03-27 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical user interface including a drop-down widget that permits a plurality of choices to be selected in response to a single selection of the drop-down widget
JPH11355617A (en) 1998-06-05 1999-12-24 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Camera with image display device
US6707443B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2004-03-16 Immersion Corporation Haptic trackball device
US6563487B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2003-05-13 Immersion Corporation Haptic feedback for directional control pads
US6429846B2 (en) 1998-06-23 2002-08-06 Immersion Corporation Haptic feedback for touchpads and other touch controls
US6229542B1 (en) 1998-07-10 2001-05-08 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for managing windows in three dimensions in a two dimensional windowing system
US6243080B1 (en) 1998-07-14 2001-06-05 Ericsson Inc. Touch-sensitive panel with selector
AU5777699A (en) 1998-08-21 2000-03-14 Marketxt, Inc. Volume limitation method and system for a real-time computerized stock trading system
US6326956B1 (en) 1998-08-24 2001-12-04 Intertactile Technologies Corporation Circuit control devices utilizing electronic display screen light
US6111575A (en) 1998-09-24 2000-08-29 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical undo/redo manager and method
DE19849460B4 (en) 1998-10-28 2009-11-05 Völckers, Oliver Numeric digital telephone keypad for a telephone device with a display and method for quick text selection from a list using the numeric telephone keypad
US6405180B2 (en) 1998-11-05 2002-06-11 International Securities Exchange, Llc Automated exchange for matching bids between a party and a counterparty based on a relationship between the counterparty and the exchange
US6377940B2 (en) 1998-11-05 2002-04-23 International Securities Exchange, Llc Method and apparatus for setting a price for a security on an automated exchange based on a comparison of prices on other exchanges
JP2000148348A (en) 1998-11-13 2000-05-26 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Method and system capable of easily discriminating application being activated program and completing the same
SG141212A1 (en) 1998-11-24 2008-04-28 Niksun Inc Apparatus and method for collecting and analyzing communications data
US6252594B1 (en) 1998-12-11 2001-06-26 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for aiding a user in scrolling through a document using animation, voice cues and a dockable scroll bar
US6489975B1 (en) 1998-12-14 2002-12-03 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for improved navigation between open windows in an application program using window tabs
US7469381B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-12-23 Apple Inc. List scrolling and document translation, scaling, and rotation on a touch-screen display
US7506252B2 (en) 1999-01-26 2009-03-17 Blumberg Marvin R Speed typing apparatus for entering letters of alphabet with at least thirteen-letter input elements
US6396962B1 (en) 1999-01-29 2002-05-28 Sony Corporation System and method for providing zooming video
US6512761B1 (en) 1999-02-02 2003-01-28 3Com Corporation System for adjusting billing for real-time media transmissions based on delay
US6272474B1 (en) 1999-02-08 2001-08-07 Crisostomo B. Garcia Method for monitoring and trading stocks via the internet displaying bid/ask trade bars
US6551357B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2003-04-22 International Business Machines Corporation Method, system, and program for storing and retrieving markings for display to an electronic media file
EP1028583A1 (en) 1999-02-12 2000-08-16 Hewlett-Packard Company Digital camera with sound recording
US20020026321A1 (en) 1999-02-26 2002-02-28 Sadeg M. Faris Internet-based system and method for fairly and securely enabling timed-constrained competition using globally time-sychronized client subsystems and information servers having microsecond client-event resolution
WO2000050974A2 (en) 1999-02-26 2000-08-31 Reveo, Inc. Globally time-synchronized systems, devices and methods
WO2000052619A1 (en) 1999-03-01 2000-09-08 Wit Capital Corporation A system and method for conducting securities transactions over a computer network
US6408282B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2002-06-18 Wit Capital Corp. System and method for conducting securities transactions over a computer network
US7212999B2 (en) 1999-04-09 2007-05-01 Trading Technologies International, Inc. User interface for an electronic trading system
US6278982B1 (en) 1999-04-21 2001-08-21 Lava Trading Inc. Securities trading system for consolidation of trading on multiple ECNS and electronic exchanges
AU4369100A (en) 1999-04-22 2000-11-10 Trading Technologies, Inc. Electronic securities trading system
JP2001034775A (en) 1999-05-17 2001-02-09 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd History image display method
US6801190B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2004-10-05 America Online Incorporated Keyboard system with automatic correction
US6227743B1 (en) 1999-07-01 2001-05-08 Karl A. Robb Pen cap stylus for use with touch screens
US6904405B2 (en) 1999-07-17 2005-06-07 Edwin A. Suominen Message recognition using shared language model
US6396523B1 (en) 1999-07-29 2002-05-28 Interlink Electronics, Inc. Home entertainment device remote control
US6489978B1 (en) 1999-08-06 2002-12-03 International Business Machines Corporation Extending the opening time of state menu items for conformations of multiple changes
US6459424B1 (en) 1999-08-10 2002-10-01 Hewlett-Packard Company Touch-sensitive input screen having regional sensitivity and resolution properties
AU1250001A (en) 1999-08-30 2001-03-26 Epit Inc. User interface for semi-fungible trading
JP2001078137A (en) 1999-09-01 2001-03-23 Olympus Optical Co Ltd Electronic camera
US7685048B1 (en) 1999-09-01 2010-03-23 Bloomberg L.P. Electronic trading system for forwards spread trades
US6459442B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2002-10-01 Xerox Corporation System for applying application behaviors to freeform data
US8239303B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2012-08-07 The Nasdaq Omx Group, Inc. Match-off of order flow in electronic market system
US7181424B1 (en) 1999-09-23 2007-02-20 The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Montage for automated market system
US8311926B1 (en) 1999-09-23 2012-11-13 The Nasdaq Omx Group, Inc. Montage for automated market system
US6377636B1 (en) 1999-11-02 2002-04-23 Iospan Wirless, Inc. Method and wireless communications system using coordinated transmission and training for interference mitigation
US8482535B2 (en) 1999-11-08 2013-07-09 Apple Inc. Programmable tactile touch screen displays and man-machine interfaces for improved vehicle instrumentation and telematics
AU2575301A (en) 1999-12-03 2001-06-12 Farms.Com, Ltd Computerized system and method for conducting an online virtual auction
US20020055899A1 (en) 1999-12-06 2002-05-09 Williams Joseph C. Display system and method for displaying and organizing financial information
US7434177B1 (en) 1999-12-20 2008-10-07 Apple Inc. User interface for providing consolidation and access
US7362331B2 (en) 2000-01-05 2008-04-22 Apple Inc. Time-based, non-constant translation of user interface objects between states
US6664991B1 (en) 2000-01-06 2003-12-16 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for providing context menus on a pen-based device
US6661438B1 (en) 2000-01-18 2003-12-09 Seiko Epson Corporation Display apparatus and portable information processing apparatus
JP2001202192A (en) 2000-01-18 2001-07-27 Sony Corp Information processor, its method and program storage medium
US6512530B1 (en) 2000-01-19 2003-01-28 Xerox Corporation Systems and methods for mimicking an image forming or capture device control panel control element
US6822635B2 (en) 2000-01-19 2004-11-23 Immersion Corporation Haptic interface for laptop computers and other portable devices
US7138983B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-11-21 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Method and apparatus for detecting and interpreting path of designated position
JP3845738B2 (en) 2000-02-09 2006-11-15 カシオ計算機株式会社 Object moving device and recording medium
CA2400037A1 (en) 2000-02-14 2001-08-23 Adriana Guzman System and method for graphical programming
GB2366630A (en) 2000-02-17 2002-03-13 Gold On Line Trading Ltd Internet Trading System
US6772132B1 (en) 2000-03-02 2004-08-03 Trading Technologies International, Inc. Click based trading with intuitive grid display of market depth
JP2001265481A (en) 2000-03-21 2001-09-28 Nec Corp Method and device for displaying page information and storage medium with program for displaying page information stored
JP2001306207A (en) 2000-04-27 2001-11-02 Just Syst Corp Recording medium with program for supporting drag and drop processing recorded
US20020035534A1 (en) 2000-05-04 2002-03-21 Buist Walter D. Method and apparatus for auctioning securities
US7246092B1 (en) 2000-05-12 2007-07-17 The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. Montage for an electronic market
US6831666B1 (en) 2000-06-14 2004-12-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Application selection window in a windows operation system
JP2002041023A (en) 2000-07-06 2002-02-08 Internatl Business Mach Corp <Ibm> Computer system, display control device, display device, display control method, recording medium and program transmission device
KR20020007860A (en) 2000-07-19 2002-01-29 백승헌 Method of correcting time in internet and trading time management method using thereof
US6583798B1 (en) 2000-07-21 2003-06-24 Microsoft Corporation On-object user interface
JP4501243B2 (en) 2000-07-24 2010-07-14 ソニー株式会社 Television receiver and program execution method
US20020015064A1 (en) 2000-08-07 2002-02-07 Robotham John S. Gesture-based user interface to multi-level and multi-modal sets of bit-maps
JP3949912B2 (en) 2000-08-08 2007-07-25 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Portable electronic device, electronic device, vibration generator, notification method by vibration and notification control method
US6906697B2 (en) 2000-08-11 2005-06-14 Immersion Corporation Haptic sensations for tactile feedback interface devices
US8924277B2 (en) 2000-08-17 2014-12-30 Nyse Group, Inc. Method and system for automatic execution of a securities transaction
US7688306B2 (en) 2000-10-02 2010-03-30 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatuses for operating a portable device based on an accelerometer
US7218226B2 (en) 2004-03-01 2007-05-15 Apple Inc. Acceleration-based theft detection system for portable electronic devices
US6891551B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2005-05-10 Microsoft Corporation Selection handles in editing electronic documents
US6577296B2 (en) 2000-11-14 2003-06-10 Vega Vista, Inc. Fixed cursor
US6943778B1 (en) 2000-11-20 2005-09-13 Nokia Corporation Touch screen input technique
US6590568B1 (en) 2000-11-20 2003-07-08 Nokia Corporation Touch screen drag and drop input technique
DE10059906A1 (en) 2000-12-01 2002-06-06 Bs Biometric Systems Gmbh Pressure-sensitive surface for use with a screen or a display linked to a computer displays fields sensitive to touch pressure for triggering a computer program function related to the appropriate field.
US20020077117A1 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-20 Jocelyn Cloutier Synchronous transmission of data with network remote control
JP2002182855A (en) 2000-12-19 2002-06-28 Totoku Electric Co Ltd Touch panel unit
GB2370739A (en) 2000-12-27 2002-07-03 Nokia Corp Flashlight cursor for set-top boxes
US6677932B1 (en) 2001-01-28 2004-01-13 Finger Works, Inc. System and method for recognizing touch typing under limited tactile feedback conditions
US20050183017A1 (en) 2001-01-31 2005-08-18 Microsoft Corporation Seekbar in taskbar player visualization mode
US20020107748A1 (en) 2001-02-05 2002-08-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for decentralized order matching among individual marketplaces
US6570557B1 (en) 2001-02-10 2003-05-27 Finger Works, Inc. Multi-touch system and method for emulating modifier keys via fingertip chords
US20020120837A1 (en) 2001-02-28 2002-08-29 Maxemchuk Nicholas Frank Distributed internet multicast system for the stock market
JP2002268867A (en) 2001-03-13 2002-09-20 Sony Corp Display device and method, program recording medium and program
US20020178102A1 (en) 2001-03-15 2002-11-28 Larry Scheinberg Margin release system for an electronic-based market
JP2002286489A (en) 2001-03-28 2002-10-03 Clarion Co Ltd Car navigation device and method and software for car navigation
US7012595B2 (en) 2001-03-30 2006-03-14 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Handheld electronic device with touch pad
TW502180B (en) 2001-03-30 2002-09-11 Ulead Systems Inc Previewing method of editing multimedia effect
US20020149630A1 (en) 2001-04-16 2002-10-17 Parascript Llc Providing hand-written and hand-drawn electronic mail service
US7134093B2 (en) 2001-04-18 2006-11-07 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical user interface for direct control of display of data
US20020161693A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-10-31 Greenwald Jamie A. Automated over-the-counter derivatives trading system
US8125492B1 (en) 2001-05-18 2012-02-28 Autodesk, Inc. Parameter wiring
TW521205B (en) 2001-06-05 2003-02-21 Compal Electronics Inc Touch screen capable of controlling amplification with pressure
US20020186257A1 (en) 2001-06-08 2002-12-12 Cadiz Jonathan J. System and process for providing dynamic communication access and information awareness in an interactive peripheral display
US7190379B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2007-03-13 Contex A/S Method for resizing and moving an object on a computer screen
US8001490B2 (en) 2001-07-10 2011-08-16 Nvidia International, Inc. System, method and computer program product for a content publisher for wireless devices
US20050134578A1 (en) 2001-07-13 2005-06-23 Universal Electronics Inc. System and methods for interacting with a control environment
CA2457908C (en) 2001-08-31 2011-08-09 Ceramic Fuel Cells Limited Fuel cell system and method for recycling exhaust
JP2003084744A (en) 2001-09-10 2003-03-19 Sharp Corp Emulator, emulation method and program for executing the method and recording medium with the program recorded thereon
US7103848B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2006-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Handheld electronic book reader with annotation and usage tracking capabilities
US6965645B2 (en) 2001-09-25 2005-11-15 Microsoft Corporation Content-based characterization of video frame sequences
US20030206169A1 (en) 2001-09-26 2003-11-06 Michael Springer System, method and computer program product for automatically snapping lines to drawing elements
US6703550B2 (en) 2001-10-10 2004-03-09 Immersion Corporation Sound data output and manipulation using haptic feedback
US8001189B2 (en) 2001-10-16 2011-08-16 Microsoft Corporation Routing of network messages
CN102609088B (en) 2001-11-01 2015-12-16 意美森公司 For providing the method and system of sense of touch
JP2003157131A (en) 2001-11-22 2003-05-30 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Input method, display method, media information composite display method, input device, media information composite display device, input program, media information composite display program, and recording medium where those programs are recorded
JP2003162355A (en) 2001-11-26 2003-06-06 Sony Corp Display switching method of task, portable equipment, and portable communication equipment
JP2003186597A (en) 2001-12-13 2003-07-04 Samsung Yokohama Research Institute Co Ltd Portable terminal device
US20030112269A1 (en) 2001-12-17 2003-06-19 International Business Machines Corporation Configurable graphical element for monitoring dynamic properties of a resource coupled to a computing environment
US7346855B2 (en) 2001-12-21 2008-03-18 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for switching between multiple computer applications
CN1356493A (en) 2001-12-30 2002-07-03 王森 Upper cylinder for pressure steam boiler
US7043701B2 (en) 2002-01-07 2006-05-09 Xerox Corporation Opacity desktop with depth perception
US20030184574A1 (en) 2002-02-12 2003-10-02 Phillips James V. Touch screen interface with haptic feedback device
US6888537B2 (en) 2002-02-13 2005-05-03 Siemens Technology-To-Business Center, Llc Configurable industrial input devices that use electrically conductive elastomer
CN100350351C (en) 2002-03-08 2007-11-21 设计展示公司 Electric device control apparatus
US7114091B2 (en) 2002-03-18 2006-09-26 National Instruments Corporation Synchronization of distributed systems
TWI234115B (en) 2002-04-03 2005-06-11 Htc Corp Method and device of setting threshold pressure for touch panel
US20030189647A1 (en) 2002-04-05 2003-10-09 Kang Beng Hong Alex Method of taking pictures
US7178049B2 (en) 2002-04-24 2007-02-13 Medius, Inc. Method for multi-tasking multiple Java virtual machines in a secure environment
JP2004062648A (en) 2002-07-30 2004-02-26 Kyocera Corp Display control device and display control program for use in the same
US20030222915A1 (en) 2002-05-30 2003-12-04 International Business Machines Corporation Data processor controlled display system with drag and drop movement of displayed items from source to destination screen positions and interactive modification of dragged items during the movement
US7801796B2 (en) 2002-06-05 2010-09-21 The Nasdaq Omx Group, Inc. Message prioritization process and method
US7259752B1 (en) 2002-06-28 2007-08-21 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for editing electronic ink
US11275405B2 (en) 2005-03-04 2022-03-15 Apple Inc. Multi-functional hand-held device
JP2004054861A (en) 2002-07-16 2004-02-19 Sanee Denki Kk Touch type mouse
US20040015662A1 (en) 2002-07-22 2004-01-22 Aron Cummings Memory card, memory card controller, and software therefor
US20040056849A1 (en) 2002-07-25 2004-03-25 Andrew Lohbihler Method and apparatus for powering, detecting and locating multiple touch input devices on a touch screen
US7549127B2 (en) 2002-08-01 2009-06-16 Realnetworks, Inc. Method and apparatus for resizing video content displayed within a graphical user interface
JP4115198B2 (en) 2002-08-02 2008-07-09 株式会社日立製作所 Display device with touch panel
KR100486711B1 (en) 2002-08-12 2005-05-03 삼성전기주식회사 Apparatus and method for turning pages personal information terminal
JP4500485B2 (en) 2002-08-28 2010-07-14 株式会社日立製作所 Display device with touch panel
US7739604B1 (en) 2002-09-25 2010-06-15 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for managing windows
US20040138849A1 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-07-15 Albrecht Schmidt Load sensing surface as pointing device
EP1406150A1 (en) 2002-10-01 2004-04-07 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB Tactile feedback method and device and portable device incorporating same
US7752115B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2010-07-06 Trading Technologies International, Inc. Method and apparatus for a fair exchange
JP4173718B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2008-10-29 富士通株式会社 Window switching device and window switching program
JP2004152217A (en) 2002-11-01 2004-05-27 Canon Electronics Inc Display device with touch panel
US20050114785A1 (en) 2003-01-07 2005-05-26 Microsoft Corporation Active content wizard execution with improved conspicuity
US20070128899A1 (en) 2003-01-12 2007-06-07 Yaron Mayer System and method for improving the efficiency, comfort, and/or reliability in Operating Systems, such as for example Windows
US7453439B1 (en) 2003-01-16 2008-11-18 Forward Input Inc. System and method for continuous stroke word-based text input
US7224362B2 (en) 2003-01-30 2007-05-29 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Systems and methods for providing visualization and network diagrams
US7685538B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2010-03-23 Wacom Co., Ltd. Method of triggering functions in a computer application using a digitizer having a stylus and a digitizer system
US20040155909A1 (en) 2003-02-07 2004-08-12 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Scroll tray mechanism for cellular telephone
JP2005317041A (en) 2003-02-14 2005-11-10 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method, and program
US7185291B2 (en) 2003-03-04 2007-02-27 Institute For Information Industry Computer with a touch screen
US7369102B2 (en) 2003-03-04 2008-05-06 Microsoft Corporation System and method for navigating a graphical user interface on a smaller display
US7532206B2 (en) 2003-03-11 2009-05-12 Smart Technologies Ulc System and method for differentiating between pointers used to contact touch surface
US7380218B2 (en) 2003-03-27 2008-05-27 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for managing windows
US20040219968A1 (en) 2003-05-01 2004-11-04 Fiden Daniel P. Gaming machine with interactive pop-up windows
GB0312465D0 (en) 2003-05-30 2003-07-09 Therefore Ltd A data input method for a computing device
US7516404B1 (en) 2003-06-02 2009-04-07 Colby Steven M Text correction
US7051282B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2006-05-23 Microsoft Corporation Multi-layer graphical user interface
US7159189B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2007-01-02 Alphabase Systems, Inc. Method and system for controlling cascaded windows on a GUI desktop on a computer
DE202004009752U1 (en) 2003-06-20 2004-11-11 Apple Computer Inc., Cupertino Computer system with a user interface, data carrier and signal sequence
US20040267823A1 (en) 2003-06-24 2004-12-30 Microsoft Corporation Reconcilable and undoable file system
US8682097B2 (en) 2006-02-14 2014-03-25 DigitalOptics Corporation Europe Limited Digital image enhancement with reference images
JP2005031786A (en) 2003-07-08 2005-02-03 Fujitsu Ten Ltd Character input device
US7036088B2 (en) 2003-07-24 2006-04-25 Sap Ag Multi-modal method for application swapping
US7721228B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2010-05-18 Yahoo! Inc. Method and system of controlling a context menu
KR100580174B1 (en) 2003-08-21 2006-05-16 삼성전자주식회사 Rotatable display apparatus and method for adjusting display screen
JP4003742B2 (en) 2003-08-21 2007-11-07 カシオ計算機株式会社 Electronic camera
US9024884B2 (en) 2003-09-02 2015-05-05 Apple Inc. Touch-sensitive electronic apparatus for media applications, and methods therefor
JP2005092386A (en) 2003-09-16 2005-04-07 Sony Corp Image selection apparatus and method
US7411575B2 (en) 2003-09-16 2008-08-12 Smart Technologies Ulc Gesture recognition method and touch system incorporating the same
US7500127B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2009-03-03 Vulcan Portals Inc. Method and apparatus for operating an electronic device in a low power mode
US7925298B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2011-04-12 Vulcan Portals Inc. User interface for a secondary display module of a mobile electronic device
US7702733B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2010-04-20 Vulcan Portals Inc. Low power email functionality for an electronic device
US7426647B2 (en) 2003-09-18 2008-09-16 Vulcan Portals Inc. Low power media player for an electronic device
KR100597588B1 (en) 2003-10-02 2006-07-06 한국전자통신연구원 Method for Measurement of Path characteristic between nodes using Active Testing Packet based Priority
US7176902B2 (en) 2003-10-10 2007-02-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Wake-on-touch for vibration sensing touch input devices
US7554689B2 (en) 2003-10-15 2009-06-30 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Document layout method
US20050091604A1 (en) 2003-10-22 2005-04-28 Scott Davis Systems and methods that track a user-identified point of focus
JP2005135106A (en) 2003-10-29 2005-05-26 Sony Corp Unit and method for display image control
US20050183035A1 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-08-18 Ringel Meredith J. Conflict resolution for graphic multi-user interface
US20050110777A1 (en) 2003-11-25 2005-05-26 Geaghan Bernard O. Light-emitting stylus and user input device using same
US8164573B2 (en) 2003-11-26 2012-04-24 Immersion Corporation Systems and methods for adaptive interpretation of input from a touch-sensitive input device
JP2005157842A (en) 2003-11-27 2005-06-16 Fujitsu Ltd Browser program, browsing method, and browsing device
US7454713B2 (en) 2003-12-01 2008-11-18 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Apparatus, methods and computer program products providing menu expansion and organization functions
EP1538821B1 (en) 2003-12-01 2007-08-22 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB Camera for recording of an image sequence
SG176315A1 (en) 2003-12-01 2011-12-29 Research In Motion Ltd Previewing a new event on a small screen device
US20050125742A1 (en) 2003-12-09 2005-06-09 International Business Machines Corporation Non-overlapping graphical user interface workspace
US7774721B2 (en) 2003-12-15 2010-08-10 Microsoft Corporation Intelligent backward resource navigation
US7085590B2 (en) 2003-12-31 2006-08-01 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Mobile terminal with ergonomic imaging functions
DE602004013116T2 (en) 2004-01-20 2009-07-02 Sony Deutschland Gmbh Haptic key-controlled data entry
US7966352B2 (en) 2004-01-26 2011-06-21 Microsoft Corporation Context harvesting from selected content
JP4790990B2 (en) 2004-01-27 2011-10-12 京セラ株式会社 Mobile device
US7441204B2 (en) 2004-02-06 2008-10-21 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for automatically displaying content of a window on a display that has changed orientation
EP1723632A4 (en) 2004-02-25 2007-07-25 Xplore Technologies Corp Apparatus providing multi-mode digital input
US20050190280A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 Haas William R. Method and apparatus for a digital camera scrolling slideshow
US7180531B2 (en) 2004-02-27 2007-02-20 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for enabling application program compatibility with display devices having improved pixel density
KR100611182B1 (en) 2004-02-27 2006-08-10 삼성전자주식회사 Portable electronic device for changing menu display state according to rotating degree and method thereof
US7788595B2 (en) 2004-03-08 2010-08-31 Sap Ag Method and system for switching among management system applications
EP1738246A4 (en) 2004-03-09 2011-02-09 Freedom Scientific Inc Low vision enhancement for graphic user interface
GB2412831A (en) 2004-03-30 2005-10-05 Univ Newcastle Highlighting important information by blurring less important information
US20050223338A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-10-06 Nokia Corporation Animated user-interface in electronic devices
US7921373B2 (en) 2004-04-05 2011-04-05 Panasonic Corporation Display screen management apparatus
US20050229112A1 (en) 2004-04-13 2005-10-13 Clay Timothy M Method and system for conveying an image position
JP2005309933A (en) 2004-04-23 2005-11-04 Canon Inc Enhancement control device, image processing system, method for displaying application icon, program, and storage medium
US7694236B2 (en) 2004-04-23 2010-04-06 Microsoft Corporation Stack icons representing multiple objects
US7787026B1 (en) 2004-04-28 2010-08-31 Media Tek Singapore Pte Ltd. Continuous burst mode digital camera
EP1745355A2 (en) 2004-05-05 2007-01-24 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Browsing media items
JP4063246B2 (en) 2004-05-11 2008-03-19 日本電気株式会社 Page information display device
WO2005114422A2 (en) 2004-05-21 2005-12-01 Pressco Technology Inc. Graphical re-inspection user setup interface
JP4869568B2 (en) 2004-06-14 2012-02-08 ソニー株式会社 Input device and electronic device
US8321786B2 (en) 2004-06-17 2012-11-27 Apple Inc. Routine and interface for correcting electronic text
US8453065B2 (en) 2004-06-25 2013-05-28 Apple Inc. Preview and installation of user interface elements in a display environment
US8281241B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2012-10-02 Nokia Corporation Electronic device and method for providing extended user interface
US8046712B2 (en) 2004-06-29 2011-10-25 Acd Systems International Inc. Management of multiple window panels with a graphical user interface
US7743348B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2010-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Using physical objects to adjust attributes of an interactive display application
US20060001657A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-01-05 Logitech Europe S.A. Scrolling device
US20060020904A1 (en) 2004-07-09 2006-01-26 Antti Aaltonen Stripe user interface
US20060012577A1 (en) 2004-07-16 2006-01-19 Nokia Corporation Active keypad lock for devices equipped with touch screen
US7653883B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2010-01-26 Apple Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
US8381135B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2013-02-19 Apple Inc. Proximity detector in handheld device
CN100585546C (en) 2004-08-02 2010-01-27 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 Data processing system, pressure sensitive touch screen and method for facilitating interactions of data processing system
WO2006013485A2 (en) 2004-08-02 2006-02-09 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Pressure-controlled navigating in a touch screen
US7178111B2 (en) 2004-08-03 2007-02-13 Microsoft Corporation Multi-planar three-dimensional user interface
US7728821B2 (en) 2004-08-06 2010-06-01 Touchtable, Inc. Touch detecting interactive display
US7724242B2 (en) 2004-08-06 2010-05-25 Touchtable, Inc. Touch driven method and apparatus to integrate and display multiple image layers forming alternate depictions of same subject matter
GB2417176A (en) 2004-08-12 2006-02-15 Ibm Mouse cursor display
US8117542B2 (en) 2004-08-16 2012-02-14 Microsoft Corporation User interface for displaying selectable software functionality controls that are contextually relevant to a selected object
US20060041846A1 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-02-23 International Business Machines Corporation Method of window management for a windowing system
FR2874432A1 (en) 2004-08-20 2006-02-24 Gervais Danone Sa PROCESS FOR ANALYZING FOOD, COSMETICS AND / OR HYGIENE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS, MEASUREMENT INTERFACE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD AND ELECTRONIC SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING THE INTERFACE
JP2006059238A (en) 2004-08-23 2006-03-02 Denso Corp Information input display device
US7761814B2 (en) 2004-09-13 2010-07-20 Microsoft Corporation Flick gesture
JP2008512756A (en) 2004-09-15 2008-04-24 ノキア コーポレイション Content handling and scrolling on the screen
US20060067654A1 (en) 2004-09-24 2006-03-30 Magix Ag Graphical user interface adaptable to multiple display devices
JP2006091446A (en) 2004-09-24 2006-04-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Camera
JP4860625B2 (en) 2004-10-08 2012-01-25 イマージョン コーポレーション Haptic feedback for simulating buttons and scrolling motion on touch input devices
CN100407118C (en) 2004-10-12 2008-07-30 日本电信电话株式会社 3D pointing method, 3D display control method, 3D pointing device, 3D display control device, 3D pointing program, and 3D display control program
MX2007004588A (en) 2004-10-19 2007-06-22 Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv Master substrate and method of manufacturing a high-density relief structure.
US8677274B2 (en) 2004-11-10 2014-03-18 Apple Inc. Highlighting items for search results
US20060107226A1 (en) 2004-11-16 2006-05-18 Microsoft Corporation Sidebar autohide to desktop
CN101061507B (en) 2004-11-16 2012-04-18 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 Touchless manipulation of images for regional enhancement
FR2878344B1 (en) 2004-11-22 2012-12-21 Sionnest Laurent Guyot DATA CONTROLLER AND INPUT DEVICE
US7847789B2 (en) 2004-11-23 2010-12-07 Microsoft Corporation Reducing accidental touch-sensitive device activation
US20060136834A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-22 Jiangen Cao Scrollable toolbar with tool tip on small screens
US7458038B2 (en) 2004-12-20 2008-11-25 Microsoft Corporation Selection indication fields
US7629966B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2009-12-08 Microsoft Corporation Hard tap
US7619616B2 (en) 2004-12-21 2009-11-17 Microsoft Corporation Pressure sensitive controls
WO2006073020A1 (en) 2005-01-05 2006-07-13 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Screen display device
US7552397B2 (en) 2005-01-18 2009-06-23 Microsoft Corporation Multiple window behavior system
US8341541B2 (en) 2005-01-18 2012-12-25 Microsoft Corporation System and method for visually browsing of open windows
US8464176B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2013-06-11 Microsoft Corporation Dynamic stacking and expansion of visual items
US7574434B2 (en) 2005-02-25 2009-08-11 Sony Corporation Method and system for navigating and selecting media from large data sets
KR102246065B1 (en) 2005-03-04 2021-04-29 애플 인크. Multi-functional hand-held device
JP4166229B2 (en) 2005-03-14 2008-10-15 株式会社日立製作所 Display device with touch panel
US20060213754A1 (en) 2005-03-17 2006-09-28 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for computer application program task switching via a single hardware button
US7454702B2 (en) 2005-03-21 2008-11-18 Microsoft Corporation Tool for selecting ink and other objects in an electronic document
US7661069B2 (en) 2005-03-31 2010-02-09 Microsoft Corporation System and method for visually expressing user interface elements
US7478339B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2009-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Method and apparatus for application window grouping and management
US7355595B2 (en) 2005-04-15 2008-04-08 Microsoft Corporation Tactile device for scrolling
US8023568B2 (en) 2005-04-15 2011-09-20 Avid Technology, Inc. Capture, editing and encoding of motion pictures encoded with repeating fields or frames
US7471284B2 (en) 2005-04-15 2008-12-30 Microsoft Corporation Tactile scroll bar with illuminated document position indicator
US7673255B2 (en) 2005-04-22 2010-03-02 Microsoft Corporation Interface and system for manipulating thumbnails of live windows in a window manager
US9569093B2 (en) 2005-05-18 2017-02-14 Power2B, Inc. Displays and information input devices
US7609178B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2009-10-27 Pressure Profile Systems, Inc. Reconfigurable tactile sensor input device
US9785329B2 (en) 2005-05-23 2017-10-10 Nokia Technologies Oy Pocket computer and associated methods
US20070024646A1 (en) 2005-05-23 2007-02-01 Kalle Saarinen Portable electronic apparatus and associated method
US7797641B2 (en) 2005-05-27 2010-09-14 Nokia Corporation Mobile communications terminal and method therefore
US9141718B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2015-09-22 Apple Inc. Clipview applications
US7710397B2 (en) 2005-06-03 2010-05-04 Apple Inc. Mouse with improved input mechanisms using touch sensors
JP2006345209A (en) 2005-06-08 2006-12-21 Sony Corp Input device, information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US7903090B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2011-03-08 Qsi Corporation Force-based input device
TWI296395B (en) 2005-06-24 2008-05-01 Benq Corp Method for zooming image on touch screen
US20070004461A1 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Bathina Sridhar N Terminal with messaging application
US20070004451A1 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 C Anderson Eric Controlling functions of a handheld multifunction device
CN101814005B (en) 2005-07-22 2013-02-27 运行移动系统公司 System and method for a thumb-optimized touch-screen user interface
US8049731B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2011-11-01 Interlink Electronics, Inc. System and method for implementing a control function via a sensor having a touch sensitive control input surface
JP4622727B2 (en) 2005-07-29 2011-02-02 日本電気株式会社 Adaptive transmission timing control method, radio communication system, and radio communication apparatus
WO2007016704A2 (en) 2005-08-02 2007-02-08 Ipifini, Inc. Input device having multifunctional keys
US7680513B2 (en) 2005-08-08 2010-03-16 Palm, Inc. Contact-centric user-interface features for computing devices
US8483765B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2013-07-09 Kt Corporation User terminal for performing a plurality of applications simultaneously
WO2007033354A2 (en) 2005-09-13 2007-03-22 Spacetime3D, Inc. System and method for providing three-dimensional graphical user interface
US20070152980A1 (en) 2006-01-05 2007-07-05 Kenneth Kocienda Touch Screen Keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices
US7694231B2 (en) 2006-01-05 2010-04-06 Apple Inc. Keyboards for portable electronic devices
US7633076B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2009-12-15 Apple Inc. Automated response to and sensing of user activity in portable devices
TW200715192A (en) 2005-10-07 2007-04-16 Elan Microelectronics Corp Method for a window to generate different moving speed
JP2007116384A (en) 2005-10-20 2007-05-10 Funai Electric Co Ltd Electronic program guide information display system
CN1955906A (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-02 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Execution method of single key multiple programs
US7725839B2 (en) 2005-11-15 2010-05-25 Microsoft Corporation Three-dimensional active file explorer
US8643605B2 (en) 2005-11-21 2014-02-04 Core Wireless Licensing S.A.R.L Gesture based document editor
US7331245B2 (en) 2005-11-22 2008-02-19 Avago Technologies Ecbu Ip Pte Ltd Pressure distribution sensor and sensing method
JP4777055B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2011-09-21 京セラ株式会社 Display device and control method
US7834850B2 (en) 2005-11-29 2010-11-16 Navisense Method and system for object control
JP2007148927A (en) 2005-11-29 2007-06-14 Alps Electric Co Ltd Input device and scrolling control method using the same
WO2007068091A1 (en) 2005-12-12 2007-06-21 Audiokinetic Inc. Method and system for multi-version digital authoring
JP2007163891A (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-28 Sony Corp Display apparatus
US8325398B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2012-12-04 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Image editing system, image management apparatus, and image editing program
US7657849B2 (en) 2005-12-23 2010-02-02 Apple Inc. Unlocking a device by performing gestures on an unlock image
US20070152959A1 (en) 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 Sap Ag Pressure-sensitive button
CN102169415A (en) 2005-12-30 2011-08-31 苹果公司 Portable electronic device with multi-touch input
US7797642B1 (en) 2005-12-30 2010-09-14 Google Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for meeting-spot-related contact lists
US7509588B2 (en) 2005-12-30 2009-03-24 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with interface reconfiguration mode
US20070168369A1 (en) 2006-01-04 2007-07-19 Companionlink Software, Inc. User interface for a portable electronic device
US7757185B2 (en) 2006-01-06 2010-07-13 Apple Inc. Enabling and disabling hotkeys
US7603633B2 (en) 2006-01-13 2009-10-13 Microsoft Corporation Position-based multi-stroke marking menus
US7486282B2 (en) 2006-01-27 2009-02-03 Microsoft Corporation Size variant pressure eraser
US7536654B2 (en) 2006-02-06 2009-05-19 Microsoft Corporation Photo browse and zoom
US8510669B2 (en) 2006-02-06 2013-08-13 Yahoo! Inc. Method and system for presenting photos on a website
US8139514B2 (en) 2006-02-24 2012-03-20 Yahoo! Inc. Method and system for communicating with multiple users via a map over the internet
US20110096174A1 (en) 2006-02-28 2011-04-28 King Martin T Accessing resources based on capturing information from a rendered document
US7532837B2 (en) 2006-03-09 2009-05-12 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Multifunction peripheral with template registration and template registration method
US8745526B2 (en) 2006-03-14 2014-06-03 Blackberry Limited Screen display in application switching
KR100746874B1 (en) 2006-03-16 2007-08-07 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing of service using the touch pad in a mobile station
GB0605587D0 (en) 2006-03-20 2006-04-26 British Broadcasting Corp Graphical user interface methods and systems
US8405618B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2013-03-26 Northwestern University Haptic device with indirect haptic feedback
US7925250B2 (en) 2006-03-27 2011-04-12 International Business Machines Corporation Reuse of a mobile device application in a desktop environment
JP2007264808A (en) 2006-03-27 2007-10-11 Nikon Corp Display input device and imaging apparatus
US8780139B2 (en) 2006-03-27 2014-07-15 Adobe Systems Incorporated Resolution monitoring when using visual manipulation tools
US7656413B2 (en) 2006-03-29 2010-02-02 Autodesk, Inc. Large display attention focus system
US7538760B2 (en) 2006-03-30 2009-05-26 Apple Inc. Force imaging input device and system
US8040142B1 (en) 2006-03-31 2011-10-18 Cypress Semiconductor Corporation Touch detection techniques for capacitive touch sense systems
US7861176B2 (en) 2006-04-13 2010-12-28 Touchcommerce, Inc. Methods and systems for providing online chat
US7979146B2 (en) 2006-04-13 2011-07-12 Immersion Corporation System and method for automatically producing haptic events from a digital audio signal
US7607088B2 (en) 2006-04-18 2009-10-20 International Business Machines Corporation Computer program product, apparatus and method for displaying a plurality of entities in a tooltip for a cell of a table
US8296684B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2012-10-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Navigating among activities in a computing device
US8683362B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2014-03-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Card metaphor for activities in a computing device
US8402382B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2013-03-19 Google Inc. System for organizing and visualizing display objects
KR100771626B1 (en) 2006-04-25 2007-10-31 엘지전자 주식회사 Terminal device and method for inputting instructions thereto
US8279180B2 (en) 2006-05-02 2012-10-02 Apple Inc. Multipoint touch surface controller
JP4737539B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2011-08-03 株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント Multimedia playback apparatus and background image display method
US9063647B2 (en) 2006-05-12 2015-06-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-touch uses, gestures, and implementation
US20070299923A1 (en) 2006-06-16 2007-12-27 Skelly George J Methods and systems for managing messaging
US7921116B2 (en) 2006-06-16 2011-04-05 Microsoft Corporation Highly meaningful multimedia metadata creation and associations
KR101242030B1 (en) 2006-06-22 2013-03-11 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Organic Electroluminescent Device
JP2008009759A (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-17 Toyota Motor Corp Touch panel device
US7880728B2 (en) 2006-06-29 2011-02-01 Microsoft Corporation Application switching via a touch screen interface
JP4751780B2 (en) 2006-07-07 2011-08-17 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Key input device
JP4583344B2 (en) 2006-07-10 2010-11-17 シャープ株式会社 Mobile phone
EP1882902A1 (en) 2006-07-27 2008-01-30 Aisin AW Co., Ltd. Navigation apparatus and method for providing guidance to a vehicle user using a touch screen
US20080024454A1 (en) 2006-07-31 2008-01-31 Paul Everest Three-dimensional touch pad input device
JP2008033739A (en) 2006-07-31 2008-02-14 Sony Corp Touch screen interaction method and apparatus based on tactile force feedback and pressure measurement
US8255815B2 (en) 2006-08-04 2012-08-28 Apple Inc. Motion picture preview icons
US20080051989A1 (en) 2006-08-25 2008-02-28 Microsoft Corporation Filtering of data layered on mapping applications
US7956849B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Video manager for portable multifunction device
US7864163B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2011-01-04 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying structured electronic documents
US8842074B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2014-09-23 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device performing similar operations for different gestures
US8564544B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2013-10-22 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for customizing display of content category icons
US8106856B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2012-01-31 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device for photo management
US8564543B2 (en) 2006-09-11 2013-10-22 Apple Inc. Media player with imaged based browsing
US7930650B2 (en) 2006-09-11 2011-04-19 Apple Inc. User interface with menu abstractions and content abstractions
US7581186B2 (en) 2006-09-11 2009-08-25 Apple Inc. Media manager with integrated browsers
US7743338B2 (en) 2006-09-11 2010-06-22 Apple Inc. Image rendering with image artifact along a multidimensional path
US20080094398A1 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-04-24 Bracco Imaging, S.P.A. Methods and systems for interacting with a 3D visualization system using a 2D interface ("DextroLap")
JP2008076818A (en) 2006-09-22 2008-04-03 Fujitsu Ltd Mobile terminal device
JP5176300B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2013-04-03 富士通株式会社 Electronic device, control method thereof, and control program thereof
US8245154B2 (en) 2006-11-03 2012-08-14 International Business Machines Corporation Most-recently-used task switching among parent and child windows
US20080106523A1 (en) 2006-11-07 2008-05-08 Conrad Richard H Ergonomic lift-clicking method and apparatus for actuating home switches on computer input devices
WO2008064142A2 (en) 2006-11-20 2008-05-29 Pham Don N Interactive sequential key system to input characters on small keypads
KR20080048837A (en) 2006-11-29 2008-06-03 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for outputting tactile feedback on display device
JP2008146453A (en) 2006-12-12 2008-06-26 Sony Corp Picture signal output device and operation input processing method
US8006002B2 (en) 2006-12-12 2011-08-23 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for automatic configuration of peripherals
US8520866B2 (en) 2006-12-15 2013-08-27 Nokia Corporation Apparatus, method, and computer program product providing sound-produced tactile feedback
KR20080058121A (en) 2006-12-21 2008-06-25 삼성전자주식회사 An apparatus and a method for providing a haptic user interface in a mobile terminal
US20080163119A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for providing menu and multimedia device using the same
WO2008085874A2 (en) 2007-01-05 2008-07-17 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Methods and systems for improving low-resolution video
US8698727B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2014-04-15 Apple Inc. Backlight and ambient light sensor system
US8214768B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2012-07-03 Apple Inc. Method, system, and graphical user interface for viewing multiple application windows
US7956847B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Gestures for controlling, manipulating, and editing of media files using touch sensitive devices
US7877707B2 (en) 2007-01-06 2011-01-25 Apple Inc. Detecting and interpreting real-world and security gestures on touch and hover sensitive devices
US8091045B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2012-01-03 Apple Inc. System and method for managing lists
US20080168395A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-07-10 Bas Ording Positioning a Slider Icon on a Portable Multifunction Device
US8082523B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2011-12-20 Apple Inc. Portable electronic device with graphical user interface supporting application switching
US9001047B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2015-04-07 Apple Inc. Modal change based on orientation of a portable multifunction device
US7978176B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2011-07-12 Apple Inc. Portrait-landscape rotation heuristics for a portable multifunction device
US20080222545A1 (en) 2007-01-07 2008-09-11 Lemay Stephen O Portable Electronic Device with a Global Setting User Interface
US8519963B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2013-08-27 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for interpreting a finger gesture on a touch screen display
US7957762B2 (en) 2007-01-07 2011-06-07 Apple Inc. Using ambient light sensor to augment proximity sensor output
EP2104890B1 (en) 2007-01-11 2019-04-03 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Method and apparatus for providing an undo/redo mechanism
US8201087B2 (en) 2007-02-01 2012-06-12 Tegic Communications, Inc. Spell-check for a keyboard system with automatic correction
CN101241397B (en) 2007-02-07 2012-03-07 罗伯特·博世有限公司 Keyboard possessing mouse function and its input method
JP2008191086A (en) 2007-02-07 2008-08-21 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Navigation system
GB2446702A (en) 2007-02-13 2008-08-20 Qrg Ltd Touch Control Panel with Pressure Sensor
KR101450584B1 (en) 2007-02-22 2014-10-14 삼성전자주식회사 Method for displaying screen in terminal
US8650505B2 (en) 2007-02-28 2014-02-11 Rpx Corporation Multi-state unified pie user interface
WO2008129759A1 (en) 2007-03-06 2008-10-30 Panasonic Corporation Imaging device, edition device, image processing method, and program
WO2008109172A1 (en) 2007-03-07 2008-09-12 Wiklof Christopher A Recorder with retrospective capture
US8352881B2 (en) 2007-03-08 2013-01-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method, apparatus and program storage device for providing customizable, immediate and radiating menus for accessing applications and actions
US7895533B2 (en) 2007-03-13 2011-02-22 Apple Inc. Interactive image thumbnails
US20080244448A1 (en) 2007-04-01 2008-10-02 Katharina Goering Generation of menu presentation relative to a given menu orientation
US20080259046A1 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-10-23 Joseph Carsanaro Pressure sensitive touch pad with virtual programmable buttons for launching utility applications
US7973778B2 (en) 2007-04-16 2011-07-05 Microsoft Corporation Visual simulation of touch pressure
US8140996B2 (en) 2007-04-17 2012-03-20 QNX Software Systems Limtied System for endless loop scrolling and display
CN101290553A (en) 2007-04-17 2008-10-22 索尼(中国)有限公司 Electronic equipment possessing display screen
US20100127983A1 (en) 2007-04-26 2010-05-27 Pourang Irani Pressure Augmented Mouse
US20080270910A1 (en) 2007-04-30 2008-10-30 Lukasik Derek J User selection of a remote session
JP2008283629A (en) 2007-05-14 2008-11-20 Sony Corp Imaging device, imaging signal processing method, and program
CN201107762Y (en) 2007-05-15 2008-08-27 宏达国际电子股份有限公司 Electronic device with interface capable of switching users and touch control operating without difficulty
US8621348B2 (en) 2007-05-25 2013-12-31 Immersion Corporation Customizing haptic effects on an end user device
JPWO2008146784A1 (en) 2007-05-29 2010-08-19 株式会社Access Terminal device, history management method, and computer-usable storage medium for history management
US7801950B2 (en) 2007-06-01 2010-09-21 Clustrmaps Ltd. System for analyzing and visualizing access statistics for a web site
JP2008305174A (en) 2007-06-07 2008-12-18 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method, and program
US20080307359A1 (en) 2007-06-08 2008-12-11 Apple Inc. Grouping Graphical Representations of Objects in a User Interface
US8745535B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2014-06-03 Apple Inc. Multi-dimensional desktop
US8010900B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2011-08-30 Apple Inc. User interface for electronic backup
US20080303795A1 (en) 2007-06-08 2008-12-11 Lowles Robert J Haptic display for a handheld electronic device
US8667418B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2014-03-04 Apple Inc. Object stack
US8381122B2 (en) 2007-06-08 2013-02-19 Apple Inc. Multi-dimensional application environment
US9933937B2 (en) 2007-06-20 2018-04-03 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for playing online videos
US8059101B2 (en) 2007-06-22 2011-11-15 Apple Inc. Swipe gestures for touch screen keyboards
US8302033B2 (en) 2007-06-22 2012-10-30 Apple Inc. Touch screen device, method, and graphical user interface for providing maps, directions, and location-based information
US8315482B2 (en) 2007-06-26 2012-11-20 Microsoft Corporation Integrated platform for user input of digital ink
US9772751B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2017-09-26 Apple Inc. Using gestures to slide between user interfaces
US20090015563A1 (en) 2007-07-11 2009-01-15 John Thomas Sadler Stylized interactive icon for portable mobile communications device
US20090046110A1 (en) 2007-08-16 2009-02-19 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for manipulating a displayed image
US20110210931A1 (en) 2007-08-19 2011-09-01 Ringbow Ltd. Finger-worn device and interaction methods and communication methods
KR20090019161A (en) 2007-08-20 2009-02-25 삼성전자주식회사 Electronic device and method for operating the same
KR101424259B1 (en) 2007-08-22 2014-07-31 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing input feedback in portable terminal
US8619038B2 (en) 2007-09-04 2013-12-31 Apple Inc. Editing interface
US8826132B2 (en) 2007-09-04 2014-09-02 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for navigating content on a portable device
US9477395B2 (en) 2007-09-04 2016-10-25 Apple Inc. Audio file interface
US9619143B2 (en) 2008-01-06 2017-04-11 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for viewing application launch icons
US20110145068A1 (en) 2007-09-17 2011-06-16 King Martin T Associating rendered advertisements with digital content
US8098235B2 (en) 2007-09-28 2012-01-17 Immersion Corporation Multi-touch device having dynamic haptic effects
US20090089293A1 (en) 2007-09-28 2009-04-02 Bccg Ventures, Llc Selfish data browsing
US8125458B2 (en) 2007-09-28 2012-02-28 Microsoft Corporation Detecting finger orientation on a touch-sensitive device
TWI417764B (en) 2007-10-01 2013-12-01 Giga Byte Comm Inc A control method and a device for performing a switching function of a touch screen of a hand-held electronic device
KR101570368B1 (en) 2008-08-22 2015-11-20 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and menu display method thereof
EP2045700A1 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-08 LG Electronics Inc. Menu display method for a mobile communication terminal
KR20090036877A (en) 2007-10-10 2009-04-15 삼성전자주식회사 Method and system for managing objects in multiple projection windows environment, based on standard ruler
KR100823871B1 (en) 2007-10-11 2008-04-21 주식회사 자티전자 The power saving portable device and method which uses drag button
CN101414231B (en) 2007-10-17 2011-09-21 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Touch screen apparatus and image display method thereof
US20090102805A1 (en) 2007-10-18 2009-04-23 Microsoft Corporation Three-dimensional object simulation using audio, visual, and tactile feedback
DE102007052008A1 (en) 2007-10-26 2009-04-30 Andreas Steinhauser Single- or multitouch-capable touchscreen or touchpad consisting of an array of pressure sensors and production of such sensors
JP4974236B2 (en) 2007-10-30 2012-07-11 アズビル株式会社 Information linkage window system and program
US8024670B1 (en) 2007-10-30 2011-09-20 Intuit Inc. Workflow management using live thumbnails
US8201101B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2012-06-12 Stratovan Corporation Resolution independent layout
JP2009129171A (en) 2007-11-22 2009-06-11 Denso It Laboratory Inc Information processor loaded in mobile body
TW200923758A (en) 2007-11-27 2009-06-01 Wistron Corp A key-in method and a content display method of an electronic device, and the application thereof
US8245155B2 (en) 2007-11-29 2012-08-14 Sony Corporation Computer implemented display, graphical user interface, design and method including scrolling features
US20090140985A1 (en) 2007-11-30 2009-06-04 Eric Liu Computing device that determines and uses applied pressure from user interaction with an input interface
US9513765B2 (en) 2007-12-07 2016-12-06 Sony Corporation Three-dimensional sliding object arrangement method and system
US20090167507A1 (en) 2007-12-07 2009-07-02 Nokia Corporation User interface
US7839269B2 (en) 2007-12-12 2010-11-23 Immersion Corporation Method and apparatus for distributing haptic synchronous signals
US8140974B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2012-03-20 Microsoft Corporation Presenting secondary media objects to a user
JP4605214B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2011-01-05 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
TW200930009A (en) 2007-12-21 2009-07-01 Inventec Appliances Corp Procedure of acting personally hot function setting
US8233671B2 (en) 2007-12-27 2012-07-31 Intel-Ge Care Innovations Llc Reading device with hierarchal navigation
US9170649B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2015-10-27 Nokia Technologies Oy Audio and tactile feedback based on visual environment
US8373549B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2013-02-12 Apple Inc. Tactile feedback in an electronic device
US9857872B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2018-01-02 Apple Inc. Multi-touch display screen with localized tactile feedback
US9063627B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2015-06-23 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface and methods
US9274612B2 (en) 2008-01-04 2016-03-01 Tactus Technology, Inc. User interface system
US8327272B2 (en) 2008-01-06 2012-12-04 Apple Inc. Portable multifunction device, method, and graphical user interface for viewing and managing electronic calendars
JP5001182B2 (en) 2008-01-10 2012-08-15 パナソニック株式会社 Display control apparatus, electronic device, display control method, and program
US8196042B2 (en) 2008-01-21 2012-06-05 Microsoft Corporation Self-revelation aids for interfaces
US9665197B2 (en) 2008-01-30 2017-05-30 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and method for enabling user input
US20090195959A1 (en) 2008-01-31 2009-08-06 Research In Motion Limited Electronic device and method for controlling same
US8423076B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2013-04-16 Lg Electronics Inc. User interface for a mobile device
US8504945B2 (en) 2008-02-01 2013-08-06 Gabriel Jakobson Method and system for associating content with map zoom function
KR101467513B1 (en) 2008-02-11 2014-12-01 삼성전자 주식회사 Apparatus for controlling mobile terminal and method thereof
US20090295713A1 (en) 2008-05-30 2009-12-03 Julien Piot Pointing device with improved cursor control in-air and allowing multiple modes of operations
US20090207140A1 (en) * 2008-02-19 2009-08-20 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Identifying and responding to multiple time-overlapping touches on a touch panel
US8314801B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2012-11-20 Microsoft Corporation Visual state manager for control skinning
US8201109B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2012-06-12 Apple Inc. Methods and graphical user interfaces for editing on a portable multifunction device
US8645827B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2014-02-04 Apple Inc. Touch event model
US8650507B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2014-02-11 Apple Inc. Selecting of text using gestures
US20090276730A1 (en) 2008-03-04 2009-11-05 Alexandre Aybes Techniques for navigation of hierarchically-presented data
US8717305B2 (en) 2008-03-04 2014-05-06 Apple Inc. Touch event model for web pages
JP4650699B2 (en) 2008-03-06 2011-03-16 Necインフロンティア株式会社 Input device, input method, and program
KR101012300B1 (en) 2008-03-07 2011-02-08 삼성전자주식회사 User interface apparatus of mobile station having touch screen and method thereof
JP4670879B2 (en) 2008-03-11 2011-04-13 ブラザー工業株式会社 Contact input type information processing apparatus, contact input type information processing method, and information processing program
US20090237374A1 (en) 2008-03-20 2009-09-24 Motorola, Inc. Transparent pressure sensor and method for using
JP4530067B2 (en) 2008-03-27 2010-08-25 ソニー株式会社 Imaging apparatus, imaging method, and program
US8228300B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2012-07-24 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Physical feedback to indicate object directional slide
JP2009245239A (en) 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Sony Corp Pointer display device, pointer display/detection method, pointer display/detection program and information apparatus
US8612888B2 (en) 2008-04-01 2013-12-17 Litl, Llc Method and apparatus for managing digital media content
GB0806183D0 (en) 2008-04-04 2008-05-14 Picsel Res Ltd Presentation of objects in 3D displays
US20090251421A1 (en) 2008-04-08 2009-10-08 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Method and apparatus for tactile perception of digital images
JP5200641B2 (en) 2008-04-10 2013-06-05 ソニー株式会社 List display device and list display method
US8209628B1 (en) 2008-04-11 2012-06-26 Perceptive Pixel, Inc. Pressure-sensitive manipulation of displayed objects
US8259208B2 (en) 2008-04-15 2012-09-04 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for performing touch-based adjustments within imaging devices
JP5428189B2 (en) 2008-04-17 2014-02-26 三洋電機株式会社 Navigation device
US20090267906A1 (en) 2008-04-25 2009-10-29 Nokia Corporation Touch sensitive apparatus
US20090267909A1 (en) 2008-04-27 2009-10-29 Htc Corporation Electronic device and user interface display method thereof
JP4792058B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2011-10-12 株式会社東芝 Information processing apparatus, control method, and program
US20150205775A1 (en) 2008-05-01 2015-07-23 Eric Berdahl Managing Documents and Document Workspaces
US8159469B2 (en) 2008-05-06 2012-04-17 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. User interface for initiating activities in an electronic device
KR101461954B1 (en) 2008-05-08 2014-11-14 엘지전자 주식회사 Terminal and method for controlling the same
US20090280860A1 (en) 2008-05-12 2009-11-12 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Mobile phone with directional force feedback and method
US20090284478A1 (en) 2008-05-15 2009-11-19 Microsoft Corporation Multi-Contact and Single-Contact Input
US20100138780A1 (en) 2008-05-20 2010-06-03 Adam Marano Methods and systems for using external display devices with a mobile computing device
US7958447B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2011-06-07 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for page navigating user interfaces for electronic devices
US20090295739A1 (en) 2008-05-27 2009-12-03 Wes Albert Nagara Haptic tactile precision selection
DE602008005865D1 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-05-12 Lg Electronics Inc Transparent display and operating procedures for it
US8314859B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2012-11-20 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and image capturing method thereof
US20090307633A1 (en) 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Apple Inc. Acceleration navigation of media device displays
US8099332B2 (en) 2008-06-06 2012-01-17 Apple Inc. User interface for application management for a mobile device
KR101498623B1 (en) 2008-06-25 2015-03-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile Terminal Capable of Previewing Different Channel
JP4896932B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2012-03-14 京セラ株式会社 Input device
WO2009155981A1 (en) 2008-06-26 2009-12-30 Uiq Technology Ab Gesture on touch sensitive arrangement
US8174372B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2012-05-08 Immersion Corporation Providing haptic feedback on a touch surface
US8254902B2 (en) 2008-06-26 2012-08-28 Apple Inc. Apparatus and methods for enforcement of policies upon a wireless device
US8504946B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2013-08-06 Apple Inc. Portable device, method, and graphical user interface for automatically scrolling to display the top of an electronic document
WO2009158549A2 (en) 2008-06-28 2009-12-30 Apple Inc. Radial menu selection
JP4938733B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2012-05-23 株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント Menu screen display method and menu screen display device
US8477228B2 (en) 2008-06-30 2013-07-02 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Camera data management and user interface apparatuses, systems, and methods
EP2141574B1 (en) 2008-07-01 2017-09-27 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal using proximity sensor and method of controlling the mobile terminal
KR101540779B1 (en) 2008-07-01 2015-07-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and control method thereof
US20100013613A1 (en) 2008-07-08 2010-01-21 Jonathan Samuel Weston Haptic feedback projection system
US10095375B2 (en) 2008-07-09 2018-10-09 Apple Inc. Adding a contact to a home screen
JP4198190B1 (en) 2008-07-11 2008-12-17 任天堂株式会社 Image communication system, image communication apparatus, and image communication program
CN104111726B (en) 2008-07-15 2017-05-24 意美森公司 Systems And Methods For Physics-based Tactile Messaging
WO2010006639A1 (en) 2008-07-15 2010-01-21 Gueneux Roland Conductor centric electronic music stand system
US8274484B2 (en) 2008-07-18 2012-09-25 Microsoft Corporation Tracking input in a screen-reflective interface environment
KR101495559B1 (en) 2008-07-21 2015-02-27 삼성전자주식회사 The method for inputing user commond and the electronic apparatus thereof
KR20100010302A (en) 2008-07-22 2010-02-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile and method for displaying menu thereof
US9176620B2 (en) 2008-07-22 2015-11-03 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method for displaying information list thereof
KR20100010860A (en) 2008-07-23 2010-02-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and event control method thereof
US20100220065A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Research In Motion Limited Touch-sensitive display including a force-sensor and portable electronic device including same
JP5100556B2 (en) 2008-07-30 2012-12-19 キヤノン株式会社 Information processing method and apparatus
US10983665B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2021-04-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic apparatus and method for implementing user interface
CN101650615B (en) 2008-08-13 2011-01-26 怡利电子工业股份有限公司 Automatic switching method of cursor controller and keyboard of push type touchpad
US8604364B2 (en) 2008-08-15 2013-12-10 Lester F. Ludwig Sensors, algorithms and applications for a high dimensional touchpad
JP4600548B2 (en) 2008-08-27 2010-12-15 ソニー株式会社 REPRODUCTION DEVICE, REPRODUCTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM
US10375223B2 (en) 2008-08-28 2019-08-06 Qualcomm Incorporated Notifying a user of events in a computing device
JP4636146B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2011-02-23 ソニー株式会社 Image processing method, image processing apparatus, program, and image processing system
US8913176B2 (en) 2008-09-05 2014-12-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method of performing multi-focusing and photographing image including plurality of objects using the same
KR101505681B1 (en) 2008-09-05 2015-03-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile Terminal With Touch Screen And Method Of Photographing Image Using the Same
KR101482125B1 (en) 2008-09-09 2015-01-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and operation method thereof
JP5346941B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2013-11-20 パナソニック株式会社 Data display apparatus, integrated circuit, data display method, data display program, and recording medium
CN102160021B (en) 2008-09-17 2014-07-09 日本电气株式会社 Input unit, method for controlling same, and electronic device provided with input unit
US20100070908A1 (en) 2008-09-18 2010-03-18 Sun Microsystems, Inc. System and method for accepting or rejecting suggested text corrections
US9041650B2 (en) 2008-09-18 2015-05-26 Apple Inc. Using measurement of lateral force for a tracking input device
US8769427B2 (en) 2008-09-19 2014-07-01 Google Inc. Quick gesture input
KR101451667B1 (en) 2008-09-24 2014-10-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Terminal and method for controlling the same
US8359547B2 (en) 2008-10-01 2013-01-22 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Movable user interface indicator of at least one parameter that is adjustable with different operations for increasing and decreasing the parameter and/or methods of providing the same
US8462107B2 (en) 2008-10-03 2013-06-11 International Business Machines Corporation Pointing device and method with error prevention features
EP2175344B1 (en) 2008-10-06 2020-02-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for displaying graphical user interface depending on a user's contact pattern
US9442648B2 (en) 2008-10-07 2016-09-13 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
US20100088628A1 (en) 2008-10-07 2010-04-08 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Live preview of open windows
EP2175357B1 (en) 2008-10-08 2012-11-21 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
US20100085314A1 (en) 2008-10-08 2010-04-08 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
EP2175343A1 (en) 2008-10-08 2010-04-14 Research in Motion Limited A method and handheld electronic device having a graphical user interface which arranges icons dynamically
US9395867B2 (en) 2008-10-08 2016-07-19 Blackberry Limited Method and system for displaying an image on an electronic device
EP2175359A3 (en) 2008-10-08 2011-07-06 Research In Motion Limited An electronic device having a state aware touchscreen
KR100941512B1 (en) 2008-10-15 2010-02-10 (주)엠쓰리모바일 A stylus pen
JP2010097353A (en) 2008-10-15 2010-04-30 Access Co Ltd Information terminal
KR100961473B1 (en) 2008-10-15 2010-06-08 주식회사 케이티 Mobile Station for Messaging Web Page Contents of Wireless Internet Browser and Method thereof
KR101510738B1 (en) 2008-10-20 2015-04-10 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for composing idle screen in a portable terminal
JP5540344B2 (en) 2008-10-30 2014-07-02 シャープ株式会社 Electronic device, menu selection method, menu selection program
KR101569176B1 (en) 2008-10-30 2015-11-20 삼성전자주식회사 Method and Apparatus for executing an object
WO2010051493A2 (en) 2008-10-31 2010-05-06 Nettoons, Inc. Web-based real-time animation visualization, creation, and distribution
CN101727268A (en) 2008-11-03 2010-06-09 英业达股份有限公司 Handheld electronic device and program display switching method thereof
US8704775B2 (en) 2008-11-11 2014-04-22 Adobe Systems Incorporated Biometric adjustments for touchscreens
EP2187290A1 (en) 2008-11-18 2010-05-19 Studer Professional Audio GmbH Input device and method of detecting a user input with an input device
US20100123686A1 (en) 2008-11-19 2010-05-20 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Piezoresistive force sensor integrated in a display
JP4752900B2 (en) 2008-11-19 2011-08-17 ソニー株式会社 Image processing apparatus, image display method, and image display program
US8788977B2 (en) 2008-11-20 2014-07-22 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Movement recognition as input mechanism
US9116569B2 (en) 2008-11-26 2015-08-25 Blackberry Limited Touch-sensitive display method and apparatus
US20100138776A1 (en) 2008-11-30 2010-06-03 Nokia Corporation Flick-scrolling
US8677287B2 (en) 2008-12-04 2014-03-18 Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Display input device and navigation device
WO2010064388A1 (en) 2008-12-04 2010-06-10 三菱電機株式会社 Display and input device
US20100146507A1 (en) 2008-12-05 2010-06-10 Kang Dong-Oh System and method of delivery of virtual machine using context information
US8638311B2 (en) 2008-12-08 2014-01-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display device and data displaying method thereof
JP2010165337A (en) 2008-12-15 2010-07-29 Sony Corp Information processing apparatus, information processing method and program
CN102246126B (en) 2008-12-15 2015-11-25 惠普开发有限公司 Based on the edit pattern of gesture
US8711011B2 (en) 2008-12-16 2014-04-29 Dell Products, Lp Systems and methods for implementing pressure sensitive keyboards
US9246487B2 (en) 2008-12-16 2016-01-26 Dell Products Lp Keyboard with user configurable granularity scales for pressure sensitive keys
KR101352264B1 (en) 2008-12-18 2014-01-17 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Apparatus and method for sensing muliti-touch
EP2378402B1 (en) 2008-12-18 2019-01-23 NEC Corporation Slide bar display control apparatus and slide bar display control method
US8289286B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-10-16 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Zooming keyboard/keypad
US8331992B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2012-12-11 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Interactive locked state mobile communication device
US8451236B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2013-05-28 Hewlett-Packard Development Company L.P. Touch-sensitive display screen with absolute and relative input modes
US8453057B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2013-05-28 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Stage interaction for mobile device
JP4975722B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2012-07-11 京セラ株式会社 Input device and control method of input device
US8547342B2 (en) 2008-12-22 2013-10-01 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Gesture-based delivery from mobile device
US8686952B2 (en) 2008-12-23 2014-04-01 Apple Inc. Multi touch with multi haptics
US20100156823A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-06-24 Research In Motion Limited Electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling same to provide tactile feedback
EP2202619A1 (en) 2008-12-23 2010-06-30 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device including tactile touch-sensitive input device and method of controlling same
JP4746085B2 (en) 2008-12-25 2011-08-10 京セラ株式会社 Input device
JP4885938B2 (en) 2008-12-25 2012-02-29 京セラ株式会社 Input device
JP4683126B2 (en) 2008-12-26 2011-05-11 ブラザー工業株式会社 Input device
EP2288144A4 (en) 2008-12-30 2012-08-29 Lg Electronics Inc Image display and method for controlling the same
US8219927B2 (en) 2009-01-06 2012-07-10 Microsoft Corporation Revealing of truncated content on scrollable grid
US8446376B2 (en) 2009-01-13 2013-05-21 Microsoft Corporation Visual response to touch inputs
JP2010176174A (en) 2009-01-27 2010-08-12 Fujifilm Corp Electronic apparatus, method and program for controlling operation input of electronic apparatus
JP5173870B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2013-04-03 京セラ株式会社 Input device
US20100194693A1 (en) 2009-01-30 2010-08-05 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Electronic apparatus, method and computer program with adaptable user interface environment
EP2214087B1 (en) 2009-01-30 2015-07-08 BlackBerry Limited A handheld electronic device having a touchscreen and a method of using a touchscreen of a handheld electronic device
JP4723656B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2011-07-13 京セラ株式会社 Input device
JP5174704B2 (en) 2009-02-03 2013-04-03 株式会社ゼンリンデータコム Image processing apparatus and image processing method
US9152292B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2015-10-06 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Image collage authoring
US9176747B2 (en) 2009-02-17 2015-11-03 Sandisk Il Ltd. User-application interface
WO2010096193A2 (en) 2009-02-18 2010-08-26 Exbiblio B.V. Identifying a document by performing spectral analysis on the contents of the document
US20100214239A1 (en) 2009-02-23 2010-08-26 Compal Electronics, Inc. Method and touch panel for providing tactile feedback
DE102009010277A1 (en) 2009-02-24 2010-09-02 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. An input device and method for providing an output signal associated with a sensor field occupancy
JP5734546B2 (en) 2009-02-25 2015-06-17 京セラ株式会社 Object display device
CN101498979B (en) 2009-02-26 2010-12-29 苏州瀚瑞微电子有限公司 Method for implementing virtual keyboard by utilizing condenser type touch screen
US20100214135A1 (en) 2009-02-26 2010-08-26 Microsoft Corporation Dynamic rear-projected user interface
KR100993064B1 (en) 2009-03-02 2010-11-08 주식회사 팬택 Method for Music Selection Playback in Touch Screen Adopted Music Playback Apparatus
JP5267229B2 (en) 2009-03-09 2013-08-21 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program
JP5157969B2 (en) 2009-03-09 2013-03-06 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, threshold setting method and program thereof
CN102349087B (en) 2009-03-12 2015-05-06 谷歌公司 Automatically providing content associated with captured information, such as information captured in real-time
JP5779508B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2015-09-16 イマージョン コーポレーションImmersion Corporation System and method for a texture engine
EP3467624A1 (en) 2009-03-12 2019-04-10 Immersion Corporation System and method for interfaces featuring surface-based haptic effects
US20100235734A1 (en) 2009-03-16 2010-09-16 Bas Ording Methods and Graphical User Interfaces for Editing on a Multifunction Device with a Touch Screen Display
US9852761B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2017-12-26 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for editing an audio or video attachment in an electronic message
US8689128B2 (en) 2009-03-16 2014-04-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a current position in content at a variable scrubbing rate
US20100241955A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-09-23 Microsoft Corporation Organization and manipulation of content items on a touch-sensitive display
WO2010109849A1 (en) 2009-03-23 2010-09-30 パナソニック株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, recording medium, and integrated circuit
JP5252378B2 (en) 2009-03-26 2013-07-31 ヤマハ株式会社 MIXER DEVICE WINDOW CONTROL METHOD, MIXER DEVICE, AND MIXER DEVICE WINDOW CONTROL PROGRAM
US8175653B2 (en) 2009-03-30 2012-05-08 Microsoft Corporation Chromeless user interface
JP4904375B2 (en) 2009-03-31 2012-03-28 京セラ株式会社 User interface device and portable terminal device
DE102009015991A1 (en) 2009-04-02 2010-10-07 Pi Ceramic Gmbh Keramische Technologien Und Bauelemente Device for generating a haptic feedback of a keyless input unit
US9189124B2 (en) 2009-04-15 2015-11-17 Wyse Technology L.L.C. Custom pointer features for touch-screen on remote client devices
US20100271312A1 (en) 2009-04-22 2010-10-28 Rachid Alameh Menu Configuration System and Method for Display on an Electronic Device
WO2010122813A1 (en) 2009-04-24 2010-10-28 京セラ株式会社 Input device
KR20100118458A (en) 2009-04-28 2010-11-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for processing image and mobile terminal having camera thereof
US9354795B2 (en) 2009-04-29 2016-05-31 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd Refining manual input interpretation on touch surfaces
US8418082B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2013-04-09 Apple Inc. Cross-track edit indicators and edit selections
US8627207B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2014-01-07 Apple Inc. Presenting an editing tool in a composite display area
US8739055B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2014-05-27 Microsoft Corporation Correction of typographical errors on touch displays
US8669945B2 (en) 2009-05-07 2014-03-11 Microsoft Corporation Changing of list views on mobile device
US8427503B2 (en) 2009-05-18 2013-04-23 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for creating graphical objects with desired physical features for usage in animation
KR101640463B1 (en) 2009-05-19 2016-07-18 삼성전자 주식회사 Operation Method And Apparatus For Portable Device
KR101601040B1 (en) 2009-05-19 2016-03-09 삼성전자주식회사 Screen Display Method And Apparatus For Portable Device
US20140078318A1 (en) 2009-05-22 2014-03-20 Motorola Mobility Llc Electronic Device with Sensing Assembly and Method for Interpreting Consecutive Gestures
KR101560718B1 (en) 2009-05-29 2015-10-15 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for displaying information thereof
US8549432B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2013-10-01 Apple Inc. Radial menus
US9148618B2 (en) 2009-05-29 2015-09-29 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for previewing newly captured image content and reviewing previously stored image content
KR20100129424A (en) 2009-06-01 2010-12-09 한국표준과학연구원 Method and apparatus to provide user interface using touch screen based on location and intensity
US9372536B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2016-06-21 Empire Technology Development Llc Touch screen with tactile feedback
US9086875B2 (en) 2009-06-05 2015-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Controlling power consumption of a mobile device based on gesture recognition
US8493344B2 (en) 2009-06-07 2013-07-23 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for accessibility using a touch-sensitive surface
US9405456B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2016-08-02 Xerox Corporation Manipulation of displayed objects by virtual magnetism
US20100313158A1 (en) 2009-06-08 2010-12-09 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for editing data in mobile terminal and mobile terminal using the same
US8555185B2 (en) 2009-06-08 2013-10-08 Apple Inc. User interface for multiple display regions
US8823749B2 (en) 2009-06-10 2014-09-02 Qualcomm Incorporated User interface methods providing continuous zoom functionality
KR101598335B1 (en) 2009-06-11 2016-02-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Operating a Mobile Termianl
US8593415B2 (en) 2009-06-19 2013-11-26 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for processing touch signal in mobile terminal and mobile terminal using the same
US9330503B2 (en) 2009-06-19 2016-05-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Presaging and surfacing interactivity within data visualizations
CN101609380A (en) 2009-06-23 2009-12-23 苏州瀚瑞微电子有限公司 A kind of on touch-screen the file method of operating
EP2447857A4 (en) 2009-06-26 2016-05-11 Kyocera Corp Communication device and electronic device
JP5370754B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2013-12-18 ソニー株式会社 Input device and input method
US20100328229A1 (en) 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Research In Motion Limited Method and apparatus for providing tactile feedback
CN105260110A (en) 2009-07-03 2016-01-20 泰克图斯科技公司 User interface enhancement system
US20110010626A1 (en) 2009-07-09 2011-01-13 Jorge Fino Device and Method for Adjusting a Playback Control with a Finger Gesture
KR101608764B1 (en) 2009-07-14 2016-04-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling display thereof
CA2761700C (en) 2009-07-24 2014-12-02 Research In Motion Limited Method and apparatus for a touch-sensitive display
JP2011028635A (en) 2009-07-28 2011-02-10 Sony Corp Display control apparatus, display control method and computer program
JP5197521B2 (en) 2009-07-29 2013-05-15 京セラ株式会社 Input device
US9244562B1 (en) 2009-07-31 2016-01-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Gestures and touches on force-sensitive input devices
KR101276749B1 (en) 2009-08-03 2013-06-19 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Electrophoretic display device and method of fabricating the same
CN101630230A (en) 2009-08-04 2010-01-20 苏州瀚瑞微电子有限公司 Method for controlling zoom ratio by induction
JP5398408B2 (en) 2009-08-07 2014-01-29 オリンパスイメージング株式会社 CAMERA, CAMERA CONTROL METHOD, DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, AND DISPLAY CONTROL METHOD
KR101608532B1 (en) 2009-08-11 2016-04-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for displaying data and mobile terminal thereof
US20110039602A1 (en) 2009-08-13 2011-02-17 Mcnamara Justin Methods And Systems For Interacting With Content On A Mobile Device
US20110037706A1 (en) 2009-08-14 2011-02-17 Research In Motion Limited Electronic device including tactile touch-sensitive input device and method of controlling same
US8243983B2 (en) 2009-08-14 2012-08-14 Microsoft Corporation Graphically encoded data copy and paste
US8434153B2 (en) 2009-08-24 2013-04-30 Microsoft Corporation Application display on a locked device
US20110055135A1 (en) 2009-08-26 2011-03-03 International Business Machines Corporation Deferred Teleportation or Relocation in Virtual Worlds
US20110070342A1 (en) 2009-08-26 2011-03-24 Wilkens Patrick J Method for evaluating and orientating baked product
JP5310389B2 (en) 2009-08-27 2013-10-09 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP2011048686A (en) 2009-08-27 2011-03-10 Kyocera Corp Input apparatus
JP2011048669A (en) 2009-08-27 2011-03-10 Kyocera Corp Input device
US8363020B2 (en) 2009-08-27 2013-01-29 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Methods and apparatus for pressure-based manipulation of content on a touch screen
JP5304544B2 (en) 2009-08-28 2013-10-02 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP5593655B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2014-09-24 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP5267388B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2013-08-21 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US8390583B2 (en) 2009-08-31 2013-03-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Pressure sensitive user interface for mobile devices
KR20110023977A (en) 2009-09-01 2011-03-09 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for managing widget in mobile terminal
JP5508792B2 (en) 2009-09-01 2014-06-04 オリンパス株式会社 Image processing method, image processing apparatus, and image processing program
JP5310403B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2013-10-09 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP5182260B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2013-04-17 ソニー株式会社 Operation control device, operation control method, and computer program
US8451238B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2013-05-28 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Touch-screen user interface
JP2011053971A (en) 2009-09-02 2011-03-17 Sony Corp Apparatus, method and program for processing information
JP2011053974A (en) 2009-09-02 2011-03-17 Sony Corp Device and method for controlling operation, and computer program
IN2012DN01870A (en) 2009-09-02 2015-08-21 Amazon Tech Inc
US9262063B2 (en) 2009-09-02 2016-02-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Touch-screen user interface
TW201109990A (en) 2009-09-04 2011-03-16 Higgstec Inc Touch gesture detecting method of a touch panel
KR101150545B1 (en) 2009-09-07 2012-06-11 주식회사 팬택앤큐리텔 Mobile communucation terminal and screen display change method thereof
JP5278259B2 (en) 2009-09-07 2013-09-04 ソニー株式会社 Input device, input method, and program
KR101691823B1 (en) 2009-09-09 2017-01-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling display thereof
US20110057886A1 (en) 2009-09-10 2011-03-10 Oliver Ng Dynamic sizing of identifier on a touch-sensitive display
EP2302496A1 (en) 2009-09-10 2011-03-30 Research In Motion Limited Dynamic sizing of identifier on a touch-sensitive display
KR20110028834A (en) 2009-09-14 2011-03-22 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing user interface using touch pressure on touch screen of mobile station
WO2011037558A1 (en) 2009-09-22 2011-03-31 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating user interface objects
US8264471B2 (en) 2009-09-22 2012-09-11 Sony Mobile Communications Ab Miniature character input mechanism
JP5393377B2 (en) 2009-09-25 2014-01-22 京セラ株式会社 Input device
US8421762B2 (en) 2009-09-25 2013-04-16 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulation of user interface objects with activation regions
US8436806B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2013-05-07 Research In Motion Limited Method of synchronizing data acquisition and a portable electronic device configured to perform the same
US8780055B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2014-07-15 Blackberry Limited Low power wakeup detection circuit and a portable electronic device having a low power wakeup detection circuit
US8970507B2 (en) 2009-10-02 2015-03-03 Blackberry Limited Method of waking up and a portable electronic device configured to perform the same
US9141260B2 (en) 2009-10-08 2015-09-22 Red Hat, Inc. Workspace management tool
US20110084910A1 (en) 2009-10-13 2011-04-14 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling same
KR101092592B1 (en) 2009-10-14 2011-12-13 주식회사 팬택 Mobile communication terminal and method for providing touch interface thereof
US10068728B2 (en) 2009-10-15 2018-09-04 Synaptics Incorporated Touchpad with capacitive force sensing
CA2680602C (en) 2009-10-19 2011-07-26 Ibm Canada Limited - Ibm Canada Limitee System and method for generating and displaying hybrid context menus
KR20110047349A (en) 2009-10-30 2011-05-09 주식회사 팬택 User interface apparatus and method forusingtouch and compression in portable terminal
US20110102829A1 (en) 2009-10-30 2011-05-05 Jourdan Arlene T Image size warning
US8677284B2 (en) 2009-11-04 2014-03-18 Alpine Electronics, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling and displaying contents in a user interface
JP5328611B2 (en) 2009-11-05 2013-10-30 シャープ株式会社 Portable information terminal
US20110109617A1 (en) 2009-11-12 2011-05-12 Microsoft Corporation Visualizing Depth
JP2011107823A (en) 2009-11-13 2011-06-02 Canon Inc Display controller and display control method
KR101725888B1 (en) 2009-11-13 2017-04-13 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing image in camera or remote-controller for camera
US8843838B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2014-09-23 Google Inc. Live wallpaper
KR101611440B1 (en) 2009-11-16 2016-04-11 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for processing image
US8665227B2 (en) 2009-11-19 2014-03-04 Motorola Mobility Llc Method and apparatus for replicating physical key function with soft keys in an electronic device
US8432367B2 (en) 2009-11-19 2013-04-30 Google Inc. Translating user interaction with a touch screen into input commands
KR101620058B1 (en) 2009-11-23 2016-05-24 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus for switching screen between virtual machines and method thereof
KR101073309B1 (en) 2009-11-24 2011-10-12 삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사 touch screen system and driving method thereof
US8799816B2 (en) 2009-12-07 2014-08-05 Motorola Mobility Llc Display interface and method for displaying multiple items arranged in a sequence
US9268466B2 (en) 2009-12-09 2016-02-23 Citrix Systems, Inc. Methods and systems for updating a dock with a user interface element representative of a remote application
US9557735B2 (en) 2009-12-10 2017-01-31 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. Methods and apparatus to manage process control status rollups
US8633916B2 (en) 2009-12-10 2014-01-21 Apple, Inc. Touch pad with force sensors and actuator feedback
JP5490508B2 (en) 2009-12-11 2014-05-14 京セラ株式会社 Device having touch sensor, tactile sensation presentation method, and tactile sensation presentation program
US8358281B2 (en) 2009-12-15 2013-01-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for management and manipulation of user interface elements
US8381125B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2013-02-19 Apple Inc. Device and method for resizing user interface content while maintaining an aspect ratio via snapping a perimeter to a gridline
US20110154199A1 (en) 2009-12-17 2011-06-23 Flying Car Ltd. Method of Playing An Enriched Audio File
GB2490272B (en) 2009-12-21 2014-08-06 Promethean Ltd Multi-point contacts with pressure data on an interactive surface
US8274592B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2012-09-25 Eastman Kodak Company Variable rate browsing of an image collection
US20110167339A1 (en) 2010-01-06 2011-07-07 Lemay Stephen O Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Attachment Viewing and Editing
US8525839B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2013-09-03 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing digital content products
US8698762B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2014-04-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and displaying content in context
US8438504B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2013-05-07 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through multiple viewing areas
US8510677B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2013-08-13 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through a range of values
US8793611B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2014-07-29 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating selectable user interface objects
US8698845B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2014-04-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface with interactive popup views
US8862576B2 (en) 2010-01-06 2014-10-14 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for mapping directions between search results
KR101616875B1 (en) 2010-01-07 2016-05-02 삼성전자주식회사 Touch panel and electronic device including the touch panel
US20110175826A1 (en) 2010-01-15 2011-07-21 Bradford Allen Moore Automatically Displaying and Hiding an On-screen Keyboard
US9715332B1 (en) 2010-08-26 2017-07-25 Cypress Lake Software, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer program products for navigating between visual components
US10007393B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2018-06-26 Apple Inc. 3D view of file structure
JP5636678B2 (en) 2010-01-19 2014-12-10 ソニー株式会社 Display control apparatus, display control method, and display control program
JP2011170834A (en) 2010-01-19 2011-09-01 Sony Corp Information processing apparatus, operation prediction method, and operation prediction program
US20110179381A1 (en) 2010-01-21 2011-07-21 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
KR101304321B1 (en) 2010-01-22 2013-09-11 전자부품연구원 Method for providing UI according to single touch pressure and electronic device using the same
US8914732B2 (en) 2010-01-22 2014-12-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Displaying home screen profiles on a mobile terminal
US8683363B2 (en) 2010-01-26 2014-03-25 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing user interface content and user interface elements
US20110181521A1 (en) 2010-01-26 2011-07-28 Apple Inc. Techniques for controlling z-ordering in a user interface
JP2011176794A (en) 2010-01-26 2011-09-08 Canon Inc Imaging apparatus and imaging method
JP5635274B2 (en) 2010-01-27 2014-12-03 京セラ株式会社 Tactile sensation presentation apparatus and tactile sensation presentation method
US8261213B2 (en) 2010-01-28 2012-09-04 Microsoft Corporation Brush, carbon-copy, and fill gestures
US20110185299A1 (en) 2010-01-28 2011-07-28 Microsoft Corporation Stamp Gestures
US10397639B1 (en) 2010-01-29 2019-08-27 Sitting Man, Llc Hot key systems and methods
US20110191675A1 (en) 2010-02-01 2011-08-04 Nokia Corporation Sliding input user interface
US20110193881A1 (en) 2010-02-05 2011-08-11 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Regulation of navigation speed among displayed items and tilt angle thereof responsive to user applied pressure
US8988367B2 (en) 2010-02-05 2015-03-24 Broadcom Corporation Systems and methods for providing enhanced touch sensing
US8839150B2 (en) 2010-02-10 2014-09-16 Apple Inc. Graphical objects that respond to touch or motion input
KR101673918B1 (en) 2010-02-11 2016-11-09 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing plural informations in a portable terminal
US9417787B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-08-16 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Distortion effects to indicate location in a movable data collection
US8782556B2 (en) 2010-02-12 2014-07-15 Microsoft Corporation User-centric soft keyboard predictive technologies
KR101690786B1 (en) 2010-02-12 2016-12-28 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for performing multi-tasking
CA2731745A1 (en) 2010-02-15 2011-08-15 Research In Motion Limited Contact objects
CA2731772C (en) 2010-02-15 2014-08-12 Research In Motion Limited Graphical context short menu
JP2011170538A (en) 2010-02-17 2011-09-01 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method and program
JP2011197848A (en) 2010-03-18 2011-10-06 Rohm Co Ltd Touch-panel input device
US9310994B2 (en) 2010-02-19 2016-04-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Use of bezel as an input mechanism
US9367205B2 (en) 2010-02-19 2016-06-14 Microsoft Technolgoy Licensing, Llc Radial menus with bezel gestures
US8799827B2 (en) 2010-02-19 2014-08-05 Microsoft Corporation Page manipulations using on and off-screen gestures
US9274682B2 (en) 2010-02-19 2016-03-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Off-screen gestures to create on-screen input
US9965165B2 (en) 2010-02-19 2018-05-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-finger gestures
EP2360507B1 (en) 2010-02-22 2014-11-05 DST Innovations Limited Display elements
JP4891463B2 (en) 2010-02-23 2012-03-07 京セラ株式会社 Electronics
WO2011104709A2 (en) 2010-02-23 2011-09-01 Rami Parham A system for projecting content to a display surface having user-controlled size, shape and location/direction and apparatus and methods useful in conjunction therewith
US8751970B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2014-06-10 Microsoft Corporation Multi-screen synchronous slide gesture
US9361018B2 (en) 2010-03-01 2016-06-07 Blackberry Limited Method of providing tactile feedback and apparatus
EP2363790A1 (en) 2010-03-01 2011-09-07 Research In Motion Limited Method of providing tactile feedback and apparatus
KR101161943B1 (en) 2010-03-04 2012-07-04 삼성전기주식회사 Haptic feedback device and electronic device
US8941600B2 (en) 2010-03-05 2015-01-27 Mckesson Financial Holdings Apparatus for providing touch feedback for user input to a touch sensitive surface
JP5413250B2 (en) 2010-03-05 2014-02-12 ソニー株式会社 Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and program
US20110221684A1 (en) 2010-03-11 2011-09-15 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Touch-sensitive input device, mobile device and method for operating a touch-sensitive input device
JP2011192179A (en) 2010-03-16 2011-09-29 Kyocera Corp Device, method and program for inputting character
JP2011192215A (en) 2010-03-16 2011-09-29 Kyocera Corp Device, method and program for inputting character
CN101840299A (en) * 2010-03-18 2010-09-22 华为终端有限公司 Touch operation method, device and mobile terminal
WO2011114630A1 (en) 2010-03-18 2011-09-22 京セラ株式会社 Electronic apparatus
US8756522B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2014-06-17 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
US8884913B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2014-11-11 Smart Skin Technologies Systems and methods for determining the location and pressure of a touchload applied to a touchpad
US9069416B2 (en) 2010-03-25 2015-06-30 Google Inc. Method and system for selecting content using a touchscreen
US9383887B1 (en) 2010-03-26 2016-07-05 Open Invention Network Llc Method and apparatus of providing a customized user interface
US8725706B2 (en) 2010-03-26 2014-05-13 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for multi-item searching
US8996901B2 (en) 2010-03-31 2015-03-31 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Power management of electronic device with display
EP2553555A1 (en) 2010-03-31 2013-02-06 Nokia Corp. Apparatuses, methods and computer programs for a virtual stylus
US8826184B2 (en) 2010-04-05 2014-09-02 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and image display controlling method thereof
JP2011221640A (en) 2010-04-06 2011-11-04 Sony Corp Information processor, information processing method and program
US10788976B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders with multiple pages
US9823831B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2017-11-21 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing concurrently open software applications
US8881060B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2014-11-04 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US20110252376A1 (en) 2010-04-07 2011-10-13 Imran Chaudhri Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Concurrently Open Software Applications
US9417695B2 (en) 2010-04-08 2016-08-16 Blackberry Limited Tactile feedback method and apparatus
EP2375314A1 (en) 2010-04-08 2011-10-12 Research in Motion Limited Touch-sensitive device and method of control
EP2375309A1 (en) 2010-04-08 2011-10-12 Research in Motion Limited Handheld device with localized delays for triggering tactile feedback
US20110248948A1 (en) 2010-04-08 2011-10-13 Research In Motion Limited Touch-sensitive device and method of control
EP2378406B1 (en) 2010-04-13 2018-08-22 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method of controlling operation of the mobile terminal
JP5459031B2 (en) 2010-04-13 2014-04-02 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US9026932B1 (en) 2010-04-16 2015-05-05 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Edge navigation user interface
KR101668240B1 (en) 2010-04-19 2016-10-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and operation control method thereof
US9285988B2 (en) 2010-04-20 2016-03-15 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device having touch-sensitive display with variable repeat rate
KR101704531B1 (en) 2010-04-22 2017-02-08 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for displaying text information in mobile terminal
JP2011242386A (en) 2010-04-23 2011-12-01 Immersion Corp Transparent compound piezoelectric material aggregate of contact sensor and tactile sense actuator
JP2011232947A (en) 2010-04-27 2011-11-17 Lenovo Singapore Pte Ltd Information processor, window display method thereof and computer executable program
JP2011238125A (en) 2010-05-12 2011-11-24 Sony Corp Image processing device, method and program
US8451255B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2013-05-28 Arnett Ryan Weber Method of providing tactile feedback and electronic device
US8466889B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2013-06-18 Research In Motion Limited Method of providing tactile feedback and electronic device
EP2386935B1 (en) 2010-05-14 2015-02-11 BlackBerry Limited Method of providing tactile feedback and electronic device
WO2011146740A2 (en) 2010-05-19 2011-11-24 Google Inc. Sliding motion to change computer keys
JP4983961B2 (en) 2010-05-25 2012-07-25 株式会社ニコン Imaging device
US20110296333A1 (en) 2010-05-25 2011-12-01 Bateman Steven S User interaction gestures with virtual keyboard
US8860672B2 (en) 2010-05-26 2014-10-14 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. User interface with z-axis interaction
US20110296351A1 (en) 2010-05-26 2011-12-01 T-Mobile Usa, Inc. User Interface with Z-axis Interaction and Multiple Stacks
JP5190560B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2013-04-24 楽天株式会社 Content output apparatus, content output method, content output program, and recording medium on which content output program is recorded
KR101626301B1 (en) 2010-05-28 2016-06-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Electronic device and operation control method thereof
US8669946B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2014-03-11 Blackberry Limited Electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of controlling same
US20130120280A1 (en) 2010-05-28 2013-05-16 Tim Kukulski System and Method for Evaluating Interoperability of Gesture Recognizers
EP2390772A1 (en) 2010-05-31 2011-11-30 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB User interface with three dimensional user input
AP2012006600A0 (en) 2010-06-01 2012-12-31 Nokia Corp A method, a device and a system for receiving userinput
US9046999B1 (en) 2010-06-08 2015-06-02 Google Inc. Dynamic input at a touch-based interface based on pressure
JP2011257941A (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-22 Panasonic Corp Character input device, character decoration method and character decoration program
US20120089951A1 (en) 2010-06-10 2012-04-12 Cricket Communications, Inc. Method and apparatus for navigation within a multi-level application
US20110307778A1 (en) 2010-06-10 2011-12-15 Acer Incorporated Mobile electronic apparatus and method of switching application programs thereof
US20110304577A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Sp Controls, Inc. Capacitive touch screen stylus
US20110304559A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of changing tactile feedback
WO2011158054A1 (en) 2010-06-14 2011-12-22 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Regulation of audio volume and/or speed responsive to user applied pressure and related methods
US20110319136A1 (en) 2010-06-23 2011-12-29 Motorola, Inc. Method of a Wireless Communication Device for Managing Status Components for Global Call Control
US8477109B1 (en) 2010-06-24 2013-07-02 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Surfacing reference work entries on touch-sensitive displays
US8542205B1 (en) 2010-06-24 2013-09-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Refining search results based on touch gestures
KR20120002727A (en) 2010-07-01 2012-01-09 주식회사 팬택 Apparatus for displaying 3d ui
US20120001856A1 (en) 2010-07-02 2012-01-05 Nokia Corporation Responding to tactile inputs
GB201011146D0 (en) 2010-07-02 2010-08-18 Vodafone Ip Licensing Ltd Mobile computing device
US8972903B2 (en) 2010-07-08 2015-03-03 Apple Inc. Using gesture to navigate hierarchically ordered user interface screens
JP5589625B2 (en) 2010-07-08 2014-09-17 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US20120013541A1 (en) 2010-07-14 2012-01-19 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
US20120013542A1 (en) 2010-07-16 2012-01-19 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device and method of determining a location of a touch
US8854316B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2014-10-07 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device with a touch-sensitive display and navigation device and method
EP2410413B1 (en) 2010-07-19 2018-12-12 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Method for text input, apparatus, and computer program
KR20120009564A (en) 2010-07-19 2012-02-02 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for generating 3 dimentional mouse pointer
US20120019448A1 (en) 2010-07-22 2012-01-26 Nokia Corporation User Interface with Touch Pressure Level Sensing
JP2012027875A (en) 2010-07-28 2012-02-09 Sony Corp Electronic apparatus, processing method and program
JP5529663B2 (en) 2010-07-28 2014-06-25 京セラ株式会社 Input device
US8799815B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2014-08-05 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for activating an item in a folder
JP5494337B2 (en) 2010-07-30 2014-05-14 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and information processing program
US8402533B2 (en) 2010-08-06 2013-03-19 Google Inc. Input to locked computing device
US8593418B2 (en) 2010-08-08 2013-11-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and system for adjusting display content
AU2011288893A1 (en) 2010-08-09 2013-02-28 Intelligent Mechatronic Systems Inc. Interface for mobile device and computing device
US8698765B1 (en) 2010-08-17 2014-04-15 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Associating concepts within content items
JP5625612B2 (en) 2010-08-19 2014-11-19 株式会社リコー Operation display device and operation display method
US8576184B2 (en) 2010-08-19 2013-11-05 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for browsing content files
JP5573487B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2014-08-20 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, program, and operation control method
JP5510185B2 (en) 2010-08-20 2014-06-04 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, program, and display control method
US8751838B2 (en) 2010-08-23 2014-06-10 Nokia Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for presentation of information in a low power mode
JP2011048832A (en) 2010-08-27 2011-03-10 Kyocera Corp Input device
JP5813301B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2015-11-17 京セラ株式会社 Display device
JP5732783B2 (en) 2010-09-02 2015-06-10 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, input control method for information processing apparatus, and program
US20120060123A1 (en) 2010-09-03 2012-03-08 Hugh Smith Systems and methods for deterministic control of instant-on mobile devices with touch screens
US8954427B2 (en) 2010-09-07 2015-02-10 Google Inc. Search result previews
KR101739054B1 (en) 2010-09-08 2017-05-24 삼성전자주식회사 Motion control method and apparatus in a device
US20120062470A1 (en) 2010-09-10 2012-03-15 Chang Ray L Power Management
US10645344B2 (en) 2010-09-10 2020-05-05 Avigilion Analytics Corporation Video system with intelligent visual display
US20120066648A1 (en) 2010-09-14 2012-03-15 Xerox Corporation Move and turn touch screen interface for manipulating objects in a 3d scene
KR101657122B1 (en) 2010-09-15 2016-09-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
US9164670B2 (en) 2010-09-15 2015-10-20 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Flexible touch-based scrolling
JP6049990B2 (en) 2010-09-15 2016-12-21 京セラ株式会社 Portable electronic device, screen control method, and screen control program
EP2431870B1 (en) 2010-09-17 2019-11-27 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and control method thereof
GB201015720D0 (en) 2010-09-20 2010-10-27 Gammons Richard Findability of data elements
EP2619646B1 (en) 2010-09-24 2018-11-07 BlackBerry Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
EP2434368B1 (en) 2010-09-24 2018-08-01 BlackBerry Limited Method for conserving power on a portable electronic device and a portable electronic device configured for the same
US9030419B1 (en) 2010-09-28 2015-05-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Touch and force user interface navigation
JP5959797B2 (en) 2010-09-28 2016-08-02 京セラ株式会社 Input device and control method of input device
JP5725533B2 (en) 2010-09-29 2015-05-27 Necカシオモバイルコミュニケーションズ株式会社 Information processing apparatus and input method
US9323442B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2016-04-26 Apple Inc. Managing items in a user interface
KR101685991B1 (en) 2010-09-30 2016-12-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and control method for mobile terminal
US8817053B2 (en) 2010-09-30 2014-08-26 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for opening a file
US20120084644A1 (en) 2010-09-30 2012-04-05 Julien Robert Content preview
US8713474B2 (en) 2010-10-05 2014-04-29 Citrix Systems, Inc. Providing user interfaces and window previews for hosted applications
US20120089942A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2012-04-12 Research In Motion Limited Method and portable electronic device for presenting text
EP2447818A1 (en) 2010-10-07 2012-05-02 Research in Motion Limited Method and portable electronic device for presenting text
JP5664103B2 (en) 2010-10-08 2015-02-04 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP5751934B2 (en) 2010-10-15 2015-07-22 キヤノン株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
KR20130052743A (en) 2010-10-15 2013-05-23 삼성전자주식회사 Method for selecting menu item
KR101726607B1 (en) 2010-10-19 2017-04-13 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for controlling screen in mobile terminal
US9043732B2 (en) 2010-10-21 2015-05-26 Nokia Corporation Apparatus and method for user input for controlling displayed information
US20120102437A1 (en) 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Microsoft Corporation Notification Group Touch Gesture Dismissal Techniques
JP5710934B2 (en) 2010-10-25 2015-04-30 シャープ株式会社 Content display device and content display method
US8706172B2 (en) 2010-10-26 2014-04-22 Miscrosoft Corporation Energy efficient continuous sensing for communications devices
US8655085B2 (en) 2010-10-28 2014-02-18 Microsoft Corporation Burst mode image compression and decompression
US20120105367A1 (en) 2010-11-01 2012-05-03 Impress Inc. Methods of using tactile force sensing for intuitive user interface
US9262002B2 (en) 2010-11-03 2016-02-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Force sensing touch screen
US9141285B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2015-09-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US8587547B2 (en) 2010-11-05 2013-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating soft keyboards
US9760241B1 (en) 2010-11-05 2017-09-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Tactile interaction with content
EP2638450A1 (en) 2010-11-09 2013-09-18 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. User interface with haptic feedback
US9645722B1 (en) 2010-11-19 2017-05-09 A9.Com, Inc. Preview search results
JP5719205B2 (en) 2010-11-22 2015-05-13 シャープ株式会社 Electronic device and display control method
US8560960B2 (en) 2010-11-23 2013-10-15 Apple Inc. Browsing and interacting with open windows
JP2012118825A (en) 2010-12-01 2012-06-21 Fujitsu Ten Ltd Display device
US9069452B2 (en) 2010-12-01 2015-06-30 Apple Inc. Morphing a user-interface control object
US10503255B2 (en) 2010-12-02 2019-12-10 Immersion Corporation Haptic feedback assisted text manipulation
US9223445B2 (en) 2010-12-02 2015-12-29 Atmel Corporation Position-sensing and force detection panel
JP5700783B2 (en) 2010-12-07 2015-04-15 任天堂株式会社 Information processing program, information processing apparatus, information processing system, and information processing method
US9223461B1 (en) 2010-12-08 2015-12-29 Wendell Brown Graphical user interface
US8660978B2 (en) 2010-12-17 2014-02-25 Microsoft Corporation Detecting and responding to unintentional contact with a computing device
US9244606B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2016-01-26 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigation of concurrently open software applications
KR101854582B1 (en) 2010-12-20 2018-05-03 애플 인크. Event recognition
KR101701852B1 (en) 2010-12-29 2017-02-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
JP5698529B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2015-04-08 任天堂株式会社 Display control program, display control device, display control system, and display control method
US9354804B2 (en) 2010-12-29 2016-05-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Touch event anticipation in a computing device
US20120180001A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Research In Motion Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same
US9471145B2 (en) 2011-01-06 2016-10-18 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of displaying information in response to a gesture
US20120179967A1 (en) 2011-01-06 2012-07-12 Tivo Inc. Method and Apparatus for Gesture-Based Controls
KR101892630B1 (en) * 2011-01-10 2018-08-28 삼성전자주식회사 Touch display apparatus and method for displaying thereof
US20120185787A1 (en) 2011-01-13 2012-07-19 Microsoft Corporation User interface interaction behavior based on insertion point
US20120183271A1 (en) 2011-01-17 2012-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Pressure-based video recording
US9519418B2 (en) 2011-01-18 2016-12-13 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for providing a multi-stage device transition mechanism initiated based on a touch gesture
US20120192108A1 (en) 2011-01-26 2012-07-26 Google Inc. Gesture-based menu controls
JP5537458B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2014-07-02 シャープ株式会社 Image display device capable of touch input, control device for display device, and computer program
WO2012108213A1 (en) 2011-02-10 2012-08-16 京セラ株式会社 Input device
US20120218203A1 (en) 2011-02-10 2012-08-30 Kanki Noriyoshi Touch drawing display apparatus and operation method thereof, image display apparatus allowing touch-input, and controller for the display apparatus
EP3734405A1 (en) 2011-02-10 2020-11-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Portable device comprising a touch-screen display, and method for controlling same
US9557816B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2017-01-31 Kyocera Corporation Input device
US8780140B2 (en) 2011-02-16 2014-07-15 Sony Corporation Variable display scale control device and variable playing speed control device
US8756503B2 (en) 2011-02-21 2014-06-17 Xerox Corporation Query generation from displayed text documents using virtual magnets
JP5654114B2 (en) 2011-02-23 2015-01-14 京セラ株式会社 Electronic device with touch sensor
US8593420B1 (en) 2011-03-04 2013-11-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Providing tactile output and interaction
US9195321B2 (en) 2011-03-17 2015-11-24 Intellitact Llc Input device user interface enhancements
US8479110B2 (en) 2011-03-20 2013-07-02 William J. Johnson System and method for summoning user interface objects
US20120249853A1 (en) 2011-03-28 2012-10-04 Marc Krolczyk Digital camera for reviewing related images
US11580155B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2023-02-14 Kodak Alaris Inc. Display device for displaying related digital images
US9220062B2 (en) 2011-03-30 2015-12-22 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for low-power browsing
US20120256857A1 (en) 2011-04-05 2012-10-11 Mak Genevieve Elizabeth Electronic device and method of controlling same
US20120256846A1 (en) 2011-04-05 2012-10-11 Research In Motion Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same
US8872773B2 (en) 2011-04-05 2014-10-28 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same
EP2508972B1 (en) 2011-04-05 2017-10-18 2236008 Ontario Inc. Portable electronic device and method of controlling same
US8736716B2 (en) 2011-04-06 2014-05-27 Apple Inc. Digital camera having variable duration burst mode
JPWO2012137946A1 (en) 2011-04-06 2014-07-28 京セラ株式会社 Electronic device, operation control method, and operation control program
US20120260220A1 (en) 2011-04-06 2012-10-11 Research In Motion Limited Portable electronic device having gesture recognition and a method for controlling the same
US20120260219A1 (en) 2011-04-08 2012-10-11 Piccolotto Jose P Method of cursor control
CN102752441A (en) 2011-04-22 2012-10-24 比亚迪股份有限公司 Mobile terminal with touch screen and control method thereof
US20120274578A1 (en) 2011-04-26 2012-11-01 Research In Motion Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same
US9110556B2 (en) 2011-04-28 2015-08-18 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for increasing the functionality of an electronic device in a locked state
US10222974B2 (en) 2011-05-03 2019-03-05 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for providing quick access to device functionality
EP2708985A4 (en) 2011-05-12 2014-11-26 Alps Electric Co Ltd Input device and multi-point load detection method employing input device
US8952987B2 (en) 2011-05-19 2015-02-10 Qualcomm Incorporated User interface elements augmented with force detection
US9152288B2 (en) 2011-05-19 2015-10-06 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Remote multi-touch
CN103649936B (en) 2011-05-20 2016-03-16 西里克斯系统公司 Shell on the mobile apparatus for the application of long-distance support is on the server integrated
WO2012159254A1 (en) 2011-05-23 2012-11-29 Microsoft Corporation Invisible control
US8972295B2 (en) 2011-05-23 2015-03-03 Visible Market, Inc. Dynamic visual statistical data display and method for limited display device
KR101240406B1 (en) 2011-05-24 2013-03-11 주식회사 미성포리테크 program operation control method of portable information or communication terminal using force sensor
US20120304132A1 (en) 2011-05-27 2012-11-29 Chaitanya Dev Sareen Switching back to a previously-interacted-with application
WO2012164895A1 (en) 2011-05-27 2012-12-06 京セラ株式会社 Electronic device
US10180722B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2019-01-15 Honeywell International Inc. Aircraft user interfaces with multi-mode haptics
US9104307B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9104440B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9658766B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2017-05-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Edge gesture
KR101802759B1 (en) 2011-05-30 2017-11-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and Method for controlling display thereof
US8677232B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2014-03-18 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for document manipulation
KR101290145B1 (en) 2011-05-31 2013-07-26 삼성전자주식회사 Control method and apparatus for touch screen, computer-reable recording medium, and terminal apparatus
US8587542B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2013-11-19 Motorola Mobility Llc Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen
US8508494B2 (en) 2011-06-01 2013-08-13 Motorola Mobility Llc Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen
US9310958B2 (en) 2011-06-02 2016-04-12 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Dock for favorite applications
DE112011105305T5 (en) 2011-06-03 2014-03-13 Google, Inc. Gestures for text selection
US9383820B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2016-07-05 Apple Inc. Custom vibration patterns
US8661337B2 (en) 2011-06-05 2014-02-25 Apple Inc. Techniques for use of snapshots with browsing transitions
US9513799B2 (en) 2011-06-05 2016-12-06 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing control of a touch-based user interface absent physical touch capabilities
CN105718192B (en) 2011-06-07 2023-05-02 联想(北京)有限公司 Mobile terminal and touch input method thereof
US20140123080A1 (en) 2011-06-07 2014-05-01 Beijing Lenovo Software Ltd. Electrical Device, Touch Input Method And Control Method
JP5265819B2 (en) 2011-06-07 2013-08-14 パナソニック株式会社 Electronics
KR20120135723A (en) 2011-06-07 2012-12-17 김연수 Touch panel type signal input device
TWI431516B (en) 2011-06-21 2014-03-21 Quanta Comp Inc Method and electronic device for tactile feedback
US9304668B2 (en) 2011-06-28 2016-04-05 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for customizing a display screen of a user interface
WO2013002779A1 (en) 2011-06-29 2013-01-03 Research In Motion Limited Character preview method and apparatus
WO2011137862A2 (en) 2011-07-04 2011-11-10 华为终端有限公司 Method and electronic device for virtual handwritten input
US20130014057A1 (en) 2011-07-07 2013-01-10 Thermal Matrix USA, Inc. Composite control for a graphical user interface
WO2013008649A1 (en) 2011-07-11 2013-01-17 Kddi株式会社 User interface device capable of execution of input by finger contact in plurality of modes, input operation assessment method, and program
US9158455B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2015-10-13 Apple Inc. Multifunctional environment for image cropping
JP5325943B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2013-10-23 富士フイルム株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US20130016042A1 (en) 2011-07-12 2013-01-17 Ville Makinen Haptic device with touch gesture interface
US9086794B2 (en) 2011-07-14 2015-07-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Determining gestures on context based menus
JP5799628B2 (en) 2011-07-15 2015-10-28 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US20130212515A1 (en) 2012-02-13 2013-08-15 Syntellia, Inc. User interface for text input
WO2013015070A1 (en) 2011-07-22 2013-01-31 Kddi株式会社 User interface device capable of image scrolling not accompanying finger movement, image scrolling method, and program
CN102243662A (en) 2011-07-27 2011-11-16 北京风灵创景科技有限公司 Method for displaying browser interface on mobile equipment
US8713482B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-04-29 National Instruments Corporation Gestures for presentation of different views of a system diagram
JP5295328B2 (en) 2011-07-29 2013-09-18 Kddi株式会社 User interface device capable of input by screen pad, input processing method and program
KR101830965B1 (en) 2011-08-03 2018-02-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile Terminal And Method Of Controlling The Same
US9417754B2 (en) 2011-08-05 2016-08-16 P4tents1, LLC User interface system, method, and computer program product
EP2740264B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2016-10-19 Thomson Licensing Video peeking
US9317196B2 (en) 2011-08-10 2016-04-19 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Automatic zooming for text selection/cursor placement
US20130044062A1 (en) 2011-08-16 2013-02-21 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for translating between force inputs and temporal inputs
US20130047100A1 (en) 2011-08-17 2013-02-21 Google Inc. Link Disambiguation For Touch Screens
CN102354269B (en) 2011-08-18 2013-06-12 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Method and system for controlling display device
US20130050131A1 (en) 2011-08-23 2013-02-28 Garmin Switzerland Gmbh Hover based navigation user interface control
US8806369B2 (en) 2011-08-26 2014-08-12 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing and interacting with concurrently open software applications
KR101351162B1 (en) 2011-08-30 2014-01-14 주식회사 팬택 Terminal apparatus and method for supporting list selection using flicking
US20130050143A1 (en) 2011-08-31 2013-02-28 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of providing of user interface in portable terminal and apparatus thereof
US9052765B2 (en) 2011-08-31 2015-06-09 Sony Corporation Method for operating a touch sensitive user interface
US8743069B2 (en) 2011-09-01 2014-06-03 Google Inc. Receiving input at a computing device
CN102981659B (en) 2011-09-06 2016-01-27 宸鸿光电科技股份有限公司 The pointer of the control system of contact panel and control method and use thereof
TWI475470B (en) 2011-09-07 2015-03-01 Acer Inc Electronic device and operation method of application programs
US20130067411A1 (en) 2011-09-08 2013-03-14 Google Inc. User gestures indicating rates of execution of functions
JP5576841B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2014-08-20 Kddi株式会社 User interface device capable of zooming image by pressing, image zoom method and program
US9069460B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2015-06-30 Google Technology Holdings LLC Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen
US9612670B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2017-04-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Explicit touch selection and cursor placement
US8976128B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2015-03-10 Google Technology Holdings LLC Using pressure differences with a touch-sensitive display screen
US9071854B2 (en) 2011-09-12 2015-06-30 Disney Enterprises, Inc. System and method for transmitting a services list to a playback device
US9501213B2 (en) 2011-09-16 2016-11-22 Skadool, Inc. Scheduling events on an electronic calendar utilizing fixed-positioned events and a draggable calendar grid
US9519350B2 (en) 2011-09-19 2016-12-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Interface controlling apparatus and method using force
US20130074003A1 (en) 2011-09-21 2013-03-21 Nokia Corporation Method and apparatus for integrating user interfaces
US8959430B1 (en) 2011-09-21 2015-02-17 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Facilitating selection of keys related to a selected key
JP2013070303A (en) 2011-09-26 2013-04-18 Kddi Corp Photographing device for enabling photographing by pressing force to screen, photographing method and program
US8723824B2 (en) 2011-09-27 2014-05-13 Apple Inc. Electronic devices with sidewall displays
CN103019427B (en) 2011-09-28 2017-06-27 联想(北京)有限公司 Control method and electronic equipment
US20130082824A1 (en) 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Nokia Corporation Feedback response
US9395800B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2016-07-19 Qualcomm Incorporated Enabling instant handwritten input on mobile computing devices
US20130086056A1 (en) 2011-09-30 2013-04-04 Matthew G. Dyor Gesture based context menus
US9342235B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2016-05-17 Kyocera Corporation Device, method, and storage medium storing program
JP2012027940A (en) 2011-10-05 2012-02-09 Toshiba Corp Electronic apparatus
US10394428B2 (en) 2011-10-06 2019-08-27 Sony Corporation Method and electronic device for manipulating a first or a second user interface object
US10394441B2 (en) 2011-10-15 2019-08-27 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for controlling display of application windows
JP5527304B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2014-06-18 株式会社デンソー Input device
US8634807B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2014-01-21 Blackberry Limited System and method for managing electronic groups
US9170607B2 (en) 2011-10-17 2015-10-27 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for determining the presence of a device for executing operations
EP2584445A1 (en) 2011-10-18 2013-04-24 Research In Motion Limited Method of animating a rearrangement of ui elements on a display screen of an eletronic device
CA2792662C (en) 2011-10-18 2017-11-14 Research In Motion Limited Method of rendering a user interface
CA2792900C (en) 2011-10-18 2017-09-05 Research In Motion Limited Method of rendering a user interface
US8810535B2 (en) 2011-10-18 2014-08-19 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of controlling same
CA2792895C (en) 2011-10-18 2020-04-28 Research In Motion Limited Method of rendering a user interface
CA2792685C (en) 2011-10-18 2017-08-22 Research In Motion Limited Method of modifying rendered attributes of list elements in a user interface
US9389707B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2016-07-12 Atmel Corporation Active stylus with configurable touch sensor
US20130111415A1 (en) 2011-10-31 2013-05-02 Nokia Corporation Portable electronic device, associated apparatus and methods
US20130111579A1 (en) 2011-10-31 2013-05-02 Nokia Corporation Electronic device mode, associated apparatus and methods
US20130111345A1 (en) 2011-10-31 2013-05-02 Nokia Corporation Portable electronic device, associated apparatus and methods
US20130111378A1 (en) 2011-10-31 2013-05-02 Nokia Corporation Portable electronic device, associated apparatus and methods
DE102012110278A1 (en) 2011-11-02 2013-05-02 Beijing Lenovo Software Ltd. Window display methods and apparatus and method and apparatus for touch operation of applications
US20130113760A1 (en) 2011-11-07 2013-05-09 Google Inc. Techniques for providing localized tactile feedback to a user via an electro-acoustic touch display of a user device
US9582178B2 (en) 2011-11-07 2017-02-28 Immersion Corporation Systems and methods for multi-pressure interaction on touch-sensitive surfaces
CN103092386A (en) 2011-11-07 2013-05-08 联想(北京)有限公司 Electronic equipment and touch control method thereof
JP2013101465A (en) 2011-11-08 2013-05-23 Sony Corp Information processing device, information processing method, and computer program
EP2776908A4 (en) 2011-11-09 2015-07-15 Blackberry Ltd Touch-sensitive display method and apparatus
JP5884421B2 (en) 2011-11-14 2016-03-15 ソニー株式会社 Image processing apparatus, image processing apparatus control method, and program
KR101888457B1 (en) 2011-11-16 2018-08-16 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus having a touch screen processing plurality of apllications and method for controlling thereof
JP5520918B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2014-06-11 富士ソフト株式会社 Touch panel operation method and program
KR102070612B1 (en) 2011-11-18 2020-01-30 센톤스 아이엔씨. Localized haptic feedback
EP2780783B1 (en) 2011-11-18 2022-12-28 Sentons Inc. Detecting touch input force
KR101796481B1 (en) 2011-11-28 2017-12-04 삼성전자주식회사 Method of eliminating shutter-lags with low power consumption, camera module, and mobile device having the same
US9372593B2 (en) 2011-11-29 2016-06-21 Apple Inc. Using a three-dimensional model to render a cursor
KR101873744B1 (en) 2011-11-29 2018-07-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
KR101824007B1 (en) 2011-12-05 2018-01-31 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and multitasking method thereof
US8581870B2 (en) 2011-12-06 2013-11-12 Apple Inc. Touch-sensitive button with two levels
CN102566908A (en) 2011-12-13 2012-07-11 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Electronic equipment and page zooming method for same
US8633911B2 (en) 2011-12-14 2014-01-21 Synaptics Incorporated Force sensing input device and method for determining force information
CA2798979C (en) 2011-12-16 2017-02-28 Research In Motion Limited Method of rendering a user interface
CN102722312B (en) 2011-12-16 2015-12-16 江南大学 A kind of action trend prediction method of interaction experience based on pressure transducer and system
US20130154933A1 (en) 2011-12-20 2013-06-20 Synaptics Incorporated Force touch mouse
US20130154959A1 (en) 2011-12-20 2013-06-20 Research In Motion Limited System and method for controlling an electronic device
US9671880B2 (en) 2011-12-22 2017-06-06 Sony Corporation Display control device, display control method, and computer program
JP2013131185A (en) 2011-12-22 2013-07-04 Kyocera Corp Device, method and program
US9257098B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2016-02-09 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and methods for displaying second content in response to user inputs
CN103186329B (en) 2011-12-27 2017-08-18 富泰华工业(深圳)有限公司 Electronic equipment and its touch input control method
KR102006470B1 (en) 2011-12-28 2019-08-02 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for multi-tasking in a user device
US9116611B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-08-25 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing multitouch inputs and hardware-based features using a single touch input
US10248278B2 (en) 2011-12-30 2019-04-02 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for intuitive multitasking
US8756511B2 (en) 2012-01-03 2014-06-17 Lg Electronics Inc. Gesture based unlocking of a mobile terminal
DE102012207931A1 (en) 2012-01-07 2013-07-11 Johnson Controls Gmbh Camera arrangement for distance measurement
CA2860569A1 (en) 2012-01-09 2013-07-18 Airbiquity Inc. User interface for mobile device
KR101710547B1 (en) 2012-01-10 2017-02-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile termianl and method for controlling of the same
US9058168B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2015-06-16 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of controlling a display
US9619038B2 (en) 2012-01-23 2017-04-11 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of displaying a cover image and an application image from a low power condition
JP5410555B2 (en) 2012-01-26 2014-02-05 京セラドキュメントソリューションズ株式会社 Touch panel device
JP2013153376A (en) 2012-01-26 2013-08-08 Sony Corp Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and recording medium
US20130198690A1 (en) 2012-02-01 2013-08-01 Microsoft Corporation Visual indication of graphical user interface relationship
KR101973631B1 (en) 2012-02-01 2019-04-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Electronic Device And Method Of Controlling The Same
US9164779B2 (en) 2012-02-10 2015-10-20 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and method for providing for remote user interaction
US9128605B2 (en) 2012-02-16 2015-09-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Thumbnail-image selection of applications
US9146914B1 (en) 2012-02-17 2015-09-29 Google Inc. System and method for providing a context sensitive undo function
TWI519155B (en) 2012-02-24 2016-01-21 宏達國際電子股份有限公司 Burst image capture method and image capture system thereof
US9778706B2 (en) 2012-02-24 2017-10-03 Blackberry Limited Peekable user interface on a portable electronic device
KR101356368B1 (en) 2012-02-24 2014-01-29 주식회사 팬택 Application switching apparatus and method
EP2631737A1 (en) 2012-02-24 2013-08-28 Research In Motion Limited Method and apparatus for providing a contextual user interface on a device
KR101894567B1 (en) 2012-02-24 2018-09-03 삼성전자 주식회사 Operation Method of Lock Screen And Electronic Device supporting the same
WO2013130026A1 (en) 2012-02-28 2013-09-06 Google Inc. Previewing expandable content items
US9817568B2 (en) 2012-02-29 2017-11-14 Blackberry Limited System and method for controlling an electronic device
KR20130099647A (en) 2012-02-29 2013-09-06 한국과학기술원 Method and apparatus for controlling contents using side interface in user terminal
US20130232402A1 (en) 2012-03-01 2013-09-05 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method for Processing Sensor Data and Computing Node
US9542013B2 (en) 2012-03-01 2017-01-10 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for determining recipients of a sharing operation based on an indication associated with a tangible object
US9134807B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2015-09-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Pressure sensitive key normalization
US9131192B2 (en) 2012-03-06 2015-09-08 Apple Inc. Unified slider control for modifying multiple image properties
US20130234929A1 (en) 2012-03-07 2013-09-12 Evernote Corporation Adapting mobile user interface to unfavorable usage conditions
US9378581B2 (en) 2012-03-13 2016-06-28 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Approaches for highlighting active interface elements
EP2825943A1 (en) 2012-03-13 2015-01-21 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (Publ) An apparatus and method for navigating on a touch sensitive screen thereof
US8760425B2 (en) 2012-03-20 2014-06-24 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for enabling touchpad gestures
US10331769B1 (en) 2012-03-23 2019-06-25 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Interaction based prioritized retrieval of embedded resources
US10673691B2 (en) 2012-03-24 2020-06-02 Fred Khosropour User interaction platform
CN102662573B (en) 2012-03-24 2016-04-27 上海量明科技发展有限公司 By pressing the method and terminal that obtain options
CN102662571B (en) 2012-03-26 2016-05-25 华为技术有限公司 Method and the subscriber equipment of unlock screen protection
US9063644B2 (en) 2012-03-26 2015-06-23 The Boeing Company Adjustment mechanisms for virtual knobs on a touchscreen interface
US11474645B2 (en) 2012-03-27 2022-10-18 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for force sensing
US9116571B2 (en) 2012-03-27 2015-08-25 Adonit Co., Ltd. Method and system of data input for an electronic device equipped with a touch screen
CN102662577B (en) 2012-03-29 2016-08-10 华为终端有限公司 A kind of cursor operating method based on three dimensional display and mobile terminal
KR101924095B1 (en) 2012-04-06 2018-11-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Electronic Device And Method Of Controlling The Same
US9146655B2 (en) 2012-04-06 2015-09-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and device for executing object on display
TWI455011B (en) 2012-04-11 2014-10-01 Wistron Corp Touch display device and method for conditionally varying display area
US20130271355A1 (en) 2012-04-13 2013-10-17 Nokia Corporation Multi-segment wearable accessory
WO2013154720A1 (en) 2012-04-13 2013-10-17 Tk Holdings Inc. Pressure sensor including a pressure sensitive material for use with control systems and methods of using the same
WO2013156815A1 (en) 2012-04-18 2013-10-24 Nokia Corporation A display apparatus with haptic feedback
TWI459287B (en) * 2012-04-20 2014-11-01 Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd Touch control method and electronic system utilizing the same
EP2842089A4 (en) 2012-04-26 2015-04-29 Blackberry Ltd Methods and apparatus for the management and viewing of calendar event information
JP6032657B2 (en) 2012-04-27 2016-11-30 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Tactile sensation presentation apparatus, tactile sensation presentation method, drive signal generation apparatus, and drive signal generation method
EP3056982B1 (en) 2012-05-02 2020-10-14 Sony Corporation Terminal apparatus, display control method and recording medium
WO2013169843A1 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects
EP3185116B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-09-11 Apple Inc. Device, method and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for operations performed in a user interface
KR101823288B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-01-29 애플 인크. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between display states in response to gesture
WO2013169865A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a user interface object based on an intensity of a press input
EP2847660B1 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-11-14 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting user interface objects
WO2013169882A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving and dropping a user interface object
WO2013169851A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for facilitating user interaction with controls in a user interface
WO2013169845A1 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for scrolling nested regions
WO2013169875A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying content associated with a corresponding affordance
CN109298789B (en) 2012-05-09 2021-12-31 苹果公司 Device, method and graphical user interface for providing feedback on activation status
WO2013169849A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Industries Llc Yknots Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
WO2013169842A2 (en) 2012-05-09 2013-11-14 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects
DE112013002421T5 (en) 2012-05-09 2015-02-05 Apple Inc. Threshold for determining feedback in computing devices
AU2013259606B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2016-06-02 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying additional information in response to a user contact
US9898155B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2018-02-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Multiple window providing apparatus and method
US8570296B2 (en) 2012-05-16 2013-10-29 Immersion Corporation System and method for display of multiple data channels on a single haptic display
US9454303B2 (en) 2012-05-16 2016-09-27 Google Inc. Gesture touch inputs for controlling video on a touchscreen
US20130307790A1 (en) 2012-05-17 2013-11-21 Nokia Corporation Methods And Apparatus For Device Control
EP2850510A2 (en) 2012-05-18 2015-03-25 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating user interfaces based on fingerprint sensor inputs
US9360942B2 (en) 2012-05-21 2016-06-07 Door Number 3 Cursor driven interface for layer control
US8816989B2 (en) 2012-05-22 2014-08-26 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. User interface navigation utilizing pressure-sensitive touch
US9251763B2 (en) 2012-05-25 2016-02-02 Picmonkey, Llc System and method for image collage editing
WO2013180454A1 (en) 2012-05-29 2013-12-05 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for displaying item in terminal and terminal using the same
JP2013250602A (en) 2012-05-30 2013-12-12 Seiko Epson Corp Terminal device, control method of terminal device and program
CN102699776B (en) 2012-05-31 2016-05-11 新昌县盛大科技有限公司 The full-automatic handling equipment workpiece of peripheral milling directional arrangement mechanism
US9418672B2 (en) 2012-06-05 2016-08-16 Apple Inc. Navigation application with adaptive instruction text
KR101909030B1 (en) 2012-06-08 2018-10-17 엘지전자 주식회사 A Method of Editing Video and a Digital Device Thereof
CN102819401A (en) 2012-06-08 2012-12-12 中标软件有限公司 Android operating system and desktop icon arrangement method thereof
US9063595B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2015-06-23 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for reducing power usage of a touch-sensitive display
JP2013257657A (en) 2012-06-11 2013-12-26 Fujitsu Ltd Information terminal equipment and display control method
US9041667B2 (en) 2012-06-12 2015-05-26 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of control of displays
US20130339001A1 (en) 2012-06-19 2013-12-19 Microsoft Corporation Spelling candidate generation
KR20130142301A (en) 2012-06-19 2013-12-30 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for setting menu environment in terminal
US20140002374A1 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-01-02 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Text selection utilizing pressure-sensitive touch
US20140013271A1 (en) 2012-07-05 2014-01-09 Research In Motion Limited Prioritization of multitasking applications in a mobile device interface
US20140026098A1 (en) 2012-07-19 2014-01-23 M2J Think Box, Inc. Systems and methods for navigating an interface of an electronic device
US9256351B2 (en) 2012-07-20 2016-02-09 Blackberry Limited Method and electronic device for facilitating user control of a menu
US9298295B2 (en) 2012-07-25 2016-03-29 Facebook, Inc. Gestures for auto-correct
US20140028554A1 (en) 2012-07-26 2014-01-30 Google Inc. Recognizing gesture on tactile input device
US9836213B2 (en) 2012-07-27 2017-12-05 Symbol Technologies, Llc Enhanced user interface for pressure sensitive touch screen
KR102014775B1 (en) 2012-07-30 2019-08-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
US8896556B2 (en) 2012-07-31 2014-11-25 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Time-based touch interface
US9280280B2 (en) 2012-07-31 2016-03-08 Nokia Technologies Oy Method, apparatus and computer program product for presenting designated information on a display operating in a restricted mode
JP2014032506A (en) 2012-08-02 2014-02-20 Sharp Corp Information processing device, selection operation detection method, and program
JP6267961B2 (en) 2012-08-10 2018-01-24 パナソニック インテレクチュアル プロパティ コーポレーション オブ アメリカPanasonic Intellectual Property Corporation of America Image providing method and transmitting apparatus
KR101946365B1 (en) 2012-08-20 2019-02-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Display device and Method for controlling the same
US9280206B2 (en) 2012-08-20 2016-03-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method for perceiving images with multimodal feedback
US9250783B2 (en) 2012-08-21 2016-02-02 Apple Inc. Toggle gesture during drag gesture
US9720586B2 (en) 2012-08-21 2017-08-01 Nokia Technologies Oy Apparatus and method for providing for interaction with content within a digital bezel
TWI484405B (en) 2012-08-23 2015-05-11 Egalax Empia Technology Inc Method for displaying graphical user interface and electronic device using the same
KR101946366B1 (en) 2012-08-23 2019-02-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Display device and Method for controlling the same
US9063731B2 (en) 2012-08-27 2015-06-23 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Ultra low power apparatus and method to wake up a main processor
KR20140029720A (en) 2012-08-29 2014-03-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for controlling mobile terminal
KR101956170B1 (en) 2012-08-29 2019-03-08 삼성전자 주식회사 Apparatus and method for storing an image of camera device and terminal equipment having a camera
JP6077794B2 (en) 2012-08-29 2017-02-08 キヤノン株式会社 Information processing apparatus, control method therefor, and program
US20140067293A1 (en) 2012-09-05 2014-03-06 Apple Inc. Power sub-state monitoring
JP5977627B2 (en) 2012-09-07 2016-08-24 シャープ株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US9696879B2 (en) 2012-09-07 2017-07-04 Google Inc. Tab scrubbing using navigation gestures
US20140071060A1 (en) 2012-09-11 2014-03-13 International Business Machines Corporation Prevention of accidental triggers of button events
US20140078343A1 (en) 2012-09-20 2014-03-20 Htc Corporation Methods for generating video and multiple still images simultaneously and apparatuses using the same
US9063563B1 (en) 2012-09-25 2015-06-23 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Gesture actions for interface elements
US9785217B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2017-10-10 Synaptics Incorporated System and method for low power input object detection and interaction
US9372538B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2016-06-21 Denso International America, Inc. Multiple-force, dynamically-adjusted, 3-D touch surface with feedback for human machine interface (HMI)
US9671943B2 (en) 2012-09-28 2017-06-06 Dassault Systemes Simulia Corp. Touch-enabled complex data entry
AU2013326854A1 (en) 2012-10-05 2015-04-30 Tactual Labs Co. Hybrid systems and methods for low-latency user input processing and feedback
US9445109B2 (en) 2012-10-16 2016-09-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Color adaptation in video coding
US20140109016A1 (en) 2012-10-16 2014-04-17 Yu Ouyang Gesture-based cursor control
KR102032336B1 (en) 2012-10-19 2019-11-08 한국전자통신연구원 Touch panel providing tactile feedback in response to variable pressure and operation method thereof
US20140111670A1 (en) 2012-10-23 2014-04-24 Nvidia Corporation System and method for enhanced image capture
US20140118268A1 (en) 2012-11-01 2014-05-01 Google Inc. Touch screen operation using additional inputs
US9448694B2 (en) 2012-11-09 2016-09-20 Intel Corporation Graphical user interface for navigating applications
CN103019586B (en) 2012-11-16 2017-03-15 小米科技有限责任公司 User interface management method and device
US10185416B2 (en) 2012-11-20 2019-01-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. User gesture input to wearable electronic device involving movement of device
KR102108061B1 (en) 2012-11-27 2020-05-08 엘지전자 주식회사 Display device and controlling method thereof
US20140152581A1 (en) 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Force as a device action modifier
JP5786909B2 (en) 2012-11-30 2015-09-30 キヤノンマーケティングジャパン株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing system, information display method, control method, and program
KR20140071118A (en) 2012-12-03 2014-06-11 삼성전자주식회사 Method for displaying for virtual button an electronic device thereof
US10282088B2 (en) 2012-12-06 2019-05-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Configuration of application execution spaces and sub-spaces for sharing data on a mobile tough screen device
US9189131B2 (en) 2012-12-11 2015-11-17 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Context menus
JP5794399B2 (en) 2012-12-12 2015-10-14 株式会社村田製作所 Touch input device
US20140168093A1 (en) 2012-12-13 2014-06-19 Nvidia Corporation Method and system of emulating pressure sensitivity on a surface
CN103870190B (en) 2012-12-17 2018-03-27 联想(北京)有限公司 The method and electronic equipment of a kind of control electronics
US20140168153A1 (en) 2012-12-17 2014-06-19 Corning Incorporated Touch screen systems and methods based on touch location and touch force
KR20140079110A (en) 2012-12-18 2014-06-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and operation method thereof
CN104380231B (en) 2012-12-20 2017-10-24 英特尔公司 Touch-screen including pressure sensor
KR101457632B1 (en) 2012-12-20 2014-11-10 주식회사 팬택 Mobile electronic device having program notification function and program notification method thereof
US9244576B1 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-01-26 Cypress Semiconductor Corporation User interface with child-lock feature
US20150332107A1 (en) 2012-12-24 2015-11-19 Nokia Technologies Oy An apparatus and associated methods
JP6158947B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2017-07-05 アップル インコーポレイテッド Device, method and graphical user interface for transitioning between relationships from touch input to display output
KR101742808B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2017-06-01 애플 인크. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierachies
EP2939095B1 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-10-03 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a cursor according to a change in an appearance of a control icon with simulated three-dimensional characteristics
WO2014105279A1 (en) 2012-12-29 2014-07-03 Yknots Industries Llc Device, method, and graphical user interface for switching between user interfaces
JP6093877B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2017-03-08 アップル インコーポレイテッド Device, method, and graphical user interface for foregoing generation of tactile output for multi-touch gestures
CN107832003B (en) 2012-12-29 2021-01-22 苹果公司 Method and apparatus for enlarging content, electronic apparatus, and medium
KR102072582B1 (en) 2012-12-31 2020-02-03 엘지전자 주식회사 a method and an apparatus for dual display
US9665762B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2017-05-30 Synaptics Incorporated Tiered wakeup strategy
US10082949B2 (en) 2013-01-17 2018-09-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for application peel
US9141259B2 (en) 2013-01-21 2015-09-22 International Business Machines Corporation Pressure navigation on a touch sensitive user interface
JP6075854B2 (en) 2013-01-21 2017-02-08 キヤノン株式会社 DISPLAY CONTROL DEVICE, ITS CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, IMAGING DEVICE AND STORAGE MEDIUM
KR20140097902A (en) 2013-01-30 2014-08-07 삼성전자주식회사 Mobile terminal for generating haptic pattern and method therefor
US20140210798A1 (en) 2013-01-31 2014-07-31 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Digital Drawing Using A Touch-Sensitive Device To Detect A Position And Force For An Input Event
KR102133410B1 (en) 2013-01-31 2020-07-14 삼성전자 주식회사 Operating Method of Multi-Tasking and Electronic Device supporting the same
US9747014B2 (en) 2013-02-05 2017-08-29 Nokia Technologies Oy Method and apparatus for a slider interface element
EP2767896B1 (en) 2013-02-14 2019-01-16 LG Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and method of controlling the mobile terminal
US9910527B2 (en) * 2013-02-15 2018-03-06 Flatfrog Laboratories Ab Interpretation of pressure based gesture
US20140237408A1 (en) 2013-02-15 2014-08-21 Flatfrog Laboratories Ab Interpretation of pressure based gesture
KR101761190B1 (en) 2013-02-22 2017-07-25 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing user interface in portable terminal
CN103186345B (en) 2013-02-25 2016-09-14 北京极兴莱博信息科技有限公司 The section system of selection of a kind of literary composition and device
JP2014165663A (en) 2013-02-25 2014-09-08 Kyocera Corp Mobile terminal device, program, and method of controlling mobile terminal device
CN104020868B (en) 2013-02-28 2017-09-01 联想(北京)有限公司 The method and electronic equipment of a kind of information processing
US8769431B1 (en) 2013-02-28 2014-07-01 Roy Varada Prasad Method of single-handed software operation of large form factor mobile electronic devices
US10121065B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-11-06 Nike, Inc. Athletic attribute determinations from image data
US9690476B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-06-27 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of displaying information in response to a gesture
US10203815B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-02-12 Apple Inc. Application-based touch sensitivity
US9225677B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-12-29 Facebook, Inc. Systems and methods for displaying a digest of messages or notifications without launching applications associated with the messages or notifications
US10055418B2 (en) 2014-03-14 2018-08-21 Highspot, Inc. Narrowing information search results for presentation to a user
AU2014101611B4 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-10-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing concurrently open software applications
CN105051652B (en) 2013-03-15 2019-04-05 Tk控股公司 Adaptive man-machine interface for the pressure-sensitive control in the operating environment of dispersion attention and the method using similar product
US9305374B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-04-05 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting the appearance of a control
US9274685B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-03-01 Google Technology Holdings LLC Systems and methods for predictive text entry for small-screen devices with touch-based two-stage text input
US9451230B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-09-20 Google Inc. Playback adjustments for digital media items
CN104077014B (en) 2013-03-28 2018-04-10 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus of information processing
US9507495B2 (en) 2013-04-03 2016-11-29 Blackberry Limited Electronic device and method of displaying information in response to a gesture
US9389718B1 (en) 2013-04-04 2016-07-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Thumb touch interface
KR20140122000A (en) 2013-04-09 2014-10-17 옥윤선 Method for tranmitting information using drag input based on mobile messenger, and mobile terminal for tranmitting information using drag input based on mobile messenger
US9146672B2 (en) 2013-04-10 2015-09-29 Barnes & Noble College Booksellers, Llc Multidirectional swipe key for virtual keyboard
KR102091235B1 (en) 2013-04-10 2020-03-18 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for editing a message in a portable terminal
US20140306897A1 (en) 2013-04-10 2014-10-16 Barnesandnoble.Com Llc Virtual keyboard swipe gestures for cursor movement
US20160092071A1 (en) 2013-04-30 2016-03-31 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Generate preview of content
CN103279295A (en) 2013-05-03 2013-09-04 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method and device for terminal desktop icon switching
EP2995068A4 (en) 2013-05-08 2016-12-07 Nokia Technologies Oy An apparatus and associated methods
KR20140132632A (en) 2013-05-08 2014-11-18 삼성전자주식회사 Portable apparatus and method for displaying a object
CN104142798A (en) 2013-05-10 2014-11-12 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Application start method and intelligent terminal equipment provided with touch screen
US20140344765A1 (en) 2013-05-17 2014-11-20 Barnesandnoble.Com Llc Touch Sensitive UI Pinch and Flick Techniques for Managing Active Applications
KR20140137509A (en) 2013-05-22 2014-12-03 삼성전자주식회사 Operating Method of Notification Screen And Electronic Device supporting the same
US9319589B2 (en) 2013-05-31 2016-04-19 Sony Corporation Device and method for capturing images and selecting a desired image by tilting the device
US9307112B2 (en) 2013-05-31 2016-04-05 Apple Inc. Identifying dominant and non-dominant images in a burst mode capture
US10282067B2 (en) 2013-06-04 2019-05-07 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus of controlling an interface based on touch operations
US9477393B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2016-10-25 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying application status information
US9733716B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2017-08-15 Apple Inc. Proxy gesture recognizer
US10481769B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2019-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing navigation and search functionalities
KR102113674B1 (en) 2013-06-10 2020-05-21 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus, method and computer readable recording medium for selecting objects displayed on an electronic device using a multi touch
US9400601B2 (en) 2013-06-21 2016-07-26 Nook Digital, Llc Techniques for paging through digital content on touch screen devices
US20150012861A1 (en) 2013-07-02 2015-01-08 Dropbox, Inc. Syncing content clipboard
CN103309618A (en) 2013-07-02 2013-09-18 姜洪明 Mobile operating system
US20150020033A1 (en) 2013-07-09 2015-01-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for activating a user interface from a low power state
KR102136602B1 (en) 2013-07-10 2020-07-22 삼성전자 주식회사 Apparatus and method for processing a content in mobile device
KR102080746B1 (en) 2013-07-12 2020-02-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and control method thereof
JP6220452B2 (en) 2013-07-16 2017-10-25 ピンタレスト,インコーポレイテッド Object-based context menu control
US9342228B2 (en) 2013-07-17 2016-05-17 Blackberry Limited Device and method for filtering messages using sliding touch input
KR102187505B1 (en) 2013-07-22 2020-12-08 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for contriolling display of electronic device
KR20150013991A (en) 2013-07-25 2015-02-06 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for executing application in electronic device
US20150040065A1 (en) 2013-07-31 2015-02-05 Vonage Network Llc Method and apparatus for generating customized menus for accessing application functionality
US9335897B2 (en) 2013-08-08 2016-05-10 Palantir Technologies Inc. Long click display of a context menu
KR20150019165A (en) 2013-08-12 2015-02-25 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
KR102101741B1 (en) 2013-08-16 2020-05-29 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
US10108310B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2018-10-23 Marvell World Trade Ltd Method and apparatus for icon based application control
US9547525B1 (en) 2013-08-21 2017-01-17 Google Inc. Drag toolbar to enter tab switching interface
US9740712B2 (en) 2013-08-26 2017-08-22 Ab Minenda Oy System for processing image data, storing image data and accessing image data
CN104423740B (en) 2013-08-30 2018-07-13 唐山东唐电气股份有限公司 Method for sensing based on capacitive touch device
KR102332675B1 (en) 2013-09-02 2021-11-30 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus to sharing contents of electronic device
KR20150026649A (en) 2013-09-03 2015-03-11 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for setting a gesture in an eletronic device
US20150071547A1 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-03-12 Apple Inc. Automated Selection Of Keeper Images From A Burst Photo Captured Set
US9798443B1 (en) 2013-09-10 2017-10-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Approaches for seamlessly launching applications
JP6138641B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2017-05-31 株式会社Nttドコモ MAP INFORMATION DISPLAY DEVICE, MAP INFORMATION DISPLAY METHOD, AND MAP INFORMATION DISPLAY PROGRAM
WO2015037932A1 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-03-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display apparatus and method for performing function of the same
US20150082238A1 (en) 2013-09-18 2015-03-19 Jianzhong Meng System and method to display and interact with a curve items list
JP6619330B2 (en) 2013-10-08 2019-12-11 ジョイソン セイフティ システムズ アクイジション エルエルシー Force sensor with tactile feedback
JP6020742B2 (en) * 2013-10-25 2016-11-02 株式会社村田製作所 Electronic device and operation input program
US9407964B2 (en) 2013-10-25 2016-08-02 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Method and system for navigating video to an instant time
KR20150049700A (en) 2013-10-30 2015-05-08 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparautus for controlling input in portable device
US10067651B2 (en) 2013-11-15 2018-09-04 Thomson Reuters Global Resources Unlimited Company Navigable layering of viewable areas for hierarchical content
CN103677632A (en) 2013-11-19 2014-03-26 三星电子(中国)研发中心 Virtual keyboard adjustment method and mobile terminal
US9111076B2 (en) 2013-11-20 2015-08-18 Lg Electronics Inc. Mobile terminal and control method thereof
JP6177669B2 (en) 2013-11-20 2017-08-09 株式会社Nttドコモ Image display apparatus and program
US20150143294A1 (en) 2013-11-21 2015-05-21 UpTo, Inc. System and method for presenting a responsive multi-layered ordered set of elements
US20150153897A1 (en) 2013-12-03 2015-06-04 Microsoft Corporation User interface adaptation from an input source identifier change
JP6399744B2 (en) * 2013-12-04 2018-10-03 キヤノン株式会社 Display device and display method
JP2015114836A (en) 2013-12-11 2015-06-22 キヤノン株式会社 Image processing device, tactile control method, and program
CN114237485A (en) 2013-12-11 2022-03-25 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Touch operation method and device
CN103699295A (en) 2013-12-12 2014-04-02 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Terminal and icon display method
US9483118B2 (en) 2013-12-27 2016-11-01 Rovi Guides, Inc. Methods and systems for selecting media guidance functions based on tactile attributes of a user input
US9804665B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2017-10-31 Google Inc. Apparatus and method for passing event handling control from a primary processor to a secondary processor during sleep mode
US9753527B2 (en) 2013-12-29 2017-09-05 Google Technology Holdings LLC Apparatus and method for managing graphics buffers for a processor in sleep mode
CN103793134A (en) 2013-12-30 2014-05-14 深圳天珑无线科技有限公司 Touch screen terminal and multi-interface switching method thereof
KR20150081125A (en) 2014-01-03 2015-07-13 삼성전자주식회사 Particle Effect displayed on Screen of Device
CN103777850A (en) 2014-01-17 2014-05-07 广州华多网络科技有限公司 Menu display method, device and terminal
CN104834456A (en) 2014-02-12 2015-08-12 深圳富泰宏精密工业有限公司 Multi-task switching method and system of touch interface and electronic device
WO2015126848A1 (en) 2014-02-18 2015-08-27 Arokia Nathan Dynamic switching of power modes for touch screens using force touch
CN103838465B (en) 2014-03-08 2018-03-02 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 The desktop icons display methods and device of a kind of vivid and interesting
US9436348B2 (en) 2014-03-18 2016-09-06 Blackberry Limited Method and system for controlling movement of cursor in an electronic device
JP6247651B2 (en) 2014-03-24 2017-12-13 株式会社 ハイディープHiDeep Inc. Menu operation method and menu operation device including touch input device for performing the same
US9829979B2 (en) 2014-04-28 2017-11-28 Ford Global Technologies, Llc Automotive touchscreen controls with simulated texture for haptic feedback
KR102129798B1 (en) 2014-05-08 2020-07-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Vehicle and method for controlling the same
US20150332607A1 (en) 2014-05-13 2015-11-19 Viewplus Technologies, Inc. System for Producing Tactile Images
CN104020955B (en) 2014-05-30 2016-05-11 深圳市爱培科技术股份有限公司 Based on touch equipment desktop customizing method and the system of WinCE system
US9032321B1 (en) 2014-06-16 2015-05-12 Google Inc. Context-based presentation of a user interface
CN104021021A (en) 2014-06-19 2014-09-03 深圳市中兴移动通信有限公司 Mobile terminal and method and device for quickly starting mobile terminal through pressure detection
US9477653B2 (en) 2014-06-26 2016-10-25 Blackberry Limited Character entry for an electronic device using a position sensing keyboard
US9294719B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2016-03-22 Salesforce.Com, Inc. Systems, methods, and apparatuses for implementing in-app live support functionality
US20160004393A1 (en) 2014-07-01 2016-01-07 Google Inc. Wearable device user interface control
TW201602893A (en) 2014-07-07 2016-01-16 欣興電子股份有限公司 Method for providing auxiliary information and touch control display apparatus using the same
US9990105B2 (en) 2014-07-08 2018-06-05 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Accessible contextual controls within a graphical user interface
US20160019718A1 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-01-21 Wipro Limited Method and system for providing visual feedback in a virtual reality environment
US9363644B2 (en) 2014-07-16 2016-06-07 Yahoo! Inc. System and method for detection of indoor tracking units
US9600114B2 (en) 2014-07-31 2017-03-21 International Business Machines Corporation Variable pressure touch system
KR20160021524A (en) 2014-08-18 2016-02-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
US10203858B2 (en) * 2014-08-28 2019-02-12 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device and method of controlling the display of information
KR102275700B1 (en) 2014-09-02 2021-07-09 애플 인크. Semantic framework for variable haptic output
CN104267902B (en) 2014-09-22 2017-03-08 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of application program interaction control method, device and terminal
US20160124924A1 (en) 2014-10-09 2016-05-05 Wrap Media, LLC Displaying a wrap package of cards within an overlay window embedded in an application or web page
US20160132139A1 (en) 2014-11-11 2016-05-12 Qualcomm Incorporated System and Methods for Controlling a Cursor Based on Finger Pressure and Direction
CN104331239A (en) 2014-11-26 2015-02-04 上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司 Method and system for operating handheld equipment through one hand
KR20150021977A (en) 2015-01-19 2015-03-03 인포뱅크 주식회사 Method for Configuring UI in Portable Terminal
US20160224220A1 (en) 2015-02-04 2016-08-04 Wipro Limited System and method for navigating between user interface screens
US10191614B2 (en) 2015-02-25 2019-01-29 Htc Corporation Panel displaying method, portable electronic device and recording medium using the method
US9632664B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10048757B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for controlling media presentation
US9990107B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-06-05 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US9645732B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-05-09 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US10095396B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-10-09 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object
US9639184B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2017-05-02 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US9785305B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2017-10-10 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US20170045981A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2017-02-16 Apple Inc. Devices and Methods for Processing Touch Inputs Based on Their Intensities
US10101877B2 (en) 2015-04-16 2018-10-16 Blackberry Limited Portable electronic device including touch-sensitive display and method of providing access to an application
US9625987B1 (en) 2015-04-17 2017-04-18 Google Inc. Updating and displaying information in different power modes
DK179328B1 (en) 2015-06-07 2018-05-07 Apple Inc DEVICES, METHODS AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACES FOR PROVIDING AND INTERACTING WITH NOTIFICATIONS
US9830048B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2017-11-28 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs with instructions in a web page
US9891811B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2018-02-13 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10200598B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-02-05 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US10346030B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-07-09 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US9860451B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2018-01-02 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US10319177B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2019-06-11 Novomatic Ag User interface with slider and popup window feature
US10416800B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for adjusting user interface objects
US20170046058A1 (en) 2015-08-10 2017-02-16 Apple Inc. Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Adjusting User Interface Objects
US10235035B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-03-19 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation
US9880735B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-01-30 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10248308B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-04-02 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures
US10346510B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2019-07-09 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing handwriting support in document editing
KR102348670B1 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-01-06 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Multi touch sensing type display device and allocating method for touch id of the same
US11182068B2 (en) 2015-10-27 2021-11-23 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Method and system for interacting with a touch screen
US10506165B2 (en) 2015-10-29 2019-12-10 Welch Allyn, Inc. Concussion screening system
JP6685695B2 (en) 2015-10-30 2020-04-22 キヤノン株式会社 Terminal and imaging device
KR101749933B1 (en) 2015-11-12 2017-06-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
KR20170085419A (en) 2016-01-14 2017-07-24 삼성전자주식회사 Method for operating based on touch input and electronic device thereof
CN107329602A (en) 2016-04-28 2017-11-07 珠海金山办公软件有限公司 A kind of touch-screen track recognizing method and device
US10402042B2 (en) 2016-06-13 2019-09-03 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Force vector cursor control
US10613673B2 (en) 2016-08-25 2020-04-07 Parade Technologies, Ltd. Signal conditioning on touch-enabled devices using 3D touch
DK201670728A1 (en) 2016-09-06 2018-03-19 Apple Inc Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Providing Feedback During Interaction with an Intensity-Sensitive Button
DK201670720A1 (en) 2016-09-06 2018-03-26 Apple Inc Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Generating Tactile Outputs
US10445935B2 (en) 2017-05-26 2019-10-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Using tracking to simulate direct tablet interaction in mixed reality
US20180364898A1 (en) 2017-06-14 2018-12-20 Zihan Chen Systems, Devices, and/or Methods for Managing Text Rendering
US10908783B2 (en) 2018-11-06 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with user interface objects and providing feedback

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050012723A1 (en) * 2003-07-14 2005-01-20 Move Mobile Systems, Inc. System and method for a portable multimedia client
US20060132455A1 (en) * 2004-12-21 2006-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Pressure based selection
US20100149096A1 (en) * 2008-12-17 2010-06-17 Migos Charles J Network management using interaction with display surface
US20120038580A1 (en) * 2009-04-24 2012-02-16 Kyocera Corporation Input appratus
US20130326420A1 (en) * 2012-06-05 2013-12-05 Beijing Xiaomi Technology Co., Ltd. Methods and devices for user interactive interfaces on touchscreens

Cited By (83)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10338736B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2019-07-02 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10345961B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2019-07-09 P4tents1, LLC Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10275087B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2019-04-30 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10365758B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2019-07-30 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10386960B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2019-08-20 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10540039B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2020-01-21 P4tents1, LLC Devices and methods for navigating between user interface
US10649571B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2020-05-12 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10656752B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2020-05-19 P4tents1, LLC Gesture-equipped touch screen system, method, and computer program product
US10664097B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2020-05-26 P4tents1, LLC Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10782871B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2020-09-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing feedback for changing activation states of a user interface object
US10073615B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
US10942570B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-03-09 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for operations performed in a user interface
US10114546B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-10-30 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
US10908808B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying additional information in response to a user contact
US10884591B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-01-05 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects
US10168826B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between display states in response to a gesture
US11010027B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects
US10175864B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for selecting object within a group of objects in accordance with contact intensity
US10175757B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for touch-based operations performed and reversed in a user interface
US10775999B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2020-09-15 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
US10996788B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-05-04 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between display states in response to a gesture
US10191627B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-01-29 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects
US11023116B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a user interface object based on an intensity of a press input
US11068153B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2021-07-20 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying user interface objects corresponding to an application
US10592041B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between display states in response to a gesture
US11221675B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2022-01-11 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for operations performed in a user interface
US10496260B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for pressure-based alteration of controls in a user interface
US10481690B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2019-11-19 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for media adjustment operations performed in a user interface
US11314407B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2022-04-26 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing feedback for changing activation states of a user interface object
US9996231B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2018-06-12 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for manipulating framed graphical objects
US11354033B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2022-06-07 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing icons in a user interface region
US11947724B2 (en) 2012-05-09 2024-04-02 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing tactile feedback for operations performed in a user interface
US10185491B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2019-01-22 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for determining whether to scroll or enlarge content
US10620781B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2020-04-14 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a cursor according to a change in an appearance of a control icon with simulated three-dimensional characteristics
US9996233B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-06-12 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierarchies
US10037138B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-07-31 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for switching between user interfaces
US10078442B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-09-18 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for determining whether to scroll or select content based on an intensity theshold
US10101887B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-10-16 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating user interface hierarchies
US10915243B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2021-02-09 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for adjusting content selection
US10175879B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for zooming a user interface while performing a drag operation
US10437333B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2019-10-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for forgoing generation of tactile output for a multi-contact gesture
US9965074B2 (en) 2012-12-29 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for transitioning between touch input to display output relationships
US11112957B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2021-09-07 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object
US10067645B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-09-04 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10387029B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-08-20 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US9990107B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-06-05 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for displaying and using menus
US10860177B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2020-12-08 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10613634B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2020-04-07 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for controlling media presentation
US10268342B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-04-23 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10048757B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for controlling media presentation
US10338772B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-07-02 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10095396B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-10-09 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for interacting with a control object while dragging another object
US10180772B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-01-15 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10268341B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2019-04-23 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US11054990B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2021-07-06 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US11550471B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2023-01-10 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US10599331B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2020-03-24 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US10222980B2 (en) 2015-03-19 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Touch input cursor manipulation
US10067653B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2018-09-04 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US10152208B2 (en) 2015-04-01 2018-12-11 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US10705718B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10200598B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-02-05 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US11835985B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2023-12-05 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US10841484B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2020-11-17 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US11681429B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2023-06-20 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US10346030B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-07-09 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US10303354B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-05-28 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for navigating between user interfaces
US11240424B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2022-02-01 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US11231831B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2022-01-25 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for content preview based on touch input intensity
US10455146B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2019-10-22 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for capturing and interacting with enhanced digital images
US11182017B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2021-11-23 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US10162452B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2018-12-25 Apple Inc. Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US10203868B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-02-12 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10698598B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2020-06-30 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10235035B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-03-19 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation
US10754542B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2020-08-25 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US11327648B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2022-05-10 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10416800B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for adjusting user interface objects
US10248308B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-04-02 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures
US10963158B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2021-03-30 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US11740785B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2023-08-29 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
US10884608B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2021-01-05 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for content navigation and manipulation
US10209884B2 (en) 2015-08-10 2019-02-19 Apple Inc. Devices, Methods, and Graphical User Interfaces for Manipulating User Interface Objects with Visual and/or Haptic Feedback

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DK201500594A1 (en) 2017-03-06
US20170046038A1 (en) 2017-02-16
KR20180030603A (en) 2018-03-23
DK179296B1 (en) 2018-04-16
CN106843711A (en) 2017-06-13
AU2016101418A4 (en) 2016-10-06
CN107850976A (en) 2018-03-27
US20170045983A1 (en) 2017-02-16
DK201500593A1 (en) 2017-03-06
AU2017261478A1 (en) 2018-01-18
US20170045982A1 (en) 2017-02-16
EP3286629A1 (en) 2018-02-28
CN107850976B (en) 2021-05-28
AU2016101418B4 (en) 2017-06-08
US11182017B2 (en) 2021-11-23
CN106843711B (en) 2024-02-27
AU2016304890A1 (en) 2017-07-06
JP2018523243A (en) 2018-08-16
AU2016304890B2 (en) 2019-03-21
AU2017261478B2 (en) 2019-01-24
US10162452B2 (en) 2018-12-25
JP6559881B2 (en) 2019-08-14
KR102033863B1 (en) 2019-10-17
DK201500598A1 (en) 2017-03-06
WO2017027632A1 (en) 2017-02-16
AU2016304890A8 (en) 2017-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2017261478B2 (en) Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US11231831B2 (en) Devices and methods for content preview based on touch input intensity
US11126295B2 (en) Devices and methods for processing touch inputs
AU2019200701B2 (en) Devices and methods for processing touch inputs over multiple regions of a touch-sensitive surface
US10248308B2 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interfaces with physical gestures
US10152208B2 (en) Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on their intensities
US20180348962A1 (en) Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Improving Visibility of Affordances
US10007418B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for enabling generation of contact-intensity-dependent interface responses
US10540071B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for displaying a zoomed-in view of a user interface
US10409421B2 (en) Devices and methods for processing touch inputs based on adjusted input parameters

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KARUNAMUNI, CHANAKA G.;ALONSO RUIZ, MARCOS;APODACA, GREGORY M.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160325 TO 20160511;REEL/FRAME:038716/0149

AS Assignment

Owner name: APPLE INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: CORRECTIVE ASSIGNMENT TO CORRECT THE NAME OF ASSIGNOR PREVIOUSLY RECORDED AT REEL: 038716 FRAME: 0149. ASSIGNOR(S) HEREBY CONFIRMS THE ASSIGNMENT;ASSIGNORS:KARUNAMUNI, CHANAKA G.;ALONSO RUIZ, MARCOS;APODACA, GREGORY M.;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160325 TO 20161215;REEL/FRAME:041328/0221

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: APPEAL BRIEF (OR SUPPLEMENTAL BRIEF) ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: EXAMINER'S ANSWER TO APPEAL BRIEF MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: ON APPEAL -- AWAITING DECISION BY THE BOARD OF APPEALS

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION RENDERED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION